REMBRANDT’S GHOST Paul Christopher A SIGNET BOOK Rembrandt’s Ghost .walk beside the old Strand Station, a shadowy .onds and it would be too late. Finn’s roving eyes found a low wrought-iron gate beside a door, a pair of neglected rubbish bins, and a little pile of builders’ junk. God bless you, Miss Turner from Northland High School, wherever you are. Tumble. ‘‘Jolly good!’’ yelled Finn at the top of her lungs. She went into a simple tuck and roll, her hand reaching out blindly, fumbling, grabbing the length of old narrow plumbing pipe. She came out of the somersault, facing back the way she’d come, and .ing for the kidnapper’s knees. The pipe connected, and she felt the shivering, wet crunch of impact run up her arm. The man screamed and dropped his newspaper and umbrella. She saw that there really was a gun in the man’s hand—a .at, chunky-looking automatic. Then chaos. ALSO BY PAUL CHRISTOPHER Michelangelo’s Notebook The Lucifer Gospel REMBRANDT’S GHOST Paul Christopher A SIGNET BOOK SIGNET Published by New American Library, a division of Penguin Group (USA) Inc., 375 Hudson Street, New York, New York 10014, USA Penguin Group (Canada), 90 Eglinton Avenue East, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario M4P 2Y3, Canada (a division of Pearson Penguin Canada Inc.) Penguin Books Ltd., 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, England Penguin Ireland, 25 St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin 2, Ireland (a division of Penguin Books Ltd.) Penguin Group (Australia), 250 Camberwell Road, Camberwell, Victoria 3124, Australia (a division of Pearson Australia Group Pty. Ltd.) Penguin Books India Pvt. Ltd., 11 Community Centre, Panchsheel Park, New Delhi -110 017, India Penguin Group (NZ), 67 Apollo Drive, Rosedale, North Shore 0745, Auckland, New Zealand (a division of Pearson New Zealand Ltd.) Penguin Books (South Africa) (Pty.) Ltd., 24 Sturdee Avenue, Rosebank, Johannesburg 2196, South Africa Penguin Books Ltd., Registered Of.ces: 80 Strand, London WC2R 0RL, England First published by Signet, an imprint of New American Library, a division of Penguin Group (USA) Inc. Copyright © Paul Christopher, 2007 All rights reserved REGISTERED TRADEMARK—MARCA REGISTRADA ISBN: 1-4362-4788-8 Without limiting the rights under copyright reserved above, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior written permis­sion of both the copyright owner and the above publisher of this book. PUBLISHER’S NOTE This is a work of .ction. Names, characters, places, and incidents either are the product of the author’s imagination or are used .ctitiously, and any resemblance to actual persons, living or dead, business establishments, events, or locales is entirely coincidental. The publisher does not have any control over and does not assume any responsibility for author or third-party Web sites or their content. The scanning, uploading, and distribution of this book via the Internet or via any other means without the permission of the publisher is illegal and punishable by law. Please purchase only authorized electronic editions, and do not participate in or encourage electronic piracy of copyrighted materials. Your support of the author’s rights is appreciated. To Gabriel, an American boy in accordance with whose classic taste the following narrative has been designed, Rembrandt’s Ghost is now, in return for numerous delightful hours, and with the kindest wishes, dedicated by his affectionate grandfather, the author. If sailor tales to sailor tunes, Storm and adventure, heat and cold, If schooners, islands, and maroons, And buccaneers, and buried gold, And all the old romance, retold Exactly in the ancient way, Can please, as me they pleased of old, The wiser youngsters of today: —So be it, and fall on! If not, If studious youth no longer crave, His ancient appetites forgot, Kingston, or Ballantyne the brave, Or Cooper of the wood and wave: So be it, also! And may I And all my pirates share the grave Where these and their creations lie! —Robert Louis Stevenson, Treasure Island 1 F iona Katherine Elizabeth Ryan, late of New York City and, before that, Columbus, Ohio, known as Finn to her friends and loved ones, stood at the window of her little .at above the restaurant on Crouch End Broadway in North London and watched Emir, the tobacconist on the far side of the street, roll up his shutters, opening his shop for the early-morning customers standing dripping and dreary, waiting at the bus stop on the rain-dark sidewalk in front of him. Of course in England a sidewalk wasn’t a sidewalk—it was a pavement. A Broadway wasn’t a place where they had theaters—it was a High Street. And the locals weren’t the ones with an accent—Finn was. She sighed and swallowed the last of the mug of tea she’d just zapped with her immersion heater. It tasted like burned acorns. It was seven in the morning, it was April, and it was raining. Of course it was raining. In London, if it wasn’t snowing, it was probably raining no matter what time of the year it was. Finn sighed again. London wasn’t what she’d expected at all. After her adventures in New York and her fugitive escapades in the Libyan desert and the depths of the Caribbean the year before she’d been ready for some serious work and study in an environment of culture and sophistication. Her job as a client adviser at the prestigious Mason-Godwin Auction House was supposed to take care of the sophistication, and living in the city that was still the center of the art world was supposed to take care of the culture. Sadly, it hadn’t worked out that way. ‘‘Client adviser’’ at Mason-Godwin meant looking good in high heels and a short black cocktail dress on Sale Nights, .nding out beforehand what a potential buyer’s bidding range, alcohol capacity, and net worth were, and fetching coffee, tea, and biscuits during daylight hours for the of.ce’s high muckety­mucks, like the Ghastly Ronald, managing director of Mason-Godwin. As far as sophistication went, it appeared to Finn that London had more Starbucks than Seattle, more KFCs than Kentucky, and its own version of American Idol. A burger and fries at Pick More Daisies, the self-styled California restaurant di­rectly below her, cost eleven pounds—twenty-.ve bucks when you added the tax and tip. On top of that, she was paying more for a two-room .at with a hot plate and a bathroom down the hall in Crouch End than she had for her tidy little apart­ment in Manhattan. In a word, London was a rip-off. Sighing again Finn slipped on her raincoat, grabbed her telescoping umbrella from the shelf by the door, and went downstairs to join the group of commuters waiting for the number 41 bus and the long ride down the hill toward the distant Thames and the City. A little more than two thousand years ago, a small village appeared at the intersection of two Roman roads that converged just west of the port town of Londinium. This was the original Mayfair, named for the country market and annual pagan religious festival held there every spring. Between 1720 and 1740 the entire village was expropriated and developed by the Grosvenor family and the Earl of Chester.eld, who was fa­mous for putting velvet collars on his coats and the invention of the modern upholstered couch. By 1800 it was the most fashionable place to live in London with wall-to-wall stately mansions on its score of elegant cobbled streets. By the turn of the new millennium, it had gone through a number of transformations, including some random bomb hits during World War Two, inevitable stock market crashes that turned the mansions into .ats and apartments, and economic upturns that turned the street frontage into some of the priciest property on the planet, with rents paid by everyone from Fortnum and Masons to Prada and Dolce & Gabbana. In the middle of it all was Cork Street, a single long block running between Clifford Street and Burlington Gardens, just a stone’s throw from Pic­cadilly and ending at the exit of the Burlington Arcade, where James Bond purchased his Mont Blanc pens and around the corner from the shop where he bought his handmade Morland’s ciga­rettes. There are twenty-three art galleries on Cork Street selling everything from old Dutch Masters to Basquiat’s little scrawls and Keith Haring’s gen­tle doodles. More than a billion dollars’ worth of art on the current market, depending on how gull­ible you are, representing every major artist in the world, alive or dead, all packed into less than two hundred yards. And in the middle of all that, at 26–28 Cork Street is the .rm of Mason-Godwin, .ne art auctioneers, which was established in 1710, thirty-two years before Sotheby’s had its .rst little sale of old books for a total take of less than three hundred pounds—a fact that the manage­ment of Mason-Godwin was almost sure to impart at the drop of a hat to anyone willing to listen. The premises had originally belonged to a .rm of decorators and furniture makers specializing in clients with titles in front of their names. That .rm eventually went bankrupt due to the unfor­tunate habit of those titled clients not paying their bills on time, if at all. After that, the large workrooms and warehouse .oors were broken up into .ats and apartments for the wealthy, then of.ces for the not so wealthy. A decade before World War Two, the property was purchased by a pair of closeted gay confectioners, who turned the property into a chocolate factory and showroom manufacturing a particularly popular bittersweet mint concoction known as Turner & Townsend’s Minto-Bits. The two men and their company thrived until war came and knocked the stuf.ng out of the chocolate business. Sugar was rationed early and people had better things to do between 1939 and 1945 than either making or consuming Minto-Bits or the equally popular Hinto-Minto Collection. Mason-Godwin on the other hand did extremely well before, during, and after the war, buying and selling with equal zeal from both oppressed and oppressor, generally through Swiss intermediar­ies. In 1946 Mason-Godwin, bloated with cash and unsold inventory and looking to expand, snapped up the building on Cork Street, which was just beginning its paint-spattered climb to fame. The rest was history. All of this information, with the exception of Turner’s and Townsend’s sexual pre­dilections, and the pre-and post-war art market in Switzerland, was included in the orientation brochure given to Finn when she joined the .rm. Mason-Godwin, which hadn’t had either a Mason or a Godwin on its staff for more than a hundred years, wasn’t as large as Sotheby’s or, heaven forbid, the upstart Christies, but at least its heart was pure. It had always auctioned art and nothing but art, unlike Sotheby’s, which sold everything from real estate to old wristwatches, or Christies, which had recently stooped to selling off props from old television shows, including Captain Jean-Luc Picard’s .rst-season Star Trek, Next Generation uniform complete with authentic Patrick Stewart sweat stains. According to the Ghastly Ronald, Ars Gratia Artis—Art for the Sake of Art—-had been the motto of Mason-Godwin for a hundred years before MGM even existed. The main .oor of the old Georgian-fronted building held a small, elegant reception area fur­nished with antiques and a rotating series of im­pressive but relatively unimportant Royal Academy painters from the nineteenth century, meant to show the prospective buyer or seller that Mason-Godwin didn’t have a frivolous bone in its body and took the job of .ogging your pictures seri­ously. Beyond that was a large preview gallery with white walls, track lighting, and a sprinkling of uniformed guards to show you how secure Mason-Godwin was. At the rear of the building was an immense cavernous room that had once been the actual factory for Turner & Townsend and which Finn could almost swear still smelled faintly of Minto-Bits. This was the actual auction .oor or, as a few of.ce wags referred to it, the money room. Phone banks on the left for call-ins, freight elevators, prep rooms on the right, and a giant viewing screen behind the actual auction­eer’s podium in the center. In the middle of the room were three hundred .fty very comfortable chairs for the people holding their little paddles and upping the bids—and M-G’s commissions— with every passing minute on Sale Nights. On the .rst .oor above was the Research De­partment, where a score of young men and women worked to establish provenance for art being auctioned, and the small of.ces where Finn and a dozen other young women like her in Client Advisory worked the phones, making sure pro­spective buyers were comfortable in their hotels if they were from out of town, or had received their catalogues. Occasionally client advisers would even brie.y get to see a work of art being brought in for evaluation, but their job was to quickly assess and dismiss, or immediately send the person up to one of the experts on the third .oor, where everyone seemed to have names like Philoda, Felix, or Alistair or, in one instance, Jemimah, and have degrees from places like St. Edmund Hall at Oxford or Trinity College at Cambridge. The fourth, .fth, and sixth .oors were given over to the more mundane part of the business that in­volved cleaning, restoring, framing, and ware­housing of the Mason-Godwin inventory. Finn, she’d soon realized, had been hired as a client adviser to take care of American prospects who sometimes felt uncomfortable and off their turf in London and who appreciated her nice, fa­miliar Midwestern drawl. She also had the other central asset of a CA: she was stunningly beauti­ful. Her model’s body, her green-eyed Irish fea­tures, and her long red hair seemed far more important than her knowledge of art or her formal education in the subject. The fact that she had a BA in anthropology and a master’s in art history from NYU as well as a year’s study in Florence barely seemed to matter at all. She was a .uffy part of a well-oiled machine that took roughly twenty percent of the hammer price of a work of art from the seller going in and an equally elastic twenty percent ‘‘Buyer’s Premium’’ from the new owner going out. A Jean Dubuffet for instance, two feet by three feet, oil and enamel on canvas that sold for 111,000 U.S. dollars would actually cost the buyer $140,000 since M-G added its commission on the front end, which would in turn cost the seller an extra $28,000 since the sales commission was computed on the total amount going out. The result was that Mason-Godwin made a total of $56,000 for the simple act of introducing the buyer to the seller, or almost half the hammer price. Not to mention the sale of catalogues, the publication of which was a tidy business on its own. It was rather like selling someone his own shopping list with an even heavier black market trade in slipping ad­vance copies to ‘‘special clients’’—‘‘special’’ mean­ing anyone who asked and who was willing to pay a hefty premium to get a catalogue a fortnight before everyone else. This, then, was the delicate balancing act of the art auctioneer, the slick, ultra-high-end con.dence trick of convincing the seller that he no longer needed the item, and the buyer that he must have it at any price. The higher the better. If both parties were given the impression that their needs had been met they’d probably, eventu­ally, be convinced to switch roles, buyer becoming seller and seller buyer in a dance that could last a lifetime and sometimes longer, a single work of art making its way through the M-G list of con­tacts and clients, shedding commissions every time. The Ghastly Ronald boasted that he’d shifted a single Turner sunrise eleven times during his ca­reer with Mason-Godwin, making more than a million pounds in commissions for the .rm. In other words, it was all a scam. In the past year, Finn had discovered that in the art world, the painter and the painting were nothing more than commodities, like orange juice or sugar beets, and that the art market, like the stock market, was an invention with about as much substance and in­tegrity as a stink in a high wind as her father used to say. Sort of. Finn took the awkward-looking bright red double-decker bus down to Euston Station, then switched to the Underground riding the Victoria Line down to Green Park. She came above ground into the drizzling rain again, walked to Albemarle Street, then purchased the largest possible con­tainer of coffee and a blueberry muf.n from the local Preˆt-a-Manger shop. Carrying her breakfast she zigzagged through the narrow streets to the discreetly canopied entrance to Mason-Godwin, careful to shake out her umbrella and collapse it before stepping through the brass-and-glass doors and onto the bloodred and black Oriental carpets covering the polished wood .oors of the oak-paneled reception area. It was now eight o’clock in the morning and after an hour on various overheated London Transport vehicles crammed with various over­heated passengers, Finn Ryan was not in good spirits. Her mood wasn’t made any better by the sight of Ghastly Ronald standing at the ornate Louis the Fifteenth escritoire that passed as a re­ception desk, chatting up Doris, the plain-Jane battle-ax who acted as the .rst line of interference for anyone entering the sacred halls of Mason-Godwin. The Ghastly Ronald’s real name was Ronald Adrian DePanay-Cottrell, better known as Ronnie and sometimes behind his back as Lady Ron. Ac­cording to Ronnie he was somehow related to the queen but he could never quite explain the con­nection. He had a plumy Oxford accent, a degree in something he never talked about, thinning black hair, wet lips, and intelligent, dark eyes that always seemed to be in motion. He had the kind of lanky loose-boned body that belonged in a Monty Python skit, but the John Cleese–Ichabod Crane look was muted by the expensive Crock­ett & Jones calfskin oxfords, the even more expen­sive Anderson & Sheppard pin-striped suit, and the creamy silk Dege & Skinner club tie in dark blue with little tiny crowns on it, hinting once again at a royal lineage that Finn was positive the Ghastly Ronald didn’t really have any claim to at all. Ronnie and Doris glanced up as Finn came through the doors, both looking at her with mild disapproval as though she’d blundered clumsily into some intimate and important conversation. Finn instantly felt self-conscious, which was the whole point of course, and her self-consciousness instantly turned to resentment. The whole nose­in-the-air snobbishness of Mason-Godwin and a thousand years of English aristocratic arrogance were beginning to wear a little. ‘‘Ah, Miss Ryan,’’ said Ronnie, ‘‘arriving for work, I see,’’ as though she were tardy, which she wasn’t—not by a full half hour. ‘‘Ah, Mr. DePanay-Cottrell,’’ she responded with some dry ice in her tone, leaning a little heavily on the ‘‘Mr.’’ knowing just how much Ronnie yearned for something else like ‘‘His Grace’’ or ‘‘Baron’’ or ‘‘my lord’’’ or even a bare-bones ‘‘sir.’’ Not in this lifetime, Finn thought. ‘‘One should eat one’s breakfast at home, Miss Ryan, not spread crumbs across one’s desk at one’s place of employment.’’ Finn wondered how often Ronnie could use the word ‘‘one’’ in a single sentence. He really was profoundly irritating. ‘‘Not when one has to make allowances for one’s ride on London transport that takes an hour, one doesn’t,’’ Finn answered. ‘‘Tooting, isn’t it? Stepney?’’ ‘‘Crouch End.’’ ‘‘Crouch End. Indeed.’’ Ronnie of course lived in a house in Cheyne Walk once occupied by the American painter James McNeill Whistler and his famous mother. ‘‘Indeed it is,’’ said Finn. She gave Ronnie her most insincere smile and turned away. She’d had enough of him for one morning; he’d probably soured the cream in her cooling coffee. ‘‘No crumbs, Miss Ryan!’’ Ronnie called as she started to climb the stairs leading up to the .oor above. ‘‘Not one!’’ Finn called back without bothering to turn around. ‘‘Twit,’’ she murmured under her breath. She reached the landing and headed down the corridor to her of.ce. 2 F inn’s of.ce was a cubicle among cubicles at the windowless rear of a rabbit warren of rooms and corridors on the second .oor of Mason-Godwin. Being in England, it wasn’t called the second .oor; it was the .rst .oor, while the .rst .oor was called the ground .oor, which made sense but was still a little annoying. Living in En­gland was sometimes a little like living inside a page from Alice in Wonderland, and that made sense as well, she supposed, since Lewis Carroll wasn’t the author’s real name and he hadn’t really been a writer. He had been an Anglican minister and a mathematics professor at Oxford. England was a confusing place full of confusing people. According to her mother, dead barely a year ago now, England, like the rest of Europe, suffered from enduring the burden of too much history. As she put it, ‘‘It makes them all a little eccentric, dear. As a civilization they tend to make everything as complicated as possible, from peo­ple to pornography.’’ Finn didn’t know much about the pornography part of it beyond the .yers for hookers and their various specialties found pasted inside every phone booth, but the eccentric people part certainly was true enough. She reached her of.ce, had her muf.n and coffee, and tried to forget about Ronnie and everything he stood for, burying herself in work. For Finn, work that day consisted in poring over old catalogues from past sales, noting trend changes and amounts for repeat clients likely to attend the next sale due at the end of the month. The end of April sale was a bad one; instead of concentrating on a simple theme like, say, ‘‘Be­tween the Wars British Contemporary Painters 1918–1939,’’ the sale was a spring-cleaning auction that covered everything from a half dozen ‘‘School of Delft’’ paintings that were part of unsold inven­tory from the .fties to a small Ce´zanne that Ron­nie had been keeping off the market while the prices rose. Inventory—a dirty word in the auction indus­try, but an important one. Not many people knew just how speculative the art market was. All of the big houses had been doing it for hundreds of years—buying pictures and other items for them­selves, not clients, then slipping lots under the gavel when cash was needed or the market was right, taking full price and not just commissions. This April was no exception; more than half of the items in this year’s sale were from the store­rooms upstairs. The scuttlebutt was that Ronnie had spent far too much over the past year acquir­ing paintings of questionable provenance or even authenticity. Finn knew for a fact that Lady Ron had recently picked up a .fteenth-century bust of Piero de’ Medici supposedly done by the Leo­nardo contemporary Mino da Fiesole that turned out to be a very well-made forgery by Giovanni Bastianini sometime in the 1850s. The difference between the two sculptors was the difference be­tween platinum and pig iron. The cost of Ronnie’s mistake was going to have to be made up one way or the other. He wouldn’t dare sell the fake as a real Fiesole, so he’d probably wind up attrib­uting it to ‘‘Renaissance School,’’ but he’d take an enormous loss. By twelve-thirty she’d .nished the Ds on the com­puterized client .les, then broke for lunch. She went for a slice of pizza at the Europa since she couldn’t afford the upscale Irish stew at Mulligan’s down the street, then came back to her desk and started on the Es. By four she was wishing she smoked just as an excuse to get outside for some air, rain or not. She was saved by a call from Doris down­stairs. As usual, the receptionist’s whining voice grated on her nerves. ‘‘We’ve got a walk-in with a parcel wrapped in string. I told him we didn’t do spot evaluations but he insists it’s a Jan Steen. I thought I’d send him on to you. Can’t miss him, dear, he’s wearing one of those silly sweatshirts with Harvard across the front. Purple. And he’s wearing scruffy-looking trainers as well.’’ In other words, not the type who’d have a Dutch Master from the seventeenth century under his arm. The tone in Doris’s voice was dismissive. She was passing a nuisance on to Finn. ‘‘He’s American?’’ ‘‘No, British. He was very insistent. Asked to see Mr. DePanay-Cottrell, but I informed him that you’d have to do, Miss Ryan. Deal with him please.’’ Doris hung up without giving her a chance to respond. The name of the university on the man’s sweatshirt had sent him in Finn’s direction. She quickly checked the computer inventory to see if Steen’s name appeared. It did. A small scene of villagers dancing around a Maypole had made a hammer price of slightly less than a million pounds sterling, well over a million dollars U.S. Jan Steen had always been a blue-chip artist, even in his own lifetime. Two minutes later a .gure appeared in the doorway of her of.ce. Just as Doris had described: purple Harvard sweatshirt, bruised Nikes, and a scruffy-looking package under his arm wrapped in brown paper and tied with what a Midwest­erner like her would have called binder twine, the stuff you wrapped around bales of hay. As well as the sweatshirt and runners, he wore a pair of stained blue jeans worn at the knees. De.nitely not the type to have a Jan Steen or any other mas­terpiece under his arm. What Doris had not mentioned was that the man was disturbingly handsome. He had a lean, tanned face under a thatch of sun blond hair and the body of an Olympic swimmer. He also had huge, bright blue eyes blinking pleasantly behind a simple pair of Harry Potter wire rims. Both the man and the package he held were lightly spattered with rain. He wasn’t carrying an umbrella. He looked a little older than she was, mid-thirties or so. Finn smiled. She didn’t know what else to do. ‘‘Can I help you?’’ ‘‘I’ve got this painting,’’ he said, taking the package out from under his arm and holding it out to her. His voice was de.nitely Oxford—the real thing, not the walnut-in-the-cheeks adenoidal version poached by Lady Ron. The parcel was ob­long, twelve by sixteen, just about right for a Jan Steen. He laid it carefully on the desk. ‘‘Please sit,’’ said Finn, gesturing toward the only other chair in the of.ce. ‘‘My name is Finn Ryan, by the way.’’ She smiled again. ‘‘William Pilgrim,’’ he said. ‘‘Billy. You’re an American.’’ ‘‘Columbus, Ohio.’’ ‘‘Good-bye, Columbus.’’ ‘‘Philip Roth.’’ ‘‘His .rst book.’’ ‘‘Ali McGraw and Richard Benjamin for the Hollywood version. My mom made me watch it on TV once.’’ ‘‘Well,’’ Billy Pilgrim said smiling, ‘‘I think we’ve exhausted that vein of conversation.’’ ‘‘The painting,’’ said Finn. ‘‘The painting.’’ He nodded. She unwrapped it. Oil on canvas, no frame, the canvas stapled to the stretcher with rusty iron half-moons. It was a representation of another vil­lage scene, this one with a half dozen beer swillers sitting on a bench under a tree. Just the kind of thing the artist was famous for. The signature on the bottom was a group of initials: JHS, Jan Hav­ickszoon Steen. ‘‘Very nice,’’ said Finn. Nice but not right. ‘‘Not by Jan Steen,’’ said Pilgrim, picking up her tone. ‘‘I don’t think so, no,’’ agreed Finn. ‘‘Why not? It’s been in the family forever. Dutch ancestors. Everyone always called it a Jan Steen.’’ ‘‘A Jan Steen of this size probably would have been painted on an oak panel,’’ Finn explained. ‘‘If it had been painted on canvas, it would have been tacked or glued to the stretcher, not stapled. It would also almost surely have been restretched and relined over three centuries.’’ ‘‘Oh dear.’’ ‘‘And the signature is wrong. He signed his paintings as J. Steen, not with his initials. He hated the name Havickszoon for one thing. It’s not all bad news, though,’’ she added. ‘‘Oh?’’ ‘‘If you’re lucky, it might be a Keating.’’ ‘‘Keating?’’ ‘‘Tom Keating. A British master forger from after World War Two. His forgeries are worth a lot of money on their own now. He specialized in Dutch Masters.’’ ‘‘But not as much as a Jan Steen would fetch.’’ ‘‘Not by a long shot,’’ said Finn. ‘‘You seem to know a great deal about it,’’ said Pilgrim. There was nothing accusatory; he just seemed curious. Finn shrugged. ‘‘I did a double major for my BFA. Dutch golden age and Renaissance painters. I had a professor who did his doctoral dissertation on Jan Steen.’’ ‘‘Steen stuck, so to speak,’’ said Pilgrim, smiling. Finn laughed. ‘‘So to speak.’’ Billy Pilgrim seemed to be taking his disappointment well. She started wrapping up the little painting again. ‘‘I can give you a number at the Courtauld Institute to call about Tom Keating if you’d like. They’ll give it a look.’’ Pilgrim thought for a moment, then shook his head. ‘‘No, that’s all right, Miss Ryan. I quite like it, and if it’s not worth a great deal of money, I think I’ll keep it. Hang it up in the salon.’’ ‘‘Salon?’’ Finn asked. He didn’t look like a hair­dresser but maybe he meant something else. In England they spoke English, not American. ‘‘I live on a boat,’’ the blond man said. ‘‘The Busted Flush.’’ ‘‘Funny name,’’ said Finn, tying the string back around the parcel. ‘‘Trouble with the toilet?’’ It was Billy Pilgrim’s turn to laugh. ‘‘It’s a poker term,’’ he said. Finn nodded. ‘‘As in royal .ush.’’ ‘‘A busted .ush is a .ush you fail to complete— ten, jack, queen, king without the ace. In my case it’s a literary term as well. It was the name of Travis McGee’s boat in the John D. MacDonald series. I did my dissertation on MacDonald as a matter of fact.’’ ‘‘As in doctoral dissertation?’’ ‘‘That’s right.’’ Pilgrim blushed apologetically. ‘‘I was a bit of a prodigy actually. French literature for my bachelor’s, as you call it, Spanish for the postgraduate, and modern literature for the doc­torate.’’ He made a little snorting sound. ‘‘Not good for much, really, when you get right down to it. I thought about teaching, but then I thought about it again and decided I preferred messing about in boats a great deal more, so there you are.’’ Finn realized that any business part of the con­versation had run out and she wanted to keep on talking with him anyway. ‘‘Who’s Travis Magee?’’ ‘‘Good Lord!’’ Billy exclaimed. ‘‘You’re an American! It’s like saying you never heard of John Wayne.’’ He paused. ‘‘You really don’t know?’’ ‘‘No idea.’’ ‘‘Did you ever see a .lm called Cape Fear?’’ ‘‘Sure. Robert De Niro and Nick Nolte.’’ ‘‘Gregory Peck and Robert Mitchum actually, but that’s another story.’’ Pilgrim frowned. ‘‘The point is the man who wrote the book it was based on was John D. MacDonald. He also wrote twenty-one Travis McGee novels, each one of them with a color in the title. Darker Than Amber, The Green Ripper, The Deep Blue Good-by.’’ ‘‘And McGee lived on his boat, the Busted Flush.’’ ‘‘Yes. A houseboat. Slip F18, Bahia Del Mar, Fort Lauderdale.’’ ‘‘You live in a houseboat, then?’’ ‘‘No. Hout Bay 40 with a Marconi Rig. One of the South African designs, before Dix went to Virginia.’’ Finn didn’t have the slightest idea what he was talking about, but she enjoyed listening. ‘‘This Travis McGee is a .ctional character we’re talk­ ing about?’’ ‘‘Yes.’’ ‘‘You seem to know all the details.’’ ‘‘He was an ex–football player with a bad knee who went around ‘salvaging’ stolen property and rescuing damsels in distress. Robin Hood and Mike Hammer combined. The archetype for the lovable rogue in American literature. The man every red-blooded Yankee secretly yearned to be. The Play­boy magazine ideal.’’ ‘‘Just the sort of guy a red-blooded Yankee girl would loathe and despise,’’ Finn said with a laugh. ‘‘Perhaps so,’’ Pilgrim sighed. ‘‘But he was a man of his time and he had an enormous cultural effect. He was your Daniel Boone and Davy Crockett, John Wayne, Huck Finn, and Tom Saw­yer all rolled into one. The last great American adventurer, the .rst great American antihero.’’ Pil­grim .ushed again. ‘‘I’ve been lecturing.’’ ‘‘Maybe you should have been a teacher after all,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Good Lord, what a horrible suggestion!’’ said Pilgrim. ‘‘All those children with runny noses and Gameboys in their satchels. I’d go mad!’’ He stood up. ‘‘I’m afraid I’ve taken up too much of your time, Miss Ryan. I’m terribly sorry.’’ ‘‘It was a pleasure, Mr. Pilgrim, the high point of my day, to be honest.’’ She stood and handed him his rewrapped painting. They shook hands. His grip was warm and strong without being overly masculine. He had calluses. These hands worked for a living. She liked that. She liked Billy Pilgrim. She wondered if it would frighten him off to ask him out for a drink or something. She’d never been very good at that kind of thing. ‘‘Thank you for your time, Miss Ryan. You’ve been most kind.’’ He stood there looking a little adolescent and awkward. ‘‘No problem, really. And it’s Finn. Miss Ryan sounds like a kindergarten teacher.’’ ‘‘You could teach the little creatures all about Menheer Jan Steen,’’ said Billy. ‘‘And then wipe their runny noses.’’ ‘‘Gad.’’ He looked appropriately horri.ed and then smiled, his face lighting up and his eyes twinkling. ‘‘Off to the Busted Flush?’’ She was groping now, and beginning to feel like an idiot. ‘‘Not quite yet. I’ve a .at in town. Appointment in the City tomorrow. Solicitors and such. I’ve been trying to sell a little seaside property of mine in Cornwall.’’ First the painting, now a house. It sounded as though he was going somewhere. ‘‘Cottage?’’ Finn asked. Billy nodded. ‘‘Something like that.’’ ‘‘Going on vacation?’’ ‘‘I thought I’d take a bit of a cruise.’’ ‘‘Away from the rain?’’ REMBRANDT’S GHOST 25 ‘‘Hopefully.’’ ‘‘Any particular destination?’’ ‘‘I haven’t given it much thought.’’ ‘‘What would Travis McGee do under the circumstances?’’ ‘‘Make himself a Boodles martini and talk to Meyer about it.’’ ‘‘Meyer?’’ ‘‘His philosophical friend a few slips over at Bahia del Mar. He had a boat called the John May­nard Keynes.’’ ‘‘He must have been an economist.’’ ‘‘Something like that. It’s never really made clear in the books.’’ ‘‘A Wall Street type?’’ ‘‘Yes, a retired one.’’ Now they’d really reached the end of the conversation. ‘‘Well . . .’’ he said. ‘‘Well . . .’’ she answered. ‘‘It was great fun meeting you. Perhaps I’ll see you again.’’ Last chance. If he didn’t pick up the hint it would all end right here, a road not traveled at all. ‘‘I do hope so.’’ A polite smile, a little shy, and then he turned and he was gone. Finn dropped back into her chair. The English Travis Magee had just ridden off into the rainy sunset. To top things off Ronnie appeared in her of.ce doorway ten minutes later. He looked like her grade school nerd friend Arthur Beandocker having one of his asthma attacks. His face was tomato red above the knot of his expensive tie, his eyes were bulging, and a vein on his temple was throbbing like a kettledrum. ‘‘His Grace was here and I wasn’t informed.’’ His voice was as choked as the look on his face. Finn stared. ‘‘Who?’’ ‘‘His Grace, the duke, of course!’’ Finn had a sudden image of Ronnie greeting John Wayne at the entrance to Mason-Godwin. ‘‘There hasn’t been any duke here.’’ ‘‘Doris sent someone to you named William Pil­grim, correct?’’ ‘‘Billy. A boat bum according to him.’’ ‘‘Billy, as you call him,’’ said Ronnie with a shiver, ‘‘is Lord William Wilmot Pilgrim, Baron of Neath, Earl of Pendennis, Duke of Kernow.’’ ‘‘He said his name was Billy. He never men­tioned being all of that.’’ ‘‘What did he want?’’ ‘‘He had a painting he wanted evaluated.’’ ‘‘What did you tell him?’’ ‘‘He thought it was a Jan Steen. It wasn’t. It was a reasonably good fake.’’ ‘‘You aren’t quali.ed to tell a Jan Steen from a forgery, Miss Ryan. That is why we employ ex­perts in the .eld.’’ ‘‘It was .xed to the stretcher with staples, Ron.’’ ‘‘That doesn’t mean anything! It would have been relined!’’ ‘‘But it wasn’t,’’ Finn answered calmly, biting her tongue. ‘‘It was on the original canvas. A dead giveaway, as you know. An original Steen canvas would be three hundred years old. Unlined it would have rotted away decades ago. It was a fake. There was no question about it. The signa­ture was wrong as well. It might have been a Tom Keating done on a bad day, but that’s it.’’ ‘‘You told him this?’’ ‘‘Of course. Why would I lie?’’ ‘‘It was not your place to tell him anything. I should have been informed. His Grace the duke is potentially a very valuable customer and not to be dealt with by a lesser employee of the .rm.’’ ‘‘A lesser employee?’’ Finn said coldly. ‘‘His Lordship requires a certain level of defer­ence and respect you are unable to provide, I’m afraid,’’ said Ronnie with a sniff. Finn resisted the urge to kick the pompous idiot where it would do the most good. Instead she stood up from be­hind her desk and shrugged into her raincoat. ‘‘I’m going home,’’ she said. ‘‘Back to my lesser .at in Crouch End.’’ She picked up her umbrella. ‘‘You’ll do no such thing!’’ stormed Ronnie. He moved to stand directly in her way. He glanced at the expensive, wafer-thin Patek Philippe that glittered on his wrist like a large gold coin. ‘‘It’s not gone .ve yet.’’ ‘‘I’m going home,’’ repeated Finn. ‘‘And if you don’t get out of the way, I’m going to do exactly what my self-defense coach at school told me to do to people like you.’’ The tomato look deepened on Ronnie’s face, but he stood aside. ‘‘I’ll have you sacked!’’ he hissed as she pushed by him. ‘‘Sack you,’’ she muttered, heading down the stairs. She’d had enough of Ronald DePanay-Cottrell, enough of Mason-Godwin, and enough of the whole damn country. True to his word, there was a message from Doris on her answering machine by the time she got back to her .at. She’d been summarily .red. A .nal paycheck would be mailed to her and the Home Of.ce noti.ed of her unemployment status in regard to her work visa. All very cold and ef.­cient. There was also an envelope put through her letterbox from a London lawyer. The perfect end to a perfect day. To console herself she went down to the restaurant below and splurged on a twelve-ounce Daisy Cheese Daddy with coleslaw, chili fries, and a side of guacamole. To hell with the South Beach Diet and to hell with bloody England. 3 SIR JAMES R. TULKINGHORN, Q.C., KCBE. Barrister & Solicitor 47 Great Russell St, No. 12, London WC1. Telephone: 020 7347 1000 Cable: Tulkinglaw Dear Miss Ryan: It would be to your particular advantage to attend a meeting in my chambers tomorrow after­noon at 2:00 p.m. Should you decide to appear please be so kind as to bring some form of picture identi.cation with you, preferably a valid pass­port. Until then I shall remain Yours truly, James Tulkinghorn, Esq. T he letter was signed with an illegible scrawl. It was dated the previous day and had been hand-delivered; there was neither stamp nor post­mark. It looked as though the signature had been scratched with a quill; there were little spatters of ink sprayed around on the creamy, linen statio­nery. The man’s name, the letter, and even the address were all like something out of Dickens. She knew that because she now sat three doors down from it at the local Starbucks. Tulkinghorn’s of.ce was above an antiquarian bookstore named Jarndyce, which looked equally Dickensian with its small, dusty display window and its dim light­ing. According to a plaque on the wall, the famous Victorian children’s book illustrator Randolph Cal­decott had once lived there. She slid the letter back into its envelope and placed it in her shoulder bag beside her passport. Not for the .rst time, she found herself wondering what she was doing here. She’d never heard of this man Tulkinghorn and she had no idea what particular advantage there could be in meeting with him. On the other hand, with the sudden passing of Mason-Godwin from her life she didn’t have much else on her plate right now, except for getting out of Dodge. Remarkably, the rain had moved on to some other unlucky part of Britain, at least for the time being. It was sunny and warm so she’d chosen one of the little cafe´ tables outdoors. She drank her Americano and nibbled on a biscotti as she looked around. On the far side of Great Russell Street a little farther down the crowds were gath­ering in the big open courtyard in front of the British Museum, standing like some enormous transplanted Greek temple in the middle of London. Outside the wrought-iron fence the huge pol­ished black German tour buses with their dark-tinted windows gleamed like giant beetles, tourists spilling out of them onto the sidewalk like pale little maggots in Lederhosen. They chattered excit­edly and scuttled across the sun-bright courtyard, vanishing into the gloomy depths behind the row of giant columns, intent on an afternoon of ‘‘kul­tur’’ peering at the famous Rosetta Stone, the fa­mous Bog Man, and the infamous Elgin Marbles; this after all was one of the settings for The Mummy and its sequel. If it was good enough for Brendan Fraser it was good enough for a hausfrau from Stuttgart and her husband, nicht whar? Finn made a little snorting sound and took a sip of her coffee. She’d spent too long under Lady Ron’s thumb; she was getting as cynical as he was. ‘‘Hello.’’ It was a familiar voice. She looked up, shading her eyes in the bright, early afternoon sun. It was Billy Pilgrim or, more properly, His Grace the duke of whatever and all the rest of it. This time there was no Harvard sweatshirt. He wore a well-tailored suit, a nice oxford-cloth shirt in pale blue, and a tie to match. The shoes were shiny, the hair was brushed, and the cheeks and chin were clear of stubble. ‘‘You clean up well, my lord,’’ said Finn. ‘‘You know, then.’’ ‘‘I was told in no uncertain terms. In fact I was .red for not knowing your pedigree,’’ she said, unable to keep the chill out of her voice. ‘‘Oh dear!’’ The blond-haired man looked horri­.ed. He dropped down into the chair across from her. ‘‘I can talk to them if you’d like, explain the circumstances... make them understand.’’ Finn caught the edge in the last words. The pedigree she’d mentioned had weight and he knew it. She shrugged off the suggestion. ‘‘No sweat. It had to happen sooner or later. I couldn’t take much more of that place.’’ ‘‘But still, I mean, really...’’ ‘‘It’s okay.’’ She paused, looking at him squarely. The silence went on. Across the street somebody yelled something in very loud German. It sounded like a drill sergeant giving an order instead of a mother calling to her children. Finally Finn spoke. ‘‘This isn’t a coincidence, is it, meeting like this?’’ Pilgrim blushed redly. On him it was cute. She remembered the name of his boat, the Busted Flush. With a ‘‘tell’’ like that he’d be a lousy poker player. ‘‘No, I’m afraid not,’’ Pilgrim answered. ‘‘You knew I’d be here?’’ ‘‘Not this particular spot, but I knew you were coming to Great Russell Street this afternoon, or at least I hoped you would be.’’ ‘‘How?’’ Then she made the connection. ‘‘Tulkinghorn.’’ Pilgrim nodded. ‘‘Sir James is my family’s solici­tor. One of them at any rate.’’ ‘‘And coming to the auction house, that didn’t just happen, either.’’ ‘‘No. You are mentioned as a bene.ciary in a relative’s will as I understand it. The circum­stances are a little peculiar. I wanted to see who you were.’’ ‘‘Did you know the painting was a fake?’’ ‘‘No.’’ He laughed. ‘‘I was always told it was a Jan Steen. I should have known better. Half of my mother’s jewelry was paste as well.’’ He smiled shyly. ‘‘Ours is a hollow dukedom, I’m afraid. Not like the old days back in the twelfth century, plun­dering with Richard the Lionheart, whacking the Saracen hordes and all that.’’ He laughed. ‘‘Sounds like fun,’’ said Finn. ‘‘So you really did want to sell it? The painting, I mean.’’ ‘‘Rather.’’ He nodded emphatically. ‘‘The Flush could use a re.t and a hull scraping, not to men­tion the family pile on the coast. Falling to bits it is. Even the National Trust doesn’t want it, and it’s up to its ears in the tax. Meur ras a’gas godrik dhe’n wiasva ma!’’ The last had a rolling, rhythmic sound like music. It was beautiful, like something from The Lord of the Rings. ‘‘What language is that?’’ asked Finn, delighted. ‘‘The language of Pendragon and Trebarwith Strand, the language of Tintagel and King Arthur.’’ ‘‘Cornish.’’ ‘‘It is and I am,’’ said the duke. He held out a hand across the little table. ‘‘Am I forgiven for my deception?’’ ‘‘I suppose so, Your Grace,’’ Finn answered. She shook his hand. ‘‘It’s still Billy,’’ he said. ‘‘No one calls me Your Grace except Tulkinghorn and my great-aunt Elizabeth.’’ ‘‘Your great-aunt Elizabeth?’’ ‘‘The queen,’’ said Billy. ‘‘You’re kidding!’’ ‘‘Unhappily I am not. A great disappointment to all my cousins, I am, to be sure. I am one of that vast spawn of Victoria and Albert, discounting a few indiscretions along the way as I am given to understand. I should have amounted to more. I don’t even play polo!’’ ‘‘How dreadful.’’ He waggled his .ngers. ‘‘I’m left-handed. They don’t allow left-handed polo players with the ex­ception of cousin Charles.’’ ‘‘The prince?’’ ‘‘That’s the one.’’ He grinned. ‘‘No left-handed airline pilots, either.’’ ‘‘I never thought much about it.’’ ‘‘The world’s largest invisible minority. Terribly oppressed we are, except for Bill Gates. He’s left-handed as well.’’ ‘‘So is Bill Clinton.’’ ‘‘True, but then again, so is George Bush the Elder.’’ ‘‘Michelangelo,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Leonardo da Vinci,’’ countered Billy Pilgrim. ‘‘Kurt Cobain.’’ ‘‘Who?’’ ‘‘A dead musician,’’ explained Finn. ‘‘Great-Aunt Elizabeth.’’ ‘‘I didn’t know that.’’ ‘‘Queen Victoria as well. Second cousin William. It runs in the family.’’ Finn laughed. ‘‘We’re getting silly. We should stop.’’ ‘‘Agreed.’’ Billy glanced at his watch, a big heavy thing in a steel casing that would have looked appropriate on a diver. A long way from the thin little bauble worn by Ronnie. ‘‘It’s just gone two. Sir James will be waiting. Finished your coffee?’’ Finn nodded and stood up. They headed down the sidewalk to the narrow doorway leading to the of.ces above the bookstore at number 47. ‘‘What are these peculiar circumstances you mentioned?’’ asked Finn as they climbed the dark stairs. ‘‘I’m not entirely sure. Tulkinghorn was a little evasive on the telephone.’’ They reached the second .oor and went down a short corridor. Tulkinghorn’s was the .rst door on the right. Billy opened it and ushered Finn into the room. If the lawyer’s letter had been out of Dickens, the man’s of.ce was positively Ed­wardian. There were three rooms in all, a boardroom to the right, a small, book-lined library to the left, and the actual of.ce in the center of the suite. There was no room for a secretary. A large oak desk with an inlaid, dark red leather center stood between the two large windows that overlooked Great Russell Street. The walls on either side of the windows were decorated with dour hand-tinted foxhunting prints. There was a thin, worn rug on the wide-planked polished .oor and a brick .replace on the left. An electric .re brooded coldly in the hearth. Every­thing was paneled in dark-framed squares of ex­otic woods like lime, black walnut, and Brazilian cherry. The old-fashioned of.ce chair behind the desk was upholstered in the same deep morocco leather as the desk inlay. There was an old-fashioned inkstand on the desk, complete with an onyx base, and an ebony straight pen with a bright gold nib. There was a green-shaded desk lamp on the left and a pipe rack and a tobacco jar on the right. The tobacco jar was blue Delft with a brass lid and the painted .gure of an Indian in a headdress. There was a crest on the side facing Finn showing three letters, VOC, intertwined. The man seated in the chair was dressed in a dark suit and a shirt with a high collar. He looked like something out of a Merchant Ivory .lm; an Edwardian face to match the furniture: dark gray eyes above sagging pouches of seamed skin, long cheeks, thin, bloodless lips, and thinning iron gray hair swept back from a broad, heavily lined fore­head that at the moment served as a resting place for a pair of very heavy-looking horn-rimmed reading glasses. ‘‘Sir James,’’ said Billy. The man creaked up out of the chair and bowed slightly. ‘‘Your Grace,’’ he replied. He held out his hand and Billy shook it. Tulkinghorn was in his seventies at least, the hand skeletal and gnarled with arthritis. Finn noticed how gently Billy took it in his. ‘‘This is Miss Fiona Ryan,’’ said Billy, introduc­ing her. ‘‘Finn.’’ She smiled, and took the old man’s hand lightly. Tulkinghorn lowered himself into his chair and gestured toward the leather armchairs set in front of his desk. There was no small talk. The gray-haired man looked down at a pile of papers on his desk, adjusted the reading glasses, and pursed his thin, unhappy-looking lips. This, Finn thought, was not a man who smiled very much and probably never laughed. ‘‘This present matter is in regard to your cousin on your mother’s side, Your Grace, a Mr. Pieter Boegart, residing at, among other places’’—here he glanced down at his desk and rustled through the papers—‘‘.at nine, 51 South Street, Mayfair, W1.’’ ‘‘He disappeared as I recall,’’ said Billy. Tulkinghorn nodded. ‘‘Quite so. Precisely twelve months ago. Somewhere in the Far East as I recall, Sarawak or Brunei or some such.’’ Tulkinghorn slid open a drawer in his desk and took out a three-by-.ve color photograph. It looked like an enlarged copy of a passport pic­ture. It showed a middle-aged man with a nar­row face, thinning red hair, and a full beard. He looked like a Viking. ‘‘A bit of an adventurer,’’ Billy said. ‘‘That is certainly one way of describing the man,’’ murmured the lawyer, clearly insinuating that he had some other word for him. ‘‘At any rate Mr. Boegart left instructions for me in the event that he had not returned to London within a year or had not somehow contacted me to change those instructions. These instructions were also to apply in the event of his death by violence rather than natural causes. The year was up Wednesday week.’’ ‘‘How old was . . . is this Boegart person?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Mr. Boegart is .fty-eight, or he was as of the third of this month.’’ ‘‘And what does he have to do with me?’’ The old man neatened the pile of papers in front of him. His lips thinned a little more and his frown deepened. He reached out to the pipe rack, chose a curved briar, and .lled it from the jar. Reaching into the pocket of his jacket, he removed a plain kitchen match and lit it on a sulfur yellow thumbnail. He puffed, .lling the air with aro­matic smoke. He took the pipe out of his mouth and coughed brie.y. Then he spoke. ‘‘As I understand it, Mr. Boegart was your mother’s lover for a number of years, her paramour, so to speak.’’ Tulkinghorn cleared his throat again, looking uncomfortable. ‘‘Mr. Boegart was of the opinion that there was some chance that he was in fact your father.’’ He sat back in his chair. ‘‘What?’’ Finn exclaimed. ‘‘Good Lord,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Um,’’ murmured the old lawyer around the stem of his pipe. ‘‘I don’t understand this at all,’’ said Finn, re­covering a little. ‘‘I mean, it’s crazy. My father was Dr. Lyman Andrew Ryan, and he was a professor of archaeology at the University of Ohio.’’ Tulkinghorn fussed with his papers, muttering to himself. He resurfaced, nodding. ‘‘Yes, here we are,’’ he said. ‘‘According to my information, your father was a senior visiting fellow at Magdalene College Cambridge, which was in fact his alma mater.’’ ‘‘That’s right. He was there during World War Two. They asked him back to teach sometime in the sixties.’’ ‘‘Nineteen sixty-nine to be exact,’’ said Tulking­horn. ‘‘He spent ten years there, off and on be­tween digs. He returned to the University of Ohio in the summer of 1979 to head up their depart­ment of archaeology.’’ Finn nodded. ‘‘My mother wanted me to be born in the States.’’ ‘‘Indeed,’’ murmured Tulkinghorn. ‘‘Be that as it may, Pieter Boegart read archaeology at Magda­lene from 1970 to 1973. Lyman Ryan was his tutor and thesis adviser. Between 1973 and June of 1979, he was a lecturing assistant to your father as well as .eld supervisor on several of his digs in Cen­tral America.’’ ‘‘He knew my father. That doesn’t make him my mother’s lover.’’ ‘‘No,’’ Tulkinghorn agreed. He put the pipe down on his desk and opened the center drawer. He withdrew a small package of letters held to­gether by a thick rubber band. The letters looked old. The envelopes were pale green, her mother’s favorite color. ‘‘These make Pieter Boegart your mother’s lover.’’ He used one bony index .nger to push the pile of letters across the desk toward Finn. She stared at them. ‘‘What are they?’’ ‘‘Love letters. Billets-doux as the French like to call them. From your mother to Mr. Boegart. They are all dated and they are quite explicit, I’m afraid.’’ ‘‘You’ve read them?’’ ‘‘Mr. Boegart insisted when I expressed concern at his bequest.’’ ‘‘Why would you express concern?’’ Finn asked sourly, her eyes still on the package in front of her. ‘‘Miss Ryan, Pieter Boegart is a majority heir to one of the largest shipping lines in the world. Netherlands-Boegart actually is the largest container corporation in the world. The fortune is immense. To consider paternity, let alone accept it, is a seri­ous legal matter. You could well become what is commonly referred to, I believe, as a spanner in the works.’’ ‘‘A what?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘A monkey wrench in the gears,’’ Billy trans­lated quietly. ‘‘A problem,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Indeed,’’ said Tulkinghorn, glancing at Pilgrim over his reading glasses. ‘‘Why did Boegart think I was his child?’’ ‘‘The timing,’’ replied the old man. ‘‘According to Mr. Boegart, his relationship with your mother ended in August of 1979, shortly before she left England with your father. You were born in May of 1980, some nine months later. You were, um, almost certainly conceived in this country. At Cambridge, presumably.’’ ‘‘That doesn’t mean it was him.’’ ‘‘The letters would indicate that your father, Lyman Ryan, was incapable of paternity.’’ ‘‘What is that supposed to mean?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘My father was infertile?’’ ‘‘No,’’ said Tulkinghorn. He looked excruciat­ingly uncomfortable now. ‘‘It would seem from the letters that he was incapable of the act’’—he paused and raised a hand to the knot of his tie— ‘‘the act of coitus.’’ The word was so archaic and clinical that Finn would have laughed out loud if the whole thing wasn’t so awful and so bleakly intimate. The old man went on. ‘‘It would also appear that he tacitly condoned the relationship between Mr. Boegart and your mother.’’ He paused. ‘‘There was a difference in age, as I understand it.’’ ‘‘Twenty years,’’ Finn said .atly. When her par-nets had met, her father had been in his early forties, her mother barely twenty-one. A May– December marriage, teacher and student. Ten years later it was her mother’s turn. She had been now thirty-one, the young student, Boegart, only twenty. Finn stared at the photograph on the desk in front of her. Her father had no red hair or freckles, but her mother’s hair had been a deep auburn, and in the summer, there was always a delicate sprinkling of freckles across the bridge of her nose. It was possible, maybe even probable. There was a terrible irony to it all. In a few moments she had learned more about her parents than she had ever wanted to know. Things no child should know. ‘‘Why are you telling me this?’’ Finn said angrily. ‘‘I’m sorry,’’ said Tulkinghorn. ‘‘I mean neither to offend nor to anger. Your blood relationship with Mr. Boegart is irrelevant with regard to his own will and your status as a bene.ciary. Any claims to the rest of the Boegart holdings, most of which are in trust, will most likely require some form of con.rmation. DNA analysis, that is. I felt that you should be forewarned. News of this will inevitably reach the press. There will be con­sequences.’’ ‘‘I’m not making any claims to anything,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Quite so,’’ Tulkinghorn said with a nod. ‘‘Be that as it may, Mr. Boegart’s instructions to you both are quite clear.’’ ‘‘Instructions to us both?’’ Billy prompted. ‘‘The bequests are cojoint. They involve three items.’’ ‘‘Which are?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘A painting, which is in the next room, a house, which is in Amsterdam, and the SS Batavia Queen, which at last report was somewhere off the west­ern coast of Sarawak.’’ 4 C onrad ‘‘Briney’’ Hanson, captain of the break-bulk freighter Batavia Queen, dragged on his Djarum Filter, inhaling the clove-spiced smoke deeply before expelling it with an exasperated sigh, squinting in the harsh tropical sun. He stood on the .ying bridge of the old rust bucket, leaning with his elbows on the salt-corroded rail, look­ing forward. The bow had swung around on the anchor in the ebbing tide, and three-quarters of a mile away he could see the thick virgin jungle of Tandjung Api. In the distance he could see the white .ush of the low waves breaking on the curving sandy beach. It looked deceptively calm but he knew it was an illusion. At low tide this was foul ground with barely six feet of clearance over a long shoal ridge. If the old fool of an engineer didn’t get the en­gines running soon they’d be trapped here for hours if not actually grounded. He could hear McSeveney belowdecks hammering away with something heavy and cursing in a mixture of Malay pidgin and foulmouthed Scots brogue that would confound even the most knowledgeable linguistic expert. The dark-haired, deep-tanned captain took an­other drag on his kerak native cigarette, then snuffed it out in the sand-.lled tin can duct-taped to the pipe rail for just that purpose. He glanced down to the fo’c’sle deck, baking hot in the sun. Eli, the powerful-looking, bare-chested able sea­man from Mozambique, was painting things while his skinny friend Armand scaled rust. Eli was as black as the inside of a piece of coal, and Armand, who hailed from somewhere in the Balkans, was pale as a vampire and always wore a strange vinyl Cossack hat with ear .aps to keep the sun off his shaved head. They were a strange pair: black Eli with his tattoos and the long wormlike scars across his back that he never talked about; Ar­mand with his pale skin and his hat. Briney Hanson stared out toward the jungle. Who was he to call them strange? What was a good Danish boy from Thorsminde doing out here in the land of headhunters and China Sea pirates, hauling shipments of .uorescent lightbulbs and bicycles from Bangkok to Shanghai or cocoa pow­der, handbags, and car parts from Kaohsiung to Manila? A man who spent his days weaving through the reefs and islands and his nights occa­sionally .ghting off stolen .shing boats full of Abu Sayyaf terrorists or MILF fanatics waving RPG rocket launchers and Chinese AK-47S. Not to mention driving the ancient converted World War Two corvette through the odd typhoon, mon­soon, or tsunami? The answer to that was relatively simple. He didn’t like herring. He didn’t like how they looked, tasted, or smelled, especially pickled, and he certainly didn’t want to spend his lifetime catching them like his father. He’d always been in favor of a simple live-and-let-live philosophy; he’d stay away from the herring and the herring would stay away from him. After that the rest of the unraveling was easy. Five years in the Royal Danish Navy right out of high school, three in icebreakers, two in supply ships, able seaman in the Danish Merchant Ma­rine, mostly on cargo ships and livestock carriers, working his way up steadily through the ranks until he had his master’s papers, then losing everything in a drunken knife .ght in Kowloon. Waking up in a Manila .ophouse having his pocket picked by a ten-year-old boy, a conversa­tion in a waterfront bar with the leather-faced cap­tain, Nick Lumbera, signing on with him as mate aboard the Batavia Queen, then replacing him when dear old Nicomedes died of a stroke in the midst of a force-nine gale in the Malacca Strait. The Queen was carrying a bellyful of mentholated cough drops to Bombay, the whole ship smelling like a bad cold. He’d brought the ship through the gale and the strait with Lumbera safely stowed away in the hold’s cold room and delivered the cough drops to Bombay on schedule. Pleased, the ship’s owner, the Shanghai-Sumatra Shipping Corporation, a tiny subsidiary of the Boegart maritime empire, asked Briney if he’d like to stay on as the ship’s master without too many questions being asked. After all it wasn’t easy to .nd quali.ed people willing to endure the grueling backwater tramp through two dozen primitive shallow water ports. He’d taken the job with almost no hesitation since it was unlikely he’d ever be offered anything better. That was a decade ago. In a few years from now, he’d be able to call himself middle-aged. He had nothing saved, no pension, no family. The Batavia Queen was almost seventy and reaching the end of her useful life. Without a prohibitively expensive re.t, it was only a matter of time before Hanson was given the order to take the old girl to her grave at Alang, that bleak spot on the In­dian coast known as the Beach of Doom. It would be the end of his useful life as well. His own wrecking beach would most likely be at the bot­tom of a bottle in a sweltering room above a Ran­goon bar. He butted another cigarette in the sand can. It was amazing how easy it was to get from there to here, from then to now. ‘‘Jakolin mo ako!’’ The watertight manhole on the portside of the main deck directly below the .ying bridge crashed open and McSeveney appeared, the narrow, darkly freckled face streaked with grease, his hair bunched in a nylon net made out of one leg of a woman’s panty hose. ‘‘Putang inang trabaho ito! Ya wee houghmagandie Jockbrit! Ya bluidy ming mowdiewark sasunnach sheepshagging shite­skitter!’’ He hawked and spit a gob of something semisolid over the side of the ship. ‘‘Cack-arse ham­shanker! Gives me the diareaky,itdo, tam-tit fanny­bawz thing!’’ He kicked the mushroom vent at the base of the deckhouse. ‘‘Yah Hoor! Yah pok-pok Ang okie mo amoy ang pussit!’’ He paused. ‘‘Cao ni zu zong shi ba dai!’’ he added in Mandarin, just in case there was any doubt. Hanson knew that Willy could curse for an hour without repeating himself. ‘‘Problem, Scottie?’’ he called. McSeveney peered up at him, his beady black eyes squinting. He looked like an enraged gopher in an ancient pair of striped coveralls. ‘‘I hate being called that, as you well know!’’ Willy snarled, his Edinburgh accent sharp as vinegar and thick as molasses. ‘‘That man was no Scot, he was a bluidy Canadian, and this is no cludgie starship—that’s fer dammit sure. So you can shut yer geggie!’’ He hawked over the side again and stared belligerently up at Hanson. William Tung McSeveney was, according to him at any rate, the result of the unlikely mating of a red-haired Scottish clerk working for Jardine-Matheson tallying opium pro.ts in the 1800s and a whore from Macau named Tung Lo May, a name that always reminded Hanson of something you might .nd on a Chinese take-out menu. The combining of the nationalities continued enthusi­astically for several generations, the .nal result being Willy, raised in the slums of Fountainbridge in a Chinese laundry and enrolling in Sea Cadets at Brunts.eld School where Sean Connery had gone some years earlier. His only dream had been to get out of Auld Reekie, the Smoke, Edinburgh, as rapidly as possible. At fourteen he’d signed on the SS Lanarkshire as an unlicensed engineer, fourth grade, bound for Africa and Asia. He’d never set foot in Scotland again, working on .fty different Straits Trade ships from Hong Kong to Rangoon until he .nally found a home and a set of old Scotch boilers on the Batavia Queen. The Queen was older than anyone aboard her. Originally built as a Flower Class Corvette K-49 at the Vancouver Shipyards on Canada’s west coast, she was lent to the Royal Australian Navy and spent the war years dodging Japanese torpe­does and carrying troops through MacArthur’s Philippines from Darwin to Rabaul. After being paid off at Subic Bay at the end of the war, she was bought by Burns Philips, given the name she still bore, and spent the next twenty years as an interisland trading ship, her belly torn apart to create a crude cargo hold. In the sixties she was transformed again—this time into a salvage and survey tug traveling the same routes in search of wrecks and sunken ships from the war that could be raised and .oated for scrap. The scrap business eventually self-destructed and the Queen went back to being an interisland trader once more, being passed from owner to owner over the years like an old streetwalker in decline, eventually .nding herself carried on the Boegart List almost as an oversight. Barely two hundred feet long and thirty-three feet wide, she had a draft of eleven feet when the pumps were operating. Originally equipped with depth charges, a four-inch gun forward, antiair­craft pom-poms, and a pair of twenty-millimeter cannons, she’d long ago been stripped down to a rusty hulk with only an old twelve-gauge in the captain’s cabin for protection and a few other bits of weaponry hidden here and there just in case. Originally designed for a crew of seventy, she now got along with eleven, from Hanson on the bridge to McSeveney in the engine room and his hulking, mute Samoan wiper, Kuan Kong. There was a single lifeboat in case of emergency: a twenty-seven foot vessel dogged down on make­shift davits in the stern, where the depth charge rails had once been .tted. At best she could barely make twelve knots’ headway but usually cruised at closer to seven. Originally painted in blues and grays, the Queen had suffered through a number of color changes over the years from black to green to dull red and back to black again, the superstructure white, the funnel scarlet with a large black B, and everything streaked with rust. The bow and stern quarters and the bridge were wooden-decked and desper­ately worn while the rest was riveted plate steel. It was a credit to her builders that she was still a.oat after almost seventy years of battling through wars, storms, and pounding seas, even though she obviously and sometimes noisily showed her age. Almost as though in de.ance of Hanson’s bleak line of thought, there was suddenly a racketing roar from the bowels of the ship as the ancient copper-pot cast-iron steam engine rumbled into shuddering life. A few seconds later, McSeveney’s voice came echoing up through the wheelhouse speaking tube. ‘‘Captain! D’ye ken that lovely sound?’’ he called. Hanson stepped off the .ying bridge and into the small shelter of the wheelhouse. ‘‘Thank you, Willy!’’ he said, bellowing into the old-fashioned funnel-necked instrument. He rang the engine room telegraph himself, repeating the request into the speaking tube. ‘‘Ahead slow. Let’s get off this reef.’’ A few seconds later the churning propeller dug in and the Batavia Queen, like the reluctant dowa­ger she was, began to move out to sea again. 5 O ne hundred thirty miles farther up the coast, the notorious pirate known simply as Khan, or sometimes as Tim-Timan, the Faithful One, rested in his temporary home—a native rumah,a house built on sticks in the estuary of the Rejang River’s northwest channel. His .ngers, heavy with gold rings, played with the necklace he wore like worry beads. The necklace was strung with doz­ens of human teeth, some yellow and dark with age, others whiter and much more recent. One or two still even had gnarled dangling bits of nerve and pulp attached. The necklace had been a gift from his grandfather on his mother’s side, the in­famous penghulu, Temonggong Koh. From his swinging hammock on the wide ve­randah Khan could see the other houses of the riverbank village, rumahs like his. A few were open-sided bungalow-style barracks built by the Japanese during the war, and there was even an old longhouse or two like the one his grandfather had been raised in, .lled with smoke and laughter and the ghosts of the men, women, and children whose shrunken, withered heads were lined up on the rafters, row after row of trophies from a savage past. Like many modern members of his tribe, Khan was part Malay, part Chinese, and part indigenous Melenau native, but unlike any other Khan could claim direct descent from the original White Rajah himself, Charles Brooke, the adventurer who came to Sarawak in the mid-1800s and whose family had ruled like Oriental potentates for a hundred years. Not only could he claim it, but he could prove it, for although his brutal features were those of a Chinese-Malay half-caste, Khan had bright blue eyes—blue eyes capable of casting spells, seeing through lies, and envisioning the fu­ture, or so some superstitious subjects of his pirate kingdom believed. It was an idea that he encour­aged and sometimes even half believed himself. A brief squall pushed in from the ocean and suddenly the air was full of hissing rain that rat­tled on the old tin roof of the rumah like handfuls of thrown pebbles. Khan slipped out of the ham­mock and walked to the edge of the covered porch, looking out over the rain-tattered river. His feet were bare on the woven mats that covered the .oor and he wore only a simple black-checked sarong. He was thick-bodied and tall, hard mus­cles rippling, his gold-brown skin gleaming with a faint sheen of perspiration. His hair was jet-black, cut in the severe bowl-and-bang style of his ancestors. He was iban, a sea dyak, and every inch a warrior penghulu of his clan. He picked up the cup resting on the verandah railing and took a swallow of the .ery tuak rice wine it contained, swishing the harsh liquor around in his mouth, then spitting it out over the railing and into the river below. The rain began to slow, the sound of it on the roof above him tempered to the slow drumming of angry .ngers. Once upon a time, it had seemed that Khan might have traveled on a different path. He was James How Ling Singbat Alaidin Sulaiman Khan back then, the younger son of Sarawak’s minister of health under Stephen Kalong Ningkan, a privi­leged young man who had attended the presti­gious Lodge School, won entry into Phillips Academy Andover in America and then went on to Harvard and a combined degree in business administration and international law. During his long time abroad—more than a decade—letters from his family told of change in his homeland, none of it for the better. Corruption set in like a disease, infecting everything it touched. His father had been ousted from his post, his lands and money taken, and .nally his dis­senting voice silenced by the swinging blade of an assassin’s parang in a Kuching alley. Returning to his native land, he found his mother dying of despair, his older brother now a high-ranking and corrupt civil servant in the Judi­ciary, and the country committing slow suicide under the self-serving regime of Haji Abdul Taib Mahmud as her natural resources were auctioned off to the highest bidder, her forests and rivers destroyed, and her people abused and slaugh­tered. Then his mother died and he was alone. Taking the few remaining assets that were left to him, James How Ling Khan .ed to the upriver jungles of the Rejang, renewing friendships and native family ties, forging a pirate empire that had no allies only enemies, preying on the ships of any nation foolish enough to pass within range of his wrath and his .eet of marauding gunships spread out from Sumatra to Zamboanga in the Sulu Sea, lurking like sea snakes in hidden river bases just like this one. There was other business as well; there were endless shipments of North Korean methamphet­amines and counterfeit American currency to move, raw opium from Vietnam, slipper orchids from Sabah, sometimes special human cargo qui­etly left on the lonely beaches along Northern Australia’s Gulf of Carpentaria, and always, and very pro.tably, guns and other weapons ferried to the Kumpulan Mujahidin Malaysia terrorists, Darul Islam, Abu Sayyaf, Moro National Libera­tion Front, Jemaah Islamiya, and anyone else pre­pared to pay Khan’s exorbitant freight rates. Through the beating pulse of the rain Khan heard another, deeper sound that resolved itself into the familiar, lumbering thunder of his per­sonal boat, Black Dragon, one of a half dozen World War Two ‘‘Karo-Tei’’ subchasers he’d dis­covered, forgotten and derelict in an old camou­.aged pen on an uninhabited island in the Sulu Sea. Based on stolen plans for the prewar Ameri­can ‘‘Six-Bitter’’ Coast Guard ships, the Karo-Tei were sixty-foot-long shallow-draft cutters pow­ered by twin eight-hundred horsepower aircraft engines and capable of speeds up to thirty-eight knots. The small ships were heavily armed with twin twenty-millimeter cannons and an aft machine-gun tub. They were completely constructed from wood, which made their radar shadows almost invisible, and they carried a crew of .fteen, more than enough men to capture any unarmed vessel a.oat in any weather. They were the deadliest weapons in Khan’s arsenal, and over the years, he had made them even more fearsome with Russian-made RPG rocket launchers, sophisticated navigation electronics as good as or better than those of any ships sent against him, and refur­bished engines that made him .eet as the wind and just as hard to see or catch. The narrow, V-hulled boat appeared out of the misty rain, nosing gently through the shallow wa­ters of the estuary, her .at gray and stealthy paint job making her as elusive as smoke. Khan smiled coldly as she approached, powerful engines back­ing. Black Dragon, more a home to him than any­thing had been since he’d returned to the South China Sea. The engines of the sleek gunboat died and Black Dragon slid the last few dozen yards silently. A seaman appeared on deck, barefoot, picking up the forward line. The boat bumped gently against the .oating dock directly below the rumah, and the seaman jumped down and secured the line to a wooden cleat. A short, squat .gure stepped out of the wheelhouse, crossed the deck, and stepped down onto the dock. He reached the heavy bam­boo ladder at the end of the dock and climbed easily up to the verandah. He was dressed in cam­ou.age greens and combat boots, and there were three of.cial-looking stars on each one of his ep­aulettes. His skin was dark, burned to the color of old leather by the sun after years of exposure. The man’s hard features were Chinese. His name was Fu Sheng and he was Khan’s second in com­mand. The two men had known each other for almost twenty years. Khan’s old friend clambered onto the porch. ‘‘Apa kabar, Dapu Sheng?’’ Khan asked in Tan­jong, an ancient dialect spoken by fewer than a hundred people, most of them members of his own Rejang River clan. ‘‘What news?’’ Dapu was Fu Sheng’s nickname: Big Gun. ‘‘Kaba baik, tuan,’’ replied Fu Sheng, bowing slightly. ‘‘The news is good, master.’’ He contin­ued. ‘‘I have spoken with our people at the ship­ping company. They have con.rmed the situation. The ship is some way south of us still.’’ ‘‘And the business in London?’’ ‘‘It proceeds,’’ said Fu Sheng. He shrugged. London was only a place he’d heard of, never seen, and matters there did not really concern him. ‘‘Follow the ship but do nothing yet. As to Lon­don, keep me informed.’’ ‘‘Yes, tuan. Will you remain here?’’ ‘‘Three days, only, then come for me. Those clowns from the Maritime Enforcement Agency are due for one of their patrols. Let them .nd nothing.’’ ‘‘I don’t know why you go to such lengths to hide, tuan,’’ said Fu Sheng. ‘‘Their pencil has no point,’’ he scoffed. ‘‘We have more ships than they do, and more guns.’’ ‘‘I don’t want to make war, Dapu Sheng. I want to make money. We pay bribes for that reason— to keep their pencil dull.’’ ‘‘It isn’t the honorable thing, tuan,’’ growled Fu Sheng, refusing to give in, his voice tinged with anger and regret. ‘‘Perhaps not, old friend, but it is the prudent thing. We live in a world that holds honor in no esteem. It is extinct, just like the words we speak.’’ He reached out and laid his hand on Fu Sheng’s broad shoulder. ‘‘It is not the time.’’ ‘‘Will the time ever come?’’ ‘‘Perhaps sooner than you think, Fu Sheng. Our ancestors are calling. If we heed them we shall have our day.’’ ‘‘You speak in riddles, tuan.’’ ‘‘Perhaps.’’ Khan smiled. ‘‘But then again, what are riddles except mysteries waiting to be solved?’’ 6 ‘‘Very mysterious,’’ said Billy Pilgrim, staring at the painting on its tabletop easel. He and Finn Ryan were standing with James Tulkinghorn in his small, book-lined conference room. The table the easel sat on was oak, dark and very old. It looked as though it belonged in a monastery, and Finn could just imagine silent hooded monks eating their simple meals around it. The painting itself was small, no more than a foot square. It showed an almost comical little ship, full sailed and high decked, running through stormy seas. In the background was a clearly de­.ned reef with crashing surf and behind that a jungle landscape. The sky was painted in vivid sunset colors. The famous signature appeared in thick, almost italic letters in the lower right-hand corner: Rembrandt. ‘‘According to information given to me by the Boegart archives, the painting is a commissioned portrait of the Vleigende Draeack,or Flying Dragon— the ship with which Willem Van Boegart made his original fortune in the East Indies. It was painted in 1671. The painting disappeared just after the beginning of World War Two and was recently discovered in a Swiss bank vault.’’ ‘‘It’s a ‘jacht,’ the .rst of the types of ship used by the Dutch East India Company. It’s where we get the term ‘yacht,’ ’’ Billy supplied. Tulkinghorn nodded. ‘‘Quite so.’’ ‘‘It might be a yacht,’’ said Finn, ‘‘but it isn’t a Rembrandt.’’ ‘‘I beg your pardon?’’ Tulkinghorn said, sound­ing a little offended. ‘‘It’s signed.’’ ‘‘That doesn’t mean very much,’’ responded Finn. ‘‘Rembrandt had a workshop and employed dozens of apprentices, all of whom were author­ized to sign his name. It’s almost like a rubber stamp. On top of that Rembrandt was well known for signing his own name to paintings that he never put a brush to.’’ ‘‘But you can’t be sure of that.’’ ‘‘Sure I can,’’ said Finn with a smile. ‘‘If it was painted in 1671.’’ ‘‘Why is the date so important?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Because Rembrandt died in 1669,’’ she an­swered. ‘‘I’m no expert in the subject, but I re­member that much from my art history classes.’’ She reached out and tentatively ran her .ngers along the ornate gilded frame. ‘‘Interesting, though,’’ she said quietly. ‘‘What is?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘The frame. I’m almost sure it’s by Foggini.’’ ‘‘Who?’’ Tulkinghorn asked. ‘‘He was a Florentine during the seventeenth century,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I spent a year in Florence before going for my master’s. I got interested in him then. He was an artist in his own right, a sculptor, but he’s most famous now for his picture frames. Frames like this one. Gold, ornate, a lot of decoration.’’ ‘‘I’m not sure I see the point. Why is the frame important?’’ ‘‘If the painting is a forgery, or a copy, why would you put such a valuable frame around it?’’ ‘‘Maybe to make people believe in the authen­ticity of the painting,’’ said Billy. ‘‘But if you’re going to all that trouble,’’ mused Tulkinghorn thoughtfully, ‘‘why would you as­cribe a date to the painting that was incorrect, nay, impossible, and, I would think, extremely easy to prove that it was so?’’ It really was amazing, thought Finn; the man spoke like Sherlock Holmes come to life. But the old lawyer was right. ‘‘Can I take a closer look?’’ Finn asked. Sir James nodded. ‘‘Of course. The painting after all now belongs to you and His Grace.’’ Finn picked up the little painting. Given the weight of the ornate frame, the picture itself was quite heavy for its size, which meant that it had been painted on a wood panel, almost certainly oak. One of her night classes at the Courtauld Institute had been about dating wood panels used in paint­ing by dendochronological analysis—counting tree rings. She looked closely at the surface of the painting and immediately saw the weave of can­vas in several worn spots near the edges. Canvas over wood? She’d never heard of a painting done that way, and certainly not in the seventeenth cen­tury. Frowning, she .ipped the painting over. The back of the painting was covered in old, very brittle-looking kraft paper. ‘‘Anyone have a penknife?’’ Sir James nodded and reached into the watch pocket of his waistcoat. He took out an old pearl-handled jackknife and snapped it open. The old man gave it to her. She took the little knife and carefully cut along the kraft paper, keeping well away from the edges of the inner frame, or stretcher. She lifted the paper away, revealing the back of the panel. Dark wood. There were several scratched initials, what appeared to be the chalked number 27–3 , the 7 struck through in the European fashion, and two labels, one, clearly from the Nazi era, the other a simple paper rectangle reading Kunsthandel J. Goudstikker NV. ‘‘Goudstikker was the preeminent gallery in Amsterdam,’’ said Finn. ‘‘The Nazis cheated him out of everything in 1940. The Dutch government only resolved the whole thing a little while ago. It was big news in the art world.’’ ‘‘This Goudstikker was a person?’’ Billy asked. Finn nodded. ‘‘Jacques Goudstikker. If I remem­ber the story right, he inherited the gallery from his father.’’ ‘‘What happened to him?’’ ‘‘He .ed Holland on a refugee ship for England, but they wouldn’t let him into the country because he was a Jew. He would have been interned. The ship went on to South America with him still aboard. Apparently he had an accident on the ship and died.’’ She stared at the upper edge of the painting. Frayed edges of canvas could be seen, almost glued to the wood with age. ‘‘But Goud­stikker’s not the point.’’ ‘‘What do you mean?’’ Billy asked. She pointed to the canvas edging barely visible at the inner edge of the frame. ‘‘Most paintings this old get relined every .fty years or so—the original canvas is bonded to a newer blank canvas to give it strength. It’s usually done with wax or resin. This is different. The canvas with the ship painting is a mask, a ghost image put over the original wood panel.’’ ‘‘You think there’s something underneath?’’ Sir James said. ‘‘The Nazi label probably dates from 1940. The Goudstikker label is much older. I think somebody took an old Rembrandt copy and stuck it on the wood panel to hide the identity of the original painting from Goering’s people.’’ ‘‘How can you be sure?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘I know a man at the Courtauld who can help us.’’ ‘‘Today?’’ queried Tulkinghorn. ‘‘Why the sudden urgency?’’ ‘‘The Amsterdam house,’’ explained Tulkinghorn. ‘‘What about it?’’ asked Billy. ‘‘Mr. Boegart’s instructions are quite clear, I’m afraid,’’ the old man replied. ‘‘The house, like the other bequests, must be taken into possession per­sonally and by both of you within .fteen days or the items will revert to the estate.’’ ‘‘The boat as well?’’ said Finn. ‘‘That means we have to go to Amsterdam and then Malaysia? All within two weeks?’’ ‘‘Precisely, Miss Ryan.’’ Sir James cleared his throat. ‘‘And the Batavia Queen is a ship, not a boat.’’ ‘‘What’s the difference?’’ Finn asked, suddenly irritated with Tulkinghorn’s old-fashioned nit­picking. ‘‘The usual de.nition is that a ship is big enough to carry its own boat,’’ said Billy. ‘‘But this is all madness. Why on earth is Boegart doing it?’’ ‘‘At a guess, I should venture to say that he is trying to tell you something,’’ offered Tulkinghorn. ‘‘He’s trying to get us to follow in his foot­steps,’’ Finn said. ‘‘But why?’’ Billy asked. Finn looked at the ornately framed object on the table in front of them, still bearing the ugly em­blem of its violent past and the name of a man long dead. ‘‘I think it starts with the painting,’’ she answered. ‘‘And that means a trip to the Courtauld.’’ 7 S omerset House is a gigantic neoclassical build­ing a quarter mile long. Its original function in 1775 was to be larger, more imposing, and more important than any other so-called national build­ing in the world. Its secondary function was to provide of.ce space for every government bureau­cracy in England anyone could think of, from the tax department and the Naval Of.ce down to the of.ce of the King’s Bargekeeper, the Public Lot­tery, and the of.ce of Peddlers and Hawkers. Over the years the bureaucracies have come and gone, but the huge building always remains. It occupies a single enormous block of London real estate bounded by the Strand, Lancaster Place, Surrey Street, and the Victoria Embankment. When it moved from its old quarters in Portman Square to the Somerset House North Wing on the Strand in 1989, the Courtauld Institute of Art, with all its galleries, laboratories, lecture theaters, and libraries, barely made a ripple at its new home. Few people outside the rari.ed world of art history would have known the Courtauld even existed if it hadn’t been for the less than illustrious tenure of its onetime director and Surveyor of the Queen’s Pictures, the infamous and disgraced KGB spy, Sir Anthony Blunt. The Courtauld, however, man­aged to survive the revelations about its former director’s seedy past, and over the years it became one of the world’s great postgraduate institutions concerned with art in all its aspects. Dr. Alpheus Duff Shneegarten, professor emeri­tus in the Department of Conservation at the Courtauld, was a very short, very round man in his eighties who might well have been the model for Tolkien’s Hobbit. He had a large head that was ten percent snow-white hair, forty percent hooked patrician nose, and the rest of it jutting chin with an ancient curved briar stuck between large, nicotine-stained teeth and a pair of smiling lips. His intelligent eyes were sparkling blue, and he looked as though he was always on the verge of delivering the punch line of a particularly dirty joke. Shneegarten was invariably dressed in a decades-out-of-date gray Harris tweed three-piece suit no matter what the weather. On his overlarge feet, he wore ancient Birkenstock sandals. He had been born in Germany or Argentina, no one knew for sure which. According to Shneegarten he still lived in England using a student’s visa. He was, as he’d once told Finn: ‘‘Entirely unique. Search for Shneegarten on your Giggle or whatever you call it and you will .nd nothing. Nothing, I tell you! I am unique among men! There is only one Shneegarten and he is me!’’ The old man had been at the institute since before the war and had been friend and adviser to all three founders, industrialist Samuel Courtauld, diplo­mat and collector Lord Lee of Fareham, and the art historian Sir Robert Witt. Shneegarten had been a pioneer in the .eld of X-ray .uorescence and infrared analysis of paint­ings. Using these methods he had conceived of and created a database of artists’ .ngerprints that had saved more than one museum’s curator from being fooled by clever forgeries. Retired from active teaching long ago, Shnee­garten now occupied a rabbit warren of lofty attic rooms on the top .oor of the institute, which was only accessible by climbing several sets of dusty staircases and one extremely rickety spiral one made out of cast iron that shivered and clanged as Finn Ryan and Billy Pilgrim climbed it. In one of these attic rooms they found the professor bent over an immense canvas that looked like some kind of Turkish or Moroccan street scene. Shnee­garten was examining a tiny square of the paint­ing with a jeweler’s loupe screwed into the socket of his right eye and he was rubbing a cotton swab delicately over the area. There was a faint odor of ordinary soap. It was late afternoon now and it had started raining again; drops pattering lightly on the large, soot-grimy skylight overhead. The illumination on the room was an almost magical silver that seemed to .ll the atmosphere with a foreshadow­ing intensity. He stood up as Finn and Billy stepped into the workroom and popped the jewel­er’s loupe out of his eye. ‘‘Ah,’’ he said with a smile. ‘‘My American girl­friend!’’ He winked at Billy. ‘‘Believe me, sir, if I was only seventy years younger, I would sweep her off her feet and have my way with her! De­pend on it!’’ ‘‘And I’d probably let you,’’ said Finn, smiling as she poked the man lightly in his round, pro­truding belly. He laughed uproariously and poked her back. She introduced Billy. ‘‘Ah yes, the impoverished lord you mentioned. I’m honored, Your Grace.’’ ‘‘William, or Billy if you’d like. Your Grace makes me sound like the Archbishop of Canterbury.’’ Shneegarten smiled. ‘‘What are you working on?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘A dirty Delacroix,’’ the old man grunted wea­rily. ‘‘Another one of those dreadful things he painted in Tangier, people rioting, women with improbable breasts being raped in improbable po­sitions, horses underfoot dying awful deaths. A terrible lot of meaningless activity and violence. The Quentin Tarantino of his day!’’ He nodded toward the package under Billy’s arm. They’d wrapped it in Tulkinghorn’s salmon-pink copy of the Financial Times and tied it up with twine. ‘‘That is for me?’’ said Shneegarten. ‘‘Yes,’’ said Finn. Billy handed the package to the professor. He sliced the string with a scalpel, neatly took off the newspaper, laying it aside on the worktable, and looked at the painting. He nodded. ‘‘The frame is almost certainly Fog­gini as you said on the telephone.’’ He screwed the loupe into his eye socket again and bent down. ‘‘Brushstrokes are appropriate for Rembrandt’s studio, although I would say the subject matter looks more like Jan van Leiden or Willem van der Velde. Just look at that sky! Those Dutch, they always painted the sky as though the world was about to end.’’ He .ipped the painting over and, using a small, stainless steel tool like a stiff putty knife, he popped the painting easily out of the frame. ‘‘Very odd,’’ he muttered, his white eye­brows rising. ‘‘Canvas over a wood panel. I would say that the canvas is from the correct period, per­haps 1660 or so, but the tacks are much newer, de.nitely twentieth century.’’ ‘‘Contemporary with the Goudstikker Gallery label?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Undoubtedly. And also the Nazi one. That label is from the Einsatzstab Reichsleiter Rosenberg, the ERR.’’ ‘‘What are you saying?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Look,’’ Shneegarten said, pointing with one bony .nger. ‘‘The tacks are brass, but in between you can see the small holes and stains from the original nails. You can also still see the marks where the original stretchers were placed. What it means is that this painting of the ship was proba­bly painted sometime in the mid-seventeenth cen­tury, contemporary with Rembrandt certainly, but was taken out of its own frame in modern times and used to cover the wood panel beneath, which bears the ERR label and the Goudstikker label. You can even see that the original painting was larger. This section has been cut to .t and the Rembrandt signature applied.’’ ‘‘Who would do a thing like that?’’ asked Billy. ‘‘Presumably it is as Finn suggested—to cover that which lies beneath from prying eyes.’’ ‘‘Can you remove the canvas?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Certainly,’’ said Shneegarten. ‘‘The canvas wasn’t glued. It was simply tacked onto the panel. Give me a moment.’’ He picked up another tool, shaped like a .at-nosed pair of small pliers, and began easing out the tacks. When he was done he gently pulled back the canvas. As Finn had expected there was another image on the board beneath the canvas. It showed a man in his middle years dressed as a Dutch burgher wearing a red velvet blouse and a plumed hat. He was standing beside a draped area that had a table set out in front of it covered with various exotic-looking seashells and several equally exotic brass nautical instruments including something that looked like an early version of a sextant. In one gloved hand he held a pale, calfskin-covered book and in the other an ornate, basket-hilt rapier. Light came in strongly through a very narrow stained-glass window on the far left. The image on the stained glass was a heraldic shield. The coat of arms showed a complex plumed helmet seated on a shield divided into a checked .eld of opposing black and yellow stripes on one set of opposed squares with Turkish crescents and French .eurs­de-lis on the other set. ‘‘That’s the Boegart crest,’’ said Billy, excited. There was a signature in the lower right-hand corner, done lightly in black. It was entirely differ­ent from the one on the canvas. ‘‘The real signature of Rembrandt Van Rjin,’’ announced the old man with a theatrical .ourish of his hand. ‘‘Is the painting genuine?’’ asked Finn. ‘‘Let me check,’’ said Shneegarten. He shuf.ed across the room to a computer terminal on a very cluttered desk and began hitting keys. He talked while he tapped. ‘‘Back in 1968 I was part of the Rembrandt Re­search Project, which was established through the Dutch government to assess the number of actual Rembrandts in existence. We were a team of ex­perts from all over the world. As well as establish­ing the authenticity of the pictures we also, by de.nition, assembled a database of the paintings themselves.’’ He hit a few more keys. ‘‘When you cross-index that data with the information in the Courtauld’s own Provenance Research depart­ment of Holocaust-related works, you wind up with an exceptional fund of information.’’ He paused, squinted, and tapped a .nal key. ‘‘Ah,’’ he said .nally, pleased with himself. ‘‘Ah what?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘The painting, very mysterious I think,’’ mur­mured the old man, staring at his computer screen. ‘‘According to this, it is a portrait of Wil­lem Van Boegart painted by Rembrandt in 1659, roughly in midcareer. The commission appears both in Rembrandt’s records and those of Van Boegart, held in the family archive. Willem Van Boegart would have been thirty-seven at the time it was painted. It was never sold and remained with the original Van Boegart collection in Am­sterdam until 1938 when it was stolen along with half a dozen other paintings. None of those paint­ings was ever recovered. The only reason we know of its existence at all is through a photo­graph for archival purposes taken by Jacques Goudstikker in 1937 at the request of the Boe­ gart family.’’ ‘‘Where is the photograph now?’’ ‘‘There are two copies, one in the U.S. National Archives Holocaust Provenance and Documenta­tion Of.ce in Washington, D.C. The other is in the Rijksmuseum Archives in Amsterdam.’’ ‘‘Jacques Goudstikker takes a photograph in 1937, the painting is stolen in 1938, and the pic­ture, with another painting overtop, appears in Goudstikker’s inventory in 1940?’’ Billy Pilgrim shook his head. ‘‘It’s obviously no coincidence, but it doesn’t make any sense, either.’’ ‘‘It does if they were all in on it—Goudstikker, the thieves, the Boegart family,’’ said Finn. Shneegarten nodded. ‘‘A plausible theory. Both men were Jews. Both knew Hitler was coming and that his path would inevitably take him through the Netherlands. They all conspired to make the painting disappear before he got there.’’ Billy scowled. ‘‘I still don’t see it. Why that par­ticular painting? And if it was meant to disappear, why does it have the Nazi label?’’ ‘‘That bears some investigation, I should think,’’ said the old man, stroking his large chin with the stem of his old pipe. ‘‘You can leave the painting with me for a few days, yes?’’ Finn looked across at her new friend. ‘‘Billy?’’ ‘‘I suppose so.’’ ‘‘Good!’’ Shneegarten said and jammed the pipe back in his mouth. He clapped Billy on the back. ‘‘I’ll get you some answers, my lord. Rest assured! I am like the Canadian Mountie in his bright red jacket—the man I always get!’’ 8 F inn and Billy left the old professor muttering over the painting and found their way down to the Strand entrance to Somerset House. It was raining even harder now and it was already dark. They stood under the great stone portico and stared bleakly out at the street. Like every other thoroughfare in London at that time of day, the Strand was jammed with traf.c, the lights on the rooftops of lumbering, beetlelike black cabs wink­ing like .re.ies in the rain. Almost nobody was honking. This was England after all. A line of peo­ple, most of them with umbrellas, stood drearily by the taxi stand at the curb. ‘‘It’ll take us an hour at this time of day,’’ groaned Billy. ‘‘What about the Tube?’’ ‘‘The closest station is Temple, on the Embank­ment,’’ said Billy. ‘‘We’ll be soaked by the time we get there. On a night like this, it’ll smell of old socks.’’ ‘‘I don’t think we’ve got much choice,’’ an­swered Finn. ‘‘You have no choice at all, Miss Ryan,’’ a strange voice said behind her. Something hard prodded her in the small of the back. Startled she glanced back over her shoulder. She caught a brief glimpse of a well-dressed man, Asian, not Chi­nese, maybe one of the small East Asian countries. He held an umbrella in one hand and had a folded newspaper over his other arm. There might have been a roll of quarters in his hidden hand, but she didn’t think so. With the brief look she saw there were two of them, one behind her, one behind Billy. The hands holding the umbrellas were en­cased in surgical gloves. Professionals. ‘‘There is an automobile parked around the cor­ner. A blue Audi. You will get into the car without any muss or fuss. If you give us any muss or fuss we will kill both of you. Jolly good?’’ The hard thing, presumably the barrel of a gun, prodded her in the back. She gave Billy a quick glance. He looked appropriately nervous but still in control. Together they went down the steps and turned right. The two men behind them made no polite allowance for the pedestrian traf.c—they simply moved straight ahead using Finn and Billy like the prow of a ship. The people on the sidewalk moved obediently aside, heads bent, blinded by their umbrellas, concentrating on their own feet. Kidnapped in the middle of a crowd. If Billy and she got into the car, it was all over. This wasn’t a simple mugging—this was something much worse. If the kidnappers had been waiting for Billy and Finn, it meant that they’d been followed, from Tulkinghorn’s or maybe even before that. Tumble. The word came to her out of nowhere. Miss Turner, her phys ed teacher at Northland, had called it that. Miss Turner, inventor of Tur­ner’s Torture Exercises. Miss Turner, who had fought a faint mustache and too much testoster­one. Miss Turner, with more than a hint of Marine drill sergeant in her background. Never something sexy like ‘‘gymnastics.’’ Tumbling. Jackie Chan and how to take a fall. There was another prod. Finn kept on walking. It was now or never because Finn knew without a doubt that if they climbed into the blue Audi, they were dead. Something grabbed at her—a coldness and anger. It was more than the fact that she’d been in this position once or twice before in her life: under the streets of New York, a hundred feet down in the Caribbean, in the jungles of the Yucata´n with her mother when she was a kid. This was different. This was something innate, something Miss Turner could never teach, only perhaps encourage. Something you were born with. Something diamond hard in her mind—a deadly preternatural calm. ‘‘Jolly good,’’ she said quietly, hoping Billy would understand. They were past the island in the middle of the road on their left that held the church of St. Mary Le Strand. A number 52 Water­loo bus went by, tires hissing on the slick gleam­ing asphalt of the roadway. There was a steel barrier between them and the street now, a line of newspaper boxes chained to it along with several bicycles. To their right was the closed and aban­doned entrance to the Strand Underground Sta­tion, out of use for more than a decade. They turned the corner on to Surrey Street. The traf.c sounds abruptly faded. A few yards away, she saw the dark blue Audi pulled up onto the wide sidewalk beside the old Strand Station exit, a shadowy .gure behind the wheel. The lights were off but the engine was running, exhaust wisping in the rain. Three against two. Twenty, perhaps thirty seconds and it would be too late. Her roving eyes found a low wrought-iron gate beside a door, a pair of neglected rubbish bins, and a little pile of builder’s junk. God bless you, Miss Turner from Northland High School, wher­ever you are. Tumble. ‘‘Jolly good!’’ yelled Finn at the top of her lungs. She went into a simple tuck and roll, her hand reaching out blindly, fumbling, grabbing the length of old narrow plumbing pipe. She came out of the somersault, facing back the way she’d come, and swept the pipe around as hard as she could, aiming for the knees. The pipe connected and she felt the shivering, wet crunch of impact run up her arm. The man screamed and dropped his newspaper and his umbrella. She saw that there really was a gun in the man’s hand, a .at, chunky-looking automatic. Then chaos. ‘‘Is do nach bhfuil seans ar bith ann!’’ screamed Billy, turning on his heel and bringing his booted foot up into the crotch of the man behind him. ‘‘Perite! Irrumator Mentula! Spaculatum Tauri!’’ Finn was vaguely aware of the man in the Audi getting out of the car. ‘‘This way!’’ she yelled, grabbing Billy by the arm. She took a few short steps, jammed the lead pipe into the chain around the steel grate covering the old station exit, and pulled hard. The cor­roded, rust-caked links snapped. She pulled the grate aside and raced into the station, Billy on her heels. Amazingly there was light to see by; every sec­ond .uorescent bar in the ceiling of the old ticket hall was lit. There was a white-tiled entrance arch­way on the right and a sign: THIS WAY TO TRAINS. Once upon a time, there had been two large pas­senger elevators, but all that was left now was the emergency exit, a pirouette of iron steps .tted in a descending spiral, .lling one of the paired eleva­tor shafts. Oddly the lights were on here as well. They clattered downward, footsteps clanging loudly, echoing off the old brick. The air was thick and musty. ‘‘Where the hell are we going?’’ yelled Billy, a few steps above Finn. ‘‘How should I know?’’ she yelled back. There was another sound. High above them; steps on the staircase and then a whining roar. The stairwell–elevator shaft was suddenly .lled with an earsplitting, roaring echo. ‘‘They’re .ring at us!’’ Billy yelled. Another shot rang out, whirring and banging off the metal steps as it ricocheted past. ‘‘Come on!’’ Finn hurtled down the seemingly endless steps, .nally reaching the bottom. There was a narrow sloping tunnel, brightly lit, and then she erupted onto the old platform. She stopped dead in her tracks and felt Billy stumble to a stop, barging into her, pushing her farther out onto the platform and into a waiting crowd. Directly in front of them was a waiting train, doors open. ‘‘Bloody hell,’’ Billy whispered. There was a poster on the curving wall beside them. Three sol­diers with ri.es marching left to right and the message below: TAG DER WEHRMACHT 17– MARZ 1942 KREIGSWINTERHILFSWERK There was also a large metal sign on the wall giving the station’s name: PICCADILLY CIRCUS. The crowd on the platform was made up of an assortment of men and women, all dressed in vintage clothing, some carrying rolled umbrellas, others with newspapers or parcels. There was also a sprinkling of men in uniform. German uniforms. A whistle blew loudly, answered by a second whistle from the head of the train. The crowd surged forward and a distinctly British voice called out: ‘‘Mind the gap, ladies and gents. Please, mind the gap! Mind the gap, mein herren! Au.achen der kluft bitte!’’ ‘‘De.nitely not Kansas,’’ muttered Finn. She could hear echoing footsteps coming from the pas­sage behind them. ‘‘What do we do?’’ said Billy. ‘‘Get on the train.’’ They joined the crowd surging onto the train and found themselves pushed through the open doorway. There was a pause and then the doors slid closed and they began to move. ‘‘This is insane,’’ whispered Billy. Directly in front of them, hanging on to a strap, was a man wearing the soft cap and gray uniform of a ser­geant in the Nazi Landspoliezei, the regular po­lice. He had a copy of Signal, the German version of Life magazine, under his arm. Above him was an advertisement for Dr. Carrot, guaranteed to bring you good health if you ate a lot of him. The Landspoliezei sergeant had a holstered Luger pistol on his hip. He looked bored. ‘‘Did they get on?’’ asked Finn. ‘‘I didn’t see.’’ ‘‘Do you know where this train goes?’’ ‘‘No, except that wasn’t bloody Piccadilly back there.’’ The German cop was de.nitely staring at them now, a worried expression on his face. He started to say something, then turned away. ‘‘This is giving me the collywobbles,’’ Billy muttered. He looked away from the cop. There was another poster beside the Dr. Carrot advertisment. It was a stern black-and-white illustration of a strong man with shirtsleeves rolled up, a cap on his head, and a serious expression on his face. There was a massive sledgehammer over his shoulder. He had muscles like a stevedore’s. The message said something about helping the soldier on the front lines, which didn’t make much sense because a man with muscles like that would have been on the front lines himself, unless he had some kind of heart condition, in which case he wouldn’t have the sledgehammer over his shoulder. . . . He stopped himself; he was on the edge of losing it. Finn squeezed his hand. The train began to slow. ‘‘We’re not going far,’’ said Finn. ‘‘We’re in trouble,’’ Billy answered, nudging her. There was a crash as the door opened at the far end of the coach. The two Asians, minus their umbrellas, had turned into three. One of them was limping, pushing his way through the crowd of people. He looked extremely angry. ‘‘Crap,’’ said Finn. She threw herself forward into the arms of the Nazi sergeant, reaching for his holstered Luger and pushing him out of the way in a single motion. The gun was far too light. It wasn’t the real thing. She waved it in the gen­eral direction of their pursuers anyway and in­stinctively half the people in the car screamed and everyone ducked, including the three Asians. The train pulled into a brightly lit station. The sign said: LEICESTER SQUARE. ‘‘No, it’s not!’’ said Billy. Finn threw the Luger down the length of the car as the doors slid open. She turned, put both hands on Billy’s back, and pushed him out onto the platform. ‘‘What the hell!’’ A man wearing headphones jumped back, barely avoiding being run down. ‘‘Who let you on! Wardrobe! Shit! They’ve ruined the shot! Sean! Who the bloody hell...?’’ Finn still pushing Billy from behind, they skirted the camera setup, jumped over a set of narrow rails waiting for a dolly shot, and battered their way through a regulation swarm of camera people, lighting crew, grips, .rst, second, and third ADs, sound men, set dec, props, and as­sorted need-to-bes, want-to-bes, and think-they­already-ares that make up a location shoot for a major motion picture. Predictably someone shouted out the classic angry comment heard by anyone who has ever interfered with the making of a .lm, even if only for a moment, destroying their expen­sive and very fragile illusion. ‘‘Hey! Can’t you see we’re making a movie here?’’ As though creating cinematic fantasy was more important than any possible reality that might stand in its silly way. Billy knocked over a light stand and there was a sharp bang as a hot bulb exploded. Finn caught a glimpse of a placard announcing that they were on the set of the DreamWorks production of Len Deighton’s novel SSGB, and then they were gone, sidestepping through a wide-open set of doors leading onto the actual Holborn Station platform and reaching the escalator. They took the moving steps two at a time, pushing past people riding to the surface, and .nally found their way up to High Holborn. They were almost back to Tulking­horn’s and the British Museum. The rain had stopped. There was no sign of the men behind them. Without a pause Billy stepped off the curb and waved. A black cab came to a jarring halt. They climbed in and Finn slammed the door. As the cab moved off into traf.c she looked back and saw their limping enemy and his friends come out of the station entrance. A moment longer and it would have been too late. ‘‘Where we going, if you don’t mind me askin’?’’ said the cabbie without turning around. ‘‘Canvey Island,’’ said Billy, settling back in the wide, comfortable seat. ‘‘That’s in bleeding Essex, mate!’’ the driver said, startled. ‘‘I’ll pay.’’ ‘‘Too right you’ll pay,’’ said the taxi driver. ‘‘Quite the distance. At least twenty miles.’’ ‘‘More like thirty,’’ said Billy, sighing. The cab­bie shrugged and slid the big car back into the stream of traf.c. Ten minutes later they were on their way out of London, heading East along the Thames, making for the Channel. ‘‘What was that before you started saying dirty things in Latin?’’ ‘‘Something rude in Cornish as I recall,’’ Billy said. ‘‘Something to do with goats and his moth­er’s sexual habits.’’ ‘‘What’s on Canvey Island?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Home,’’ answered Billy. ‘‘The Busted Flush.’’ 9 A sk the average person in Wichita Falls where Mariveles is, and you’ll most likely get noth­ing but a blank stare, and for good reason: Mari­veles has always been either in the middle of nowhere or at the gates of hell, depending on your point of view. The small coastal town lies at the entrance to Manila Bay on the northwestern arm of a jungle peninsula. The harbor is a deep-water anchorage clinging to the base of an immense, forest-covered volcanic cone. This mountain is usually wreathed in .irtatious mists, occasionally giving a glimpse of the summit as it waits pa­tiently for better times to come again, as they had a few years previously for the mountain’s .ery brother, Mount Pinatubo, less than .fty miles away. Historically Mariveles was once a resting point for ships entering the bay and the famous Chinese pirate Li Ma Hong reportedly stopped there for food and water before attacking Manila in 1575. Under Ferdinand Marcos the town became the center of something called an ‘‘economic zone,’’ and the original .shing town was swept aside to make way for factories, docks, and of.cial-looking government of.ces, most of which were now empty, and even a nuclear reactor, which they could never get to run. The grain terminal didn’t quite work out and neither did the ‘‘plastic city’’ manufacturing polyethylene sheets. Given Imelda Marcos’s infamous fetish, there was a certain irony in the fact that one of the few surviving factories manufactured Nike knockoffs. At the end of the day, if Mariveles was known for anything, it was as the place where the Bataan Death March began in 1942 and also as the place where the tennis balls for Wimbledon are manufactured. Though it’s supposedly a ‘‘.rst-class’’ city of seventy-.ve thousand or so, the real population is almost twice that, mostly unemployed and mostly living in slums on the far western side of the harbor and well outside the boundaries of the ‘‘economic zone.’’ It is a mixed-culture port town of immi­grants .eeing even poorer places in the world and a place where hope is a commodity in shorter sup­ply than jobs. The favorite recreation in Mariveles is the consumption of shabu, the Philippine version of methamphetamine, cooked up in enormous quantities in illegal, and violently explosive, drug microbreweries all over the hillside squatters’ ghettoes. From where he sat in the open-air beachside snack bar, Briney Hanson could see the old-fashioned cranes loading the Batavia Queen at the old Mariveles docks a little farther along the har­bor. With berthing charges being what they were, Manila itself was far too rich for the old Queen’s blood and she was lucky to be picking up any cargo at all in Mariveles: banana chips and pro­cessed cassava meal for animal feed, which meant the Queen was going to stink all the way back down to Singapore. They’d off-load the banana chips there, pick up a load of electronics stuff, and then make a run up to Rangoon with the cassava meal. The last leg would involve taking the electronics stuff on to Madras, or Chennai as it was now called, for as­sembly into everything from car radios to talking teddy bears. After that, it was anyone’s guess. But right now Hanson and the Queen were still in Bataan. He took a swallow from his longneck liter bottle of Red Horse beer and swabbed a piece of ‘‘chicharon’’ pork crackling into the hot sauce on his plate. He forked up a mouthful of crunchy squid heads in rice and washed it all down with another hit of the strong, amber pilsner. Mariveles might have had the most corrupt municipal government in the Philippines—and that was saying something—but it had unbelievably good snacks. Hanson had spent the entire morning with his old friend Dr. Nemesio Zobel-Ayala, the local abortionist, Pratique of.cer for the docks, brother­in-law of the mayor, and all-round mordida man. Without kicking back to Ayala, you could be quar­antined for a month, not allowed to off-load or on-load cargo, and even wind up getting beaten to a pulp if you even tried to step onshore. Hanson had swallowed his disgust and played the Good Buddy game just like always, sitting with the little weasel in his sti.ing dockside of.ce above the customs warehouse for hours, watching him drinking shots of Napoleon Quince and lis­tening to endless stories about his conquests in La Zona, the local brothel area where women and girls, most of them native and some no more than ten or twelve years old, plied their age-old profes­sion in little blanket-divided cubicles, serving the seagoing trade and foreign workers from the few remaining factories in Mariveles. Zobel-Ayala had all the bases covered. Not only was he a pimp to half the girls in La Zona, but he was also the public health of.cer for Mariveles and made a bit extra on the side by selling off government-supplied antibiotics to the highest bidder. The doctor had big plans, most of which in­volved setting himself up in America one day, but Hanson thought it more likely that the slimy son of a bitch would probably wind up .oating upside down under one of the Mariveles piers with his throat cut, either by his rivals in the Kuratong Baleleng or the Pentagon, both of which had big money in shabu labs and smuggling all through the islands. Hanson ate the last of the food on his plate, .nished off the Red Horse, and dropped a few crumpled bills onto the counter. He climbed down off the old-fashioned, chrome diner stool, gave a satis.ed belch, and headed back along the crushed coral path to the dock road. It was blisteringly hot and he could feel the beer leaching out of him, sweat dripping down the back of his neck from underneath the band of his old captain’s cap and down his sides. Even though he was wearing sunglasses, the light was enough to make Hanson squint, as it glinted off the small broken waves in the harbor and hammered down like a ringing gong from the cloudless sky. Like everywhere else in this part of the world, he knew it could change into black monsoon within a single tick of time, turning the harbor into a witch’s cauldron and bouncing the Queen around like a beach ball at her moorings, but for the moment he was trapped inside a fur­nace with its thermostat on the blink. The meal at the snack bar and the few minutes by himself had been a nice break after a morning with the sleazy doctor, but making his way past the tumbledown warehouses and the junk-fronted chandlers’ shops along the quay brought Hanson back to reality with a hard knock; the oppressive heat, the stink of rot and old rope, of tarred pilings and the dead .sh along the bilge-.lthy waterfront was the stink of his own future, and he knew it. Endless runs through dangerous seas taking things to one place and other things back again. It was no way for anyone to live. If something didn’t change soon... Hanson could see the jib cranes at the dockside working, swinging over big, two-hundred-pound bags of cassava meal in rope slings. On deck Elisha Santoro, his .rst mate, was overseeing Kong and a few hired Filipino day-hands. The day-hands were dressed in bahag loincloths and Eli wore jeans and a Grateful Dead T-shirt. The closest thing to a uniform on the Batavia Queen was the dull strip of gold braid on Hanson’s bat­tered cap. He frowned, staring down along the pier. The banana chips wouldn’t arrive until the next day, but there was a pile of wooden crates on the dock next to the Queen and a four-ton Mitsubishi Fighter Mignon truck parked beside them. Bulk banana chips were shipped in jute bags, like the cassava meal, not wooden crates. Stranger still, Zobel-Ayala hadn’t said a word about any new cargo, and he would have been the .rst to know since every clearance certi.cate issued on the docks had to go through him. As Hanson came closer, a man climbed out from the passenger side of the truck cab and stood wait­ing beside the pile of crates. Hanson saw that all of the crates were stamped with the familiar Sla­zenger pouncing tiger logo. The man from the truck stepped forward. He was fortyish, .abby, and wore a perfectly cut and blindingly white suit that almost made his pot belly disappear. He had small feet and small hands. The feet were encased in gleaming black patent leather shoes and he wore one too many rings on his pink .ngers. The costume was topped off by a Borsalino Pan­ama as white as the suit. The man wore the formal straw hat with the forced casualness of a bald man, tilted just so, but somehow you knew there was nothing underneath. The eyes were shaded by a slightly feminine-looking pair of leather-covered Fendi Sellerias. There was no facial hair and the faint smell of expensive cologne shimmered in the overheated air. Fat lips smiled. The man had teeth like perfect polished pearls. At .ve foot .ve, he should have been almost dainty looking. But he didn’t look dainty at all; he looked dangerous. ‘‘Captain Hanson?’’ he asked. There was a faint, aristocratic Spanish accent. ‘‘Yes?’’ ‘‘My name is Lazlo Aragas.’’ The smile got wider. ‘‘My good friends call me Lazzy.’’ Hanson nodded. Call this one Lazzy and he’d shove a knitting needle through your eye socket. ‘‘Mr. Aragas. What can I do for you?’’ ‘‘It is what we can do for each other, Captain Hanson.’’ ‘‘Then what can we do for each other, Mr. Aragas?’’ ‘‘I have a shipment that needs to go to Singa­pore,’’ he said. ‘‘I understand that you are going in that direction.’’ ‘‘A shipment of what?’’ Hanson asked. Aragas waved a jeweled hand in the general direction of the crates. ‘‘Balls, Captain. I am ship­ping balls to Singapore.’’ ‘‘Tennis balls.’’ ‘‘Quite so. Speci.cally Wimbledon Ultra Vis.’’ Three things were wrong with that. One, the Wimbledon balls were made in the Mariveles fac­tory, but they were shipped out of the supertermi­nal at Pier 15 in Manila. Two, the balls were shipped in six-dozen-can cardboard boxes plastic-strapped in dozen box cubes and loaded into con­tainers, not wooden crates. And three, there wasn’t a chance in the world that Slazenger would ever ship anything at all on the Batavia Queen or any tramp steamer like her. Hanson nodded. ‘‘I see.’’ ‘‘Do you, Captain?’’ ‘‘I think I do,’’ he answered slowly. ‘‘What exactly do you see?’’ ‘‘I see some wooden crates with Slazenger pussycats all over them.’’ ‘‘Full of tennis balls,’’ said the man in the white suit, smiling. ‘‘If you say so.’’ ‘‘I do.’’ Still smiling. ‘‘Does Dr. Zobel-Ayala know about your tennis balls?’’ Hanson asked .atly. Aragas laughed. He sounded like a particularly vicious dog barking. ‘‘Zobel-Ayala tiene el famban barretoso,’’ he said pleasantly. ‘‘If he doesn’t do as he’s told, I’ll put my foot to it, or something more painful perhaps.’’ ‘‘So what does all this really have to with me?’’ Hanson asked carefully. If Aragas was sidestep­ping El Abortista, he was putting them both into dangerous territory. ‘‘I need a shipper. You are here.’’ ‘‘You and your tennis balls aren’t on my bill of lading.’’ ‘‘This will be a separate shipment. Just between you and me, Captain.’’ ‘‘Zobel-Ayala isn’t going to like it.’’ ‘‘He’ll do as he’s told.’’ ‘‘Maybe so, Mr. Aragas, but I have to come back here. You may get to kick him in his fat juicy ass, but I’m not in the same position ...so to speak.’’ ‘‘It is not your concern, Captain. Your concern is in loading my shipment as quickly as possible.’’ There was ice in the words. ‘‘And how do I explain this shipment to the agent in Singapore?’’ ‘‘You don’t.’’ ‘‘How’s that?’’ ‘‘You will develop engine trouble just off Sen­tosa. An hour or two at most. A fast boat will take my tennis balls off your hands.’’ Sentosa Island was a redeveloped .shing village turned high-end resort just outside Singapore Harbor. ‘‘Customs, the Checkpoint Authority?’’ ‘‘Taken care of.’’ Mordida again. The Philippines had made a .ne art out of it over the last four hundred years. ‘‘And what do I get out of all of this trouble?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘This,’’ said Aragas. He pulled the inevitable envelope out of his inside jacket pocket. It was about a half inch thick. ‘‘Euros, if that is conve­nient.’’ Once upon a time it had been American dollars, but things were changing. ‘‘Twenty-.ve thousand.’’ Roughly thirty-three thousand dollars depending on the day rate. It didn’t matter. What really mat­tered was that with the envelope there was no more pretense. You didn’t pay somebody that much money for carting around a couple of hun­dred crates of tennis balls. It was a distinctly nasty spot to be in because if Aragas was in a position to sidestep Zobel-Ayala, that meant he was heavily connected. Turn Aragas down and he’d get somebody’s nose out of joint. Or he could take the envelope and go along with Aragas and if things screwed up he could easily land in Changi Prison for the rest of his life—not a pleasant thought at all. So he was trapped—damned if he did, damned if he didn’t. Standing here baking in the hot sun he didn’t see any way out. So he stopped looking, at least for the moment. He took the envelope from Aragas, folded it in half, and stuck it into his back pocket. ‘‘Very good,’’ said Aragas as though he were speaking to a dog he was training to roll over and play dead. ‘‘It would be appreciated if you could have the crates loaded as quickly as possible. As you know, there is a great deal of petty theft in this area.’’ Anything that wasn’t nailed down was considered fair game, but Hanson had an idea: Aragas could leave his crates just where they were for as long as he wanted and the locals would avoid them like the plague. ‘‘Not a problem,’’ said Hanson. He glanced up and saw Elisha Santoro casually leaning on the forward rail and looking down at him. Eli wasn’t going to like this at all. ‘‘Good,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘I am very pleased that we have reached an accord on this matter. When you load the crates please make them as available as possible for quick unloading. I shall return at seven this evening.’’ ‘‘Return?’’ asked Hanson, startled. ‘‘Didn’t I tell you?’’ said Aragas. ‘‘I will be ac­companying the shipment to Singapore.’’ With that, he put two .ngers to the brim of his hat, tipped Hanson a brief salute, and climbed back into the truck. The Mitsubishi’s engine chugged to life and it lumbered off down the docks and disappeared. Hanson watched it go, feeling the lump of the envelope in his pocket pressing into him like a tumor. Eli Santoro came down the gangway and onto the pier. He inspected the crates for a moment, then turned to Hanson. ‘‘What was that all about? New cargo?’’ It wasn’t really a question; Eli had seen Aragas and he’d seen the envelope. He was young but he was no fool. ‘‘Something like that,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘We in trouble, boss?’’ ‘‘Maybe.’’ Hanson looked at his .rst mate. Elisha Santoro, like everyone else on the Batavia Queen, was an outcast. At twenty-eight he was the youngest man on the ship with three years in the U.S. Navy, a First Of.cer rating from the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy, and two more years in the Coast Guard, stationed in Guam. Then an accident with a backyard barbecue at a base picnic left him blind in one eye—enough for his career to come to a crashing halt with the revoking of his mate’s ticket and no chance of ever becoming a master on his own. At twenty-.ve Santoro was adrift, broke, and unemployed, wedded to the sea with all his hopes and dreams in tatters. Hanson had found him bumming around the islands doing yacht charters out of Hong Kong, and after two bottles of Dragon’s Back and a look at the young man’s record he’d snapped him up, eye patch or not. That had been almost three years ago and Hanson hadn’t regretted the decision once. ‘‘What are we going to do?’’ Eli asked. ‘‘We’re screwed either way.’’ Hanson sighed. ‘‘Load up the tennis balls. Figure it so we can dump the cases quickly if we have to.’’ ‘‘What do you think is in them?’’ ‘‘I don’t want to know and neither do you,’’ the captain warned. ‘‘And the man in the ice cream suit is shipping out with us, so be careful.’’ ‘‘We’ve got another problem.’’ ‘‘What now?’’ Hanson groaned; as if the day wasn’t bad enough already. Eli handed over a piece of yellow paper he pulled out of his T-shirt pocket. A cable .imsy. Like everyone aboard the Queen the young man did double duty; as well as being the Batavia Queen’s .rst of.cer, .rst mate, and quartermaster, Eli was also the radio of.cer. ‘‘Message from the company. The Queen’s been sold. We’ll .nd out who the new owners are when we get to Singapore.’’ 10 T he Busted Flush made the North Sea crossing to Holland in three and a half days, running up the Channel north of Goodwin Sands in .ne weather, then beating north beyond the Broad Fourteens to Den Helder. On the third night, they made their way through the tricky currents of the rushing tidal rip of the Marsdeip, .nally making landfall at the locks leading into the inland sea once known as the Zuider Zee and now called the Ijsselmeer. They spent the night resting up in the calm waters on the inland side of the immense dike and on the following morning made a swift, sail-cracking run in the bright sunshine down to the little seaside village of Durgerdam. The town had everything they needed including a full-service marina and a bus stop for the ride into Amsterdam itself, only a few miles to the south, its low, dusty skyline faint on the horizon. For Finn, tense and exhausted after the events in London, sailing on the Flush had been a joy. The Flush was a William Garden sixty-foot gaff-rigged schooner, powered by a six-cylinder Sealord North Sea diesel and capable of making twelve knots under full sail. Inside she was as cozy as a log cabin in the woods, complete with two com­fortable cabins, a small salon, and a well-equipped and well-stored galley. According to Billy, she’d been built as Sitkin in Oregon almost .fty years before, meant for cruising the Alaska coast, and had spent time in Chile and South Africa after that as the San Lourenco. She’d wound up in En­gland taking tourist charters up the coast of Scot­land. At that time she was known as Sandpiper. Billy had owned her now for almost eight years. ‘‘A present to myself after all those years at school,’’ he’d told her. ‘‘Perhaps I should have named her the Graduate.’’ According to him they were the best of friends, and from the way Billy handled her as he guided her Nantucket green hull into the sheltered little bay Finn could easily see that his affection for the slightly tubby-looking boat was more like love. They’d already gone through immigration at Den Helder, and the formalities of berthing at the marina involved no more than registering at the of.ce with the harbormaster and paying the mini­mum three-day berthing fee. With that done they walked along the dike road that appeared to be the only street in town. Once upon a time it had been a .shing village with small trawlers lined up along the clay and earth dike, but the .shing .eet had disappeared long ago with the creation of the huge dams that had changed the Zuider Zee’s water from salt to fresh. Now the boats along the Durgerdammerdjik were mostly pleasure craft and the charming .shermen’s modest homes were ei­ther summer homes or bed-and-breakfasts. ‘‘I’m a little wobbly,’’ said Finn as they walked in the bright morning air. After less than four days she’d developed proper sea legs and heading along the dike was making her feel a little dizzy, the horizon bobbing up and down ahead of her. ‘‘Not a bit seasick, though.’’ Billy grinned. ‘‘Make a sailor out of you yet.’’ Finn smiled. Physically she felt wonderful; her skin was softly bronzed and her long hair smelled like salt air. For the .rst time in months she was enjoying the simple act of breathing. Living in London was worse than New York; it felt as though you were smoking a dozen cigars every day and sometimes she could even feel the partic­ulate pollution on her teeth. She breathed in deeply. The little town smelled like new-mown hay and the sea. The inland sails of a real Dutch windmill whirled slowly in the .elds behind the houses. She suddenly felt ravenously hungry. ‘‘I’m starved,’’ she said. They found a small hotel called the Oude Ta­veerne halfway along the dike. The plain white clapboard structure stood out from the rest, much larger than the little houses .anking it. There was a patio on one side and a few tables with Heine­ken umbrellas out front on the pattern brick side­walk. On the water side of the dike it appeared to have its own dock with a few picnic tables on the grass at the near end. The Oude Taveerne looked as though it might have been some com­mercial enterprise in the past, a chandlery, or per­haps a wealthy merchant’s place of business as well as his home. The only building larger was the seventeenth-century town hall down the way with its domed tower. ‘‘I smell pancakes,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Sausages,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Both,’’ said Billy. They went inside. It was knickknack heaven. Things hung from the dark beams of the low ceilings, objects were hung on the walls, mugs, paintings, photographs, half models of boats, ships in bottles, shelves full of pre­serves, children’s drawings, examples of needle­point behind glass, a set of ceramic thimbles . . . it was endless. The tables were crammed neatly together, each one with its own taffeta tablecloth, each tablecloth set with place mats and bright red folded linen napkins. Sun shone brightly through the windows on a dozen different patterns of wallpaper, all of it busy and ornate. An old mural of .shing boats took up half the far wall. A couple of locals were sitting at a long, empty table reading newspapers they’d taken from a large basket between them, but other than that the dining room was empty. A plump, apple-cheeked woman in a printed apron introduced herself as Velden in perfectly good English, offered them menus, and then took their orders. She informed them that the Oude Taveerne had stood there since 1760 and had originally been called the Prins te Paard, which, she explained, meant the Prince on Horseback. A few minutes later, she returned with the food arranged on a huge platter, which she balanced easily on one beefy arm. Something called uit­smijter for Finn, which turned out to be fried ham and eggs with mustard cheese, and gevulde pannekoek for Billy, which turned out to be two huge pancakes put together like cake layers with fried sausage as a .lling. The calories and choles­terol in each meal would have given any self-respecting cardiologist a heart attack. In other words, both meals were just what the doctor ordered. ‘‘Good Lord,’’ said Billy, sitting back in his chair with a sigh. ‘‘Bless me, for I have sinned.’’ He grinned. ‘‘Take me two years on a treadmill to work that off.’’ ‘‘Better than the alternative,’’ said Finn. She took a sip of the excellent coffee Velden had pro­vided. ‘‘We’re lucky to be alive at this point.’’ ‘‘I’d almost forgotten,’’ said Billy, his expres­sion darkening. Finn nodded. ‘‘Me too. That’s when you get careless.’’ ‘‘I suppose you’re right,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Those peo­ple we ran into aren’t just going to go away.’’ He shook his head. ‘‘I know we talked this whole subject to death during the crossing, but I still don’t know what they expected to accomplish.’’ ‘‘Murder springs to mind,’’ Finn answered. ‘‘Somebody wants us out of the way.’’ ‘‘Why?’’ ‘‘Unless there’s something in your past you haven’t told me about it must have to do with the painting.’’ Billy snorted. ‘‘I admit it. I’ve led a double life all these years. Secretly I’m an Estonian spy op­erating undercover as an impecunious English lord with a silly pedigree that dates back to Boadecia, queen of the bloody Iceni.’’ ‘‘Then it’s the painting.’’ ‘‘But we didn’t even have it with us.’’ Billy shrugged. ‘‘I can’t think of anything else.’’ ‘‘What about this . . . situation with Pieter Boegart, my dear departed cousin, and your . . . um, dad?’’ Finn spoke stif.y. ‘‘He’s not my dad and I’m not sure that the ‘situation,’ as you call it, has any relevance.’’ ‘‘Maybe they were after you, not the painting.’’ ‘‘If they wanted to kill me, they didn’t have to do it in front of the Courtauld Institute. Knocking me off in Crouch End would have been a little more discreet, don’t you think?’’ ‘‘And they could have done the same to me on dear old Flush any time they wanted,’’ agreed Billy. Finn nodded. ‘‘Which brings me back to the be­ginning. The painting. The last time a small Rem­brandt was auctioned it went for nineteen million pounds. Thirty-six million U.S. That’s enough to kill for.’’ ‘‘A thought occurs to me,’’ said Billy, leaning forward and pushing his plate out of the way. He lined up the saltshaker, the pepper grinder, and the sugar bowl. ‘‘Pieter Boegart’s instructions to Sir James. The letter had two objectives—to bring us together and to give us three items: the paint­ing, the house, and the Batavia Queen. They’re all tied together.’’ ‘‘Clues?’’ ‘‘No, more like a game of hare and hounds. Do you have that in America?’’ ‘‘A paper chase,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Exactly.’’ ‘‘So Pieter Boegart is the hare and we’re the hounds, is that it?’’ ‘‘The painting is a lure, and so is the house.’’ ‘‘To what end?’’ ‘‘Catching the hare.’’ ‘‘In other words, .nding Pieter Boegart,’’ said Finn. Billy nodded. ‘‘Or whatever he was looking for.’’ 11 T hey made two telephone calls from the Oude Taveerne: one to the lawyer in Amsterdam who Tulkinghorn had told them was handling the house, and the other to Dr. Shneegarten at the Courtauld. The strange old man from Somerset House was apparently off doing research at the Reading Room of the British Museum, but the lawyer, a man named Guido Derlagen, was in his of.ce and could see them immediately. Derlagen’s of.ce turned out be in a modern block on the Rokin, a wide, boulevarded avenue just off the Dam, Amsterdam’s town square, about ten minutes from the main train station and the docks. The addresses on the Rokin that weren’t shops and cafe´s were banks, stockbrokers, and lawyers. This was Amsterdam’s Wall Street. The sidewalks were crammed with tourists and both sides of the boulevard thick with traf.c when they arrived. The whole city gave off a sense of healthy bustle. Middle-aged and well-dressed, Derlagen had a somewhat lumpy but perfectly shaved head. He spoke excellent English. He was, it seemed, one of a score of lawyers who worked for the Boegart shipping business in the Netherlands. Derlagen was one of the team of advocaats who handled an assortment of personal trusts held by individual Boegart family members, in this case Pieter Boe­gart. Derlagen had a moderate-sized of.ce with a window that looked down into the busy street. Finn could see a yellow tram-train squeaking down the tracks embedded in the old brick. Through the .uttering leaves of the trees that ran down the boulevard she could see the garish yel­low and red sign of a Chinese restaurant. The furniture in Derlagen’s of.ce was sparse and modern. His desk was a heavy slab of tem­pered glass on chrome legs. The desk had a .at-screen computer angled to one side on it and nothing else. There was a striped rug, a row of .ling cabinets, and a pair of chairs across from the desk. The chairs were black leather. The walls were blank and art gallery white with no decora­tion at all. Finn and Billy sat down. ‘‘You’re here about the house on the Heren­gracht,’’ said the lawyer. His accent in English sounded heavily South African, which wasn’t sur­prising since the .rst Boer settlers were from Hol­land. He tapped some keys and glanced at his computer screen. ‘‘We here at the .rm were sur­prised when we heard of this transaction, yes? Be­cause, you see, the house has been owned by members of the Van Boegart family since it was built in 1685.’’ ‘‘I’m a member of the family,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Pieter Boegart is my cousin or something.’’ ‘‘Yes, or something, that is correct, Lord Pilgrim.’’ ‘‘Just Billy if you don’t mind, or Mr. Pilgrim if you like.’’ ‘‘Certainly, Lord Pilgrim.’’ The man turned to Finn. ‘‘Your relationship to Meneer Boegart, how­ever, is less clear.’’ ‘‘Yes, it is.’’ She didn’t like the man’s of.cious and slightly condescending manner of speech. ‘‘But from what we understood from Sir James everything is in order, isn’t it?’’ ‘‘Yes, it appears to be,’’ the man murmured, checking his screen again. ‘‘So if that’s the case,’’ continued Finn, ‘‘why don’t we just get on with it unless you’ve got some objection... Guido?’’ She pronounced his name with a heavy Italian accent. The man reddened. ‘‘It is not pronounced that way. It is more the way you would pronounce ‘van Gogh,’ the artist.’’ ‘‘Van Hhok,’’ Finn said with the proper guttural effect. It made it sound as though you were get­ ting ready to spit on the sidewalk. ‘‘Yes,’’ the lawyer said primly. ‘‘Which would make your name Hogweedo, yes?’’ Billy added, overdoing it with an innocent smile. Derlagen reddened even more as he realized they were teasing him. ‘‘The pronouncing of my name is of no importance,’’ he said a little angrily. ‘‘That’s right. It’s not important at all, any more than my relationship to Pieter Boegart, so why don’t you just go and fetch whatever papers we have to sign and we’ll get out of your hair, okay?’’ Finn said. ‘‘Quite so,’’ said Derlagen. He got up from be­hind the desk and left the of.ce. ‘‘Pinched,’’ said Billy. ‘‘I used to have professors at Oxford like that. Always with that pinched look one gets when one’s bowels aren’t moving as they should.’’ ‘‘In other words, he’s got a pickle up his ass,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Exactly,’’ said Billy. Derlagen returned with a .le folder full of docu­ments and a small leather-covered box. They signed the documents, which made them the only two stockholders of an already formed Dutch roy­alty conduit nonresident corporation called Vleigende Draeack LLC—the Flying Dragon Company. The only assets of Flying Dragon were the painting, which they had already received; the Amsterdam house on the Herengracht; a very elderly freighter due to be scrapped; and a tract of utterly unap­proachable snake-infested jungle somewhere in the middle of an unnamed island in the Sulu Sea at approximately 7 degrees north by 118 degrees south. By signing the documents, Finn and Billy were legally agreeing to physically take possession of these assets within a limited period of time. Failure to do so would result in the forfeiture of all the assets, including those already taken into their possession. ‘‘So we have to actually go to this so-called snake-infested unapproachable tract of land on the unnamed island or we lose everything. Is that what you’re saying?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Precisely,’’ said Derlagen, smiling for the .rst time. It was not a friendly smile. ‘‘Well,’’ said Billy airily, ‘‘I’m not doing any­thing else at the moment, Miss Ryan, how about you?’’ ‘‘I’m game if you are, Billy.’’ The lawyer’s lips pursed as though he’d just sucked a lemon. ‘‘As you wish,’’ he said. They signed. Derlagen went away again to get copies of the signed agreements and their stock certi.cates. ‘‘Can’t be very high up the food chain,’’ Finn commented. ‘‘He doesn’t even have a secretary.’’ ‘‘I’m feeling very much the CEO. Perhaps I’ll buy lunch,’’ said Billy. ‘‘We just had breakfast, and how come you’re the CEO?’’ ‘‘All right, you be the CEO, and I’ll be the stuffy old chairman of the board hired on merely for my escutcheon on the creamy linen letterhead and my portrait in the boardroom.’’ ‘‘You,’’ said Finn, ‘‘are a very silly man.’’ Derlagen came back with the papers. He placed them in a manila envelope, which he handed to Billy, who in turn handed it on to Finn. ‘‘She’s the CEO,’’ he explained blandly. ‘‘I’m just chairman of the board.’’ Derlagen looked a little perplexed. He frowned and opened up the box. Inside was a key, some­thing that looked like a fat guitar pick, and a deli­cate, half-inch-high .gure of a man mounted on a horse. It was obviously very old. Just as obviously, it was made of solid gold. ‘‘It is from Mali,’’ explained Derlagen. ‘‘Experts at the Rijksmuseum say it is from the reign of Mansa Musa, who was apparently the king of Timbuktu.’’ ‘‘It’s beautiful,’’ said Finn, turning it over in her hand. ‘‘But what does this have to do with us?’’ ‘‘Meneer Boegart left it in our vault for safekeep­ing. It was purchased from an antiquities dealer named Osterman in Labuan, just off the coast from the sultanate of Brunei, which was the last place Meneer Boegart was seen. According to this man Osterman the gold .gure was to be given to you in the event that he . . . disappeared. The .gu­rine is for you speci.cally, Vrouwe Ryan. The other two items are the key to the front door of the house and the device used to disarm the security system. The panel is on the right as you enter. Simply place the narrow end of the device in the appropriate spot and squeeze. The light should turn green. Everything else is automatic. There is a cleaning service we have hired, which comes every Wednesday morning for three hours. If there is anything else you need to know, I am, of course, at your service, day or night.’’ It didn’t sound like much of an invitation. Derlagen went on, voice droning and unin.ected. ‘‘As the docu­ments describe you are not allowed to sell either the house or any of its contents for at least twelve months, and if you do the Boegart Family Trust has the right of .rst refusal, that is to say—’’ ‘‘We know what it means,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Then if that is all . . . ?’’ answered Derlagen. He pushed away from his chair. They were being dismissed. Finn carefully put the little gold .gure back into the box. She put the box into her bag. ‘‘How do we .nd the house?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Nothing could be simpler,’’ said Derlagen. ‘‘Walk back up to the Dam, turn left on the Raad­huistraat, cross one bridge, and turn right onto the Herengracht. It is the .rst block, before Driekonigen­straat, number 188. It cannot be missed. It is dark stone with a green door.’’ ‘‘Thanks,’’ said Finn, holding out her hand. Der­lagen ignored it. ‘‘Geen dank,’’ he responded, giving her a little bow. A moment later, when they were back on the street, Billy said, ‘‘Not the friendliest type in the world, was he?’’ ‘‘What did you expect?’’ said Finn. ‘‘He’s a law­yer, and I don’t think he understands any of this any more than we do.’’ ‘‘And there’s nothing that makes a solicitor more unhappy than not knowing what’s going on.’’ Billy nodded. ‘‘I see one of those brown cafe´s or what do you call them? Let’s gird our loins with some coffee and then go see the house.’’ ‘‘Fine by me.’’ The coffee was excellent once again, and the walk was pleasant and just about as simple as Derlagen had described it. The weather was per­fect and the streets were full of tourists, bicycles, and bright yellow tram cars. There was an enthu­siasm in the air Finn hadn’t felt in London, and after a few blocks, she thought she knew what it was. The people here, the ones in the sidewalk cafe´s, or walking by, seemed less interested in business and money than they did in just enjoying themselves. Instead of being on cell phones or busily tapping away at laptops, they were actually reading books and talking to one another face-to­face. The overall surroundings were less intrusive too; there was neon enough certainly, but even it was fairly restrained, and there wasn’t much in the way of giant billboards or screaming mega-screen TVs either. She knew a lot of her of friends back at NYU would call it retro or old-fashioned, but Finn thought it was refreshing. The Herengracht was a canal side street of small trees and large houses. Cars were angle parked next to the canal and there were large houseboats lined up in the dark water. As usual there were more bicycles than automobiles on the street. In the air, there was a faint, heavy smell that Finn couldn’t quite place—a hint of the sea but some­thing else and slightly unpleasant, like old gar­bage gone sour. ‘‘It’s the sewage system,’’ Billy offered, seeing her nose wrinkle. ‘‘Amsterdam’s probably the last major city that dumps its raw sewage directly into the water table.’’ ‘‘Into the canals?’’ Finn said, astounded. ‘‘Untreated?’’ ‘‘They depend on the tide to wash the ef.uent away.’’ ‘‘I guess you learn something new every day,’’ she said, slightly depressed by the information; walking the few short blocks from Derlagen’s of­.ce, she’d begun to fall in love with the gentle, unpretentious city with its trams and its politically correct bicycles. Love might be blind, but it still had a sense of smell. She sighed. ‘‘Here we go,’’ said Billy. They were standing in front of number 188. The house was three stories plus a ground .oor that looked as though it might have once been for servants. It was a big place without being grandi­ose, absolutely symmetrical. There were four tall windows and a door on the main .oor, and .ve windows on each of the next two .oors with a pair of evenly spaced single window dormers set into the steep roof angle and two identical chim­neys jutting upward. There was a massive stone portico and the Boegart crest with a ‘‘1685’’ carved beneath it. ‘‘Honey, I’m home,’’ said Finn. She took the key out of her bag and they climbed a short .ight of steps to the imposing front door. She .tted the key into the lock, pushed the door open, and they stepped inside. 12 T here was a Chubb keypad on the wall just as Derlagen had described it. Finn .tted the gui­tar pick’s narrow end into a little slot, and the red pulsing light turned green. A message appeared in an LED panel: REPEAT TO ARM. ‘‘Close the door,’’ she said to Billy. He did and she squeezed the guitar pick again. The panel light pulsed red and the LED said: ARMED. ‘‘Okay, let’s look around.’’ ‘‘I feel like I’m trespassing,’’ said Billy. Finn nodded. Billy was right; there was some­thing a little unsettling about wandering around in a stranger’s house, even if she did now own it. There was a mustiness in the air. No one had been here in quite a while. She had an urge to run around opening windows. Directly in front of them was a long hallway with rooms on either side. The hallway walls were hung with a number of paintings, all modern. The walls were painted .at white. The overall effect was a kind of studied blankness as though Pieter Boegart didn’t want to reveal anything about him­self through his taste in decor. There were two front rooms, like large parlors, .ooded with light. The one on the right was laid out like an of.ce. Behind the parlors were a large rectangular living room with an ornate .replace and an equally large dining room on the right. A narrow staircase led upstairs and an even nar­rower one led down. At the far end of the hallway was a moderate-sized room that looked out onto a tiny garden. It might have served as a breakfast room or an old-fashioned music room. ‘‘No kitchen,’’ said Finn. ‘‘If it’s anything like England, in a house this old the kitchen would be in the basement,’’ an­swered Billy. ‘‘Somehow this isn’t what I expected,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Nor I,’’ agreed Billy. ‘‘I thought it would be all stuffy and Victorian. Uncomfortable couches .lled with horsehair. Pictures of the ancestors lin­ing the walls, that sort of thing.’’ It was quite the opposite. There wasn’t a scrap of wallpaper to be seen. Like the hallway, the rooms were painted a uniform white and hung with large framed photographs from exotic locales and modern, non.gurative paintings in splashy primary colors. The furniture looked as though it came from some sort of upscale Dutch version of Ikea. The .oors were narrow, pegged, highly pol­ished rosewood. They went back to the stairs and up to the sec­ond .oor. There were four bedrooms and a single bathroom with a separate toilet cubicle. Only one of the bedrooms, the one above the front parlor, appeared to be in use. More white, more modern furniture. There was a freestanding wardrobe .lled with expensive suits and a second wardrobe full of more casual clothes. A pile of books on the bedside table, most in Dutch, mostly history from the look of the covers. One in English: The Land Below the Wind by a woman named Agnes Newton Keith. Finn picked up the book and .ipped it open. A British edition published by Michael Jo­seph Ltd. in 1939. ‘‘Adventures in Sandakan.’’ She .ipped to a map just after the title page. ‘‘Looks like a prov­ince in North Borneo.’’ ‘‘Do I begin to see a pattern here?’’ Billy asked. Finn .ipped through the pages. ‘‘It looks like cousin Pieter underlined a lot of things and made notes in the margins,’’ she said. ‘‘Hang on to it,’’ replied Billy. Finn slipped the book into her bag. They went up to the third .oor. There were a half dozen small rooms, empty ex­cept for the dust on the windowsills. ‘‘Servants’ quarters,’’ said Billy. There were two large store­rooms in the dormer garret, also bare except for pieces of furniture, most of it old but not antique. They poked through it, but the only thing of inter­est was the fact that there was absolutely nothing in the way of personal material—no old scrap­books, papers, letters, pictures, or memorabilia. ‘‘It’s as though he never lived here at all,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Now there’s a thought,’’ said Billy. ‘‘What if this is just some sort of, how would you describe it?’’ He paused and then went on. ‘‘A pied-a`-terre where he hung his hat while he was in Amster­dam? Maybe he actually lived somewhere else.’’ ‘‘We never checked his .at in London,’’ agreed Finn. They wound their way back downstairs, even inspecting the basement kitchen. Fully stocked, but the big refrigerator was completely empty except for a six-pack of something called NALU. It was a faint green color and came in a screw-top bottle. Finn opened one and took a sip. ‘‘Not bad, mango... sort of,’’ she said. They took their bottles of NALU and went back up to the main .oor. Billy looked around, frown­ing. ‘‘What’s the matter?’’ asked Finn. ‘‘Just .guring the angles.’’ Billy went to the front rooms, then came back to the hall. He stood with Finn at the bottom of the stairs leading to the second .oor. ‘‘It’s not here,’’ he said .nally. ‘‘What’s not here?’’ ‘‘The painting we uncovered with your friend Dr. Shneegarten at the Courtauld Institute . . . de­scribe it.’’ ‘‘It’s a portrait of Willem Van Boegart dressed up as some sort of burgher. There’s a table with some nautical instruments and some velvet drap­ery behind it.’’ She thought for a moment. ‘‘He is standing on a rosewood .oor.’’ She looked down at her feet. ‘‘Just like this one.’’ ‘‘Where is the light in the picture coming from?’’ ‘‘The left,’’ said Finn, squeezing her eyes shut, remembering her .rst sight of the painting in Shneegarten’s workshop. ‘‘A narrow stained-glass window on the left.’’ She stopped. ‘‘What’s wrong with that? Eighty percent of Dutch Master portrai­ture has the light coming from the left . . . Vermeer, Frans Hals, Gerrit Dou, Van Dyck, Rembrandt—just about all of them.’’ ‘‘The window was stained glass. It had the Van Boegart crest. The same crest carved into stone over the front door of this house. The .oors were rosewood.’’ ‘‘The portrait was painted here,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Exactly,’’ said Billy. He made a sweeping ges­ture. ‘‘But where? Figure it out. . . . If Willem Van Boegart is standing on the right side of the paint­ing and the window is on the left, then where in the house is he standing? There are two possibilit­ies on each .oor: front left room, back right room. And none of those windows is stained glass. They’re old dormers that don’t look as though they’ve been opened in three hundred years, let alone been replacements, not to mention the fact that they’re far too wide.’’ ‘‘Then we’re wrong,’’ said Finn, shrugging. ‘‘It wasn’t painted here after all. Maybe it’s a .gment of the artist’s imagination. Rembrandt’s studio had a huge window on the left. Virtually every one of his commissioned portraits was painted there.’’ ‘‘Then why the stained-glass window?’’ ‘‘Because Willem Van Boegart asked for it.’’ ‘‘And why would he ask for it even if it was painted somewhere else?’’ ‘‘Slow down,’’ said Finn. ‘‘You’re losing me.’’ ‘‘The painting was done here, or at least the idea came from this house. Nobody imagined that stained-glass window. It existed.’’ ‘‘Then where is it?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Not here.’’ ‘‘But you say it has to be.’’ ‘‘We’re going around in circles.’’ ‘‘Which means we’re missing something,’’ said Finn. ‘‘So let’s look again.’’ They moved slowly through the house a second time, silently, pausing in each room and turning carefully. No stained glass anywhere or any sign that it had ever existed. Finn checked Billy’s the­ory and saw that he was right. Standing in the position of Rembrandt painting Willem Van Boe­gart’s portrait three centuries before left very few alternatives. It had to represent one of the rooms Billy had described—left front, right rear, going up the three stories. On the other hand, if the painting had been a ‘‘tronie,’’ a fantasy portrait done from memory or his imagination, then Rembrandt could have painted it anywhere. She tried to remember the Rembrandts she studied in the university over the years. Rembrandt had painted hundreds of portraits during his career, many of them self-portraits, and in most he hadn’t made very much representation of the backgrounds at all. He’d been interested in the human .gure, not the props involved, with the possible exclusion of his studies like Bathsheba at Her Bath or Aristotle Contemplating the Bust of Homer. In the portrait uncovered by Shneegarten, the coat of arms had been speci.c, and so were the .oor­boards at Willem Van Boegart’s feet—expensive, narrow, pegged rosewood. She’d seen lots of photo­graphs of Rembrandt’s studio, and even in the famous painting he’d done called The Artist in His Studio the .oors were honey-colored and very wide, either pine or oak. Certainly not the deep red hardwood she was standing on now. They went back to the main .oor. ‘‘This is nuts,’’ said Finn. ‘‘It has to be here.’’ ‘‘The room in the painting doesn’t exist,’’ an­swered Billy, frustrated. ‘‘When is a room not a room?’’ said Finn qui­etly, turning the problem into a riddle. She turned and looked up and down the hall. Something nig­gled and then fell into place. ‘‘The room that looks out onto the garden,’’ she said. They walked down to the small, brightly lit chamber. A table and four chairs. A small side table with a plain blue vase full of wilted, dried-out .owers. Brown-eyed Susans. Windows left and right and a French door in the middle giving access to the outdoors. The little patch of garden had turned into an overgrown jungle. The grass needed cutting and the rosebushes were in need of work as well. The high wall separating Pieter Boegart’s property from the one behind it was overgrown with vines. There were weeds everywhere and the few pieces of cast-iron furniture were spotted with rust. Finn handed the guitar pick security key to Billy. ‘‘Disable the alarm, would you?’’ she asked. Billy nodded. He returned a moment later. ‘‘Done,’’ he said. Finn pushed down on the han­dles of the glass and wood doors. They opened and she and Billy stepped outside. It was a perfect spring day. The air smelled of damp earth and dew-wet grass. There was a cricket somewhere, scraping out its tinny little song. Bees buzzed among the red and yellow roses and the sun shone down into the shafts created by the tall houses. ‘‘Pretty,’’ said Finn. ‘‘What are we looking for?’’ asked Billy. Finn went to the wall at the end of the garden, turned, and looked back at the house. She pointed upward. ‘‘There,’’ she said. ‘‘Bloody hell,’’ whispered Billy, seeing what she saw. Seen from outside, the structure of the house was easily identi.able. The house itself was a tall rectangle with the little garden room at the back sticking out, connected to the main house by a short span of stonework. Directly above the gar­den room on the second .oor the stone extension was a set of tall, narrow windows. There were heavy curtains drawn over the panes. They moved slightly to the right. Between the back of the house and the jutting room on the second .oor, they could see a tall, narrow window of stained glass. ‘‘There,’’ said Finn. ‘‘The way the windows are laid out on the second .oor, that stained glass is in a blind spot. You’d only see it if you were look­ing for it. The chimney must be a dummy,’’ she added. ‘‘There’s no connecting .replace down here.’’ ‘‘And the windows below the chimney piece on the second .oor?’’ ‘‘A hidden room,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Brilliant,’’ said Billy. They went back through the doors into the gar­den room, and before they went upstairs, Finn carefully paced out the distance between the door and the foot of the stairs. ‘‘Twenty-.ve feet.’’ They went up to the second .oor and Finn paced off the distance in reverse. Twenty-.ve feet took them to a monumental carved wardrobe .t­ted .ush against the end wall of the corridor. ‘‘Did you ever read any C. S. Lewis when you were a little girl?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘You mean The Lion, the Witch, and the Ward­robe?’’ said Finn. ‘‘Of course.’’ Billy opened the door of the wardrobe. Like the one in the book, the cupboard was .lled with heavy winter coats. He pushed them aside and felt around on the back wall of the wardrobe. ‘‘There has to be some kind of catch.’’ His .n­gers touched a small protuberance in the upper right-hand corner. He pressed .rmly and there was an audible click. The back of the wardrobe gave under the pressure of his hand. ‘‘Got it.’’ He pushed through the coats, Finn right behind him. The back of the cupboard swung open and they ducked into a narrow, dusty chamber. Finn felt a sudden chill, aware of what she was seeing. To the left was the tall, narrow stained-glass window with the now familiar Boegart crest. Sun shone through, picking up the tiny motes of dust in a golden haze that struck the old rosewood .oor in a puddle of golden light. The chill turned into a shiver that ran up her spine. She was stand­ing exactly where Rembrandt Van Rjin had set up his easel three hundred years before to paint the handsome .gure of the wealthy merchant and ad­venturer Willem Van Boegart. The sense of the master and his subject was so strong she could almost see the scene: Rembrandt, with his brushes and palette, poised; the merchant, tall and arro­gant, standing proudly against the far wall; the wonderful honeyed light .ltered through the stained glass falling across their shoulders like a benediction. It was almost as if she was standing inside Rembrandt’s ghost, his pale shadow, still shimmering there. ‘‘Look at the door,’’ said Billy softly. Ten feet away, at the far end of the little cham­ber, was a heavy, dark oak door .tted with mas­sive hinges and an ornate lock and latch. ‘‘It was hidden behind the drapery in the paint­ing,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Van Boegart didn’t want anyone to know it was there.’’ She stepped across the little room and tried the latch. It squeaked noisily and the door opened. Finn stepped through the door­way and into the secret room beyond. She stared. ‘‘My God!’’ she whispered. 13 ‘‘It’s a cabinet of curiosities,’’ said Billy. The small room was jammed with shelves, niches, little tables, and glass display cases, all over.owing with a museum of artifacts arranged in no particular order. Hardwood boxes .lled with seashells sat next to a case containing a butter.y or moth with jade and crimson wings as wide as a man’s hand. On a shelf they saw a bell jar containing a dried and mummi.ed head that might have been a man’s or a great ape’s. There was also a collection of glass eyes. An alligator hung by wires from the ceiling. Immense twisted narwhal tusks were leaned in a corner together with a half dozen rusted harpoons. They saw an Indian headdress, a lump of rock with one brightly shining facet, a dozen kinds of skeletons, dried bats in .ight, a dusty-looking cat with a missing eye, an impossi­ble mixture of a huge carplike .sh and a monkey’s body joined together. Animal, vegetable, and mineral—everything was represented, even abstracts, like a half dozen wooden models of geometric designs. There was no surface left uncluttered. Even the walls and the ceiling of the little chamber were a wonder, a masterpiece of the plasterer’s art, intricate designs of .owers, fruit, animals, and birds, a carved, stark white jungle setting for the glorious insanity of the relics on display. Billy cleared his throat, then quoted: ‘‘ ‘A goodly, huge cabinet, wherein whatsoever the hand of man by exquisite art or engine has made rare in stuff, form, or motion; whatsoever singu­larity, chance, and the shuf.e of things hath pro­duced; whatsoever Nature has wrought in things that want life and may be kept; shall be sorted and included.’ Sir Francis Bacon, 1594.’’ ‘‘You’re kidding. You memorized that?’’ Billy nodded. ‘‘Bene.ts of a classical education again. Part of Bacon’s well-known monologues from the Gesta Grayorum, the Gray’s Inn guest book.’’ ‘‘Sure, very well known,’’ laughed Finn. ‘‘Look,’’ said Billy, his .nger outstretched. At the point where the walls met the ceiling above the door, a Latin motto had been carved into the plaster: ‘‘Fugio ab insula opes usus venti carmeni,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Escape from my island of treasure . . . and something about wind... ‘venti.’ ’’ ‘‘More like, ‘Escape to my hidden island of trea­sure on winds of music,’ ’’ said Billy promptly. ‘‘He must mean this room. His hidden island.’’ In the center of it all was a table covered in ancient, dusty fabric and set out with a scattering of large seashells, as well as a half dozen brass maritime instruments including an astrolabe, pre­cursor to the sextant. Among the instruments was a calfskin-covered book, the same one that had been in Willem Van Boegart’s hand in the Rem­brandt portrait. Leaning casually on the table, al­most as though it had been left there only moments before, was the basket-hilt rapier that had been in the Dutchman’s other hand. Finn felt the cold chill run down her spine again; the ghostly presence of the man in the painting was so strong that she almost expected him to step into the room and introduce himself. Without thinking she looked back over her shoulder at the open doorway. ‘‘Collections of all the things he saw on his trav­els,’’ said Billy. He stepped forward and carefully picked up the calfskin book from the table. He opened it gently. ‘‘It’s a rutter,’’ he said. He turned another page. ‘‘And it’s in English.’’ ‘‘What’s a rutter and why is it in English?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘A rutter is a book of dead reckoning—point­to-point navigation,’’ explained Billy. ‘‘You go from one physical landmark to the next. Rather like hares and hounds again. It’s where the word ‘route’ comes from. The French called it a routier. It’s what they used to navigate before they had proper charts.’’ ‘‘And the English?’’ ‘‘Part of the Boegart tradition. They sent all their children to Sherborne School in Dorset and then Cambridge. Me as well.’’ He smiled. ‘‘Except I was a black sheep and went to Oxford afterward in­stead of Cambridge. That’s how the English side of the family came about.’’ ‘‘Cambridge again,’’ said Finn. ‘‘It made sense in those days to write in En­glish,’’ Billy went on. ‘‘Rutters were worth their weight in gold. You didn’t want other people to know how to get where you were going, so writ­ing in English would have been like writing in code. Not many people could write at all, let alone in another language.’’ He eased over a page in the book and read a little more. ‘‘Good Lord,’’ he whispered. ‘‘This is Van Boegart’s rutter for the .rst voyage of Vleigende Draeack, the Flying Dragon.’’ He read aloud from the opening page: ‘‘ ‘Being a Journey in Search of the Hidden Islands and the Secret of Bao Tse Tu, the Leopard King.’ ’’ ‘‘Vleigende Draeack,’’ said Finn. ‘‘The ship in the painting.’’ ‘‘This book is a treasure map,’’ said Billy, excite­ment rising in his voice. He .ipped through page after page. ‘‘Unbelievable!’’ ‘‘What are the Hidden Islands?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Do they actually exist?’’ ‘‘According to this they do,’’ said Billy, holding up the book. ‘‘They’re a myth, like Neverland in Peter Pan. Islands somewhere in the China Seas populated by lions and tigers and elephants and all sorts of other creatures.’’ ‘‘And this Leopard King with the Chinese name?’’ ‘‘Bao Tse Tu. A Chinese Marco Polo who found the Fountain of Youth on one of the Hidden Is­lands and who stole an Emperor’s treasure for himself.’’ ‘‘And Willem Van Boegart found it, right?’’ ‘‘Part of it, or so the legend says,’’ Billy said with a shrug. ‘‘Do you believe it?’’ Finn said. Billy reached out and plucked a roughly shaped, bloodred crystal from one of the display cases. It was the size of a hen’s egg. ‘‘If this is a ruby, maybe he really did after all.’’ ‘‘So now what do we do, or need I ask?’’ ‘‘I think there’s a pretty good chance Pieter Boegart disappeared looking for the treasure his ancestor was after. That’s what this ship, the Bata­via Queen, is all about.’’ ‘‘We’re supposed to follow him?’’ Billy nodded. ‘‘I think that’s the idea.’’ ‘‘You’d think he would have taken the rutter along with him,’’ said Finn, nodding at the book in Billy’s hand. ‘‘He had to leave us something. He probably made a copy.’’ ‘‘And what if we’re wrong about all of this?’’ Finn said. ‘‘What if we’re overestimating Pieter Boegart? It could be it’s all a coincidence: the painting, the room, the book. Maybe they’re not connected. Maybe this is all a fantasy.’’ Billy gave her a long look. ‘‘I’m not like some detective on a cop show who doesn’t believe in coincidences. I think they happen all the time, but this...?’’ He held up the book. ‘‘I don’t care if it’s coincidence or if it’s some kind of warning from the heavens. Willem Van Boegart’s blood runs in my veins, and yours as well by the sound of things.’’ His voice was almost pleading in its intensity. ‘‘This is the kind of adventure I’ve been waiting for all my life.’’ He paused and Finn could see the muscles in his jaw working as he tried to keep his emotions in check. ‘‘What do you say?’’ ‘‘What about those people in London?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘This is no adventure to them. This is seri­ous business. They were out to kill us. They may still be on our tail.’’ ‘‘Then they’ll still be on our tail whether we run away or not,’’ argued Billy. Finn thought about it for a long moment. ‘‘All right,’’ she said at last. ‘‘Let’s go .nd out what happened to cousin Pieter and his lost treasure.’’ ‘‘Put this in your bag,’’ said Billy, handing her the rutter. ‘‘Then let’s get out of here.’’ They found a Kinko’s a few canals away and spent an hour carefully photocopying the old log­book, then shipped it to Tulkinghorn in London for safekeeping. They spent the rest of the day organiz­ing their trip to Singapore, getting the appropriate shots, and shopping for tropical clothes. That done they headed back to Durgerdam to arrange for long-term berthing of the Busted Flush. They got off the bus in front of the Oude Taveerne, then stopped for a bite to eat. After sleeping in the Flush’s nar­row bunks for the better part of a week they de­cided to treat themselves to a pair of rooms above the restaurant for the night. They dropped off their purchases in the rooms, then went down the narrow street along the dike, heading for the marina. The setting sun had turned the windows of the little houses on the inland side of the dike into sheets of liquid gold, and the sky over their heads was deepening through purple into the black silk of night. Finn could just make out the turning vanes of an old windmill in the .elds behind the village. A faint breeze rif.ed the water on their left. It was the perfect image of peace and for the .rst time in days she felt herself truly relaxing. Even Billy .t perfectly into the scene, and watch­ing the wind blowing through his thick blond hair she could easily see his clear-eyed Dutch ancestors as they set sail for distant lands. ‘‘I’ve never owned a tramp steamer before,’’ she said as they walked, almost laughing out loud at the thought of it. She’d never even owned a car, let alone a nine-hundred-.fty-ton anything. ‘‘What does nine-hundred-.fty-ton displacement mean?’’ she asked. ‘‘It’s not the weight of the vessel. It’s the amount of water she displaces when you put her in the water. Then there’s gross tonnage, which is calculated in multiples of a hundred cubic feet and doesn’t have anything to do with weight, net ton­nage, which is useful space for cargo and passen­gers, and deadweight tonnage, which is the actual weight of the cargo, fuel, passengers, and stores a ship is capable of carrying. The QE2, if memory serves, is about forty-.ve thousand tons of dis­placement and seventy thousand gross tonnage. Does that help?’’ ‘‘Vaguely. Relative to the QE2 the Batavia Queen is pretty small, right?’’ ‘‘Relative to the Paci.c Ocean, it’s tiny,’’ an­swered Billy. ‘‘But, according to the information Tulkinghorn gave us, she’s got a shallow draft, only eleven feet, which makes it ideal for us. It means she can go almost anywhere, even up a lot of rivers.’’ They reached the yacht basin and went down a short .ight of wooden steps to the .oating pier. ‘‘Did you ever watch Jacques Cousteau on the telly?’’ ‘‘Sure. That horrible John Denver song and all those guys in red wool hats.’’ ‘‘Calypso, his research ship, was a converted minesweeper, almost the same as the Batavia Queen but smaller.’’ There was almost no activity in the marina; there was a note on the door of the little hut at the foot of the stairs. Lights burned in the big clubhouse farther along the yacht basin. ‘‘Probably having his dinner,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Let’s go check out the Flush and then see if we can .nd the har­bormaster.’’ They turned left along the dock that .oated parallel to the dike. It was almost fully dark and the only noise was the lapping of the water against the pier footings and the dull thumping of yacht fenders as they banged against the moorings. They reached the berth where they’d tied off the Flush that morning. Billy stepped onto the boat .rst and Finn followed close behind. The ship rocked slightly as they boarded. Finn heard a sharp clicking sound. Directly in front of her Billy was silhouetted against the mast. Suddenly he spun around. ‘‘Do you smell that?’’ Finn sniffed the air. Faint but there. Gasoline. Billy threw himself toward Finn, knocking her backward. The Busted Flush exploded. The sun rose all around them. There was a terrible noise with a pummeling life of its own. Heat blossomed like a huge bright .ower and then there was nothing at all. Finn came to less than a minute later, coughing, soaking wet, and terri.ed. She sat up and realized that she’d been thrown into the tall grass and shal­low water between the .oating pier and the dike. She could see the burning remains of the Flush .fty feet away, settling into the water on the other side of the pier. She climbed to her knees, muddy sand clinging to her hair. She stood and then stag­gered toward the dike. ‘‘Billy?’’ ‘‘Here.’’ She heard coughing and splashing water. A shadow rose up in front of her, hand extended. She reached out and grabbed it. Together she and Billy made it to the dike and pulled themselves up. They turned and stared. The Busted Flush was a torch on the water. The pier where it had been berthed was on .re as well. They could see people running along the dock from the direction of the clubhouse. Suddenly there was another thunder­ous roar and a blast of heat as the gas tank on the forty footer that had been berthed two slips down from the Flush exploded. A lurid bright green .are arced crazily out across the water. ‘‘What happened?’’ said Finn. ‘‘Bomb,’’ answered Billy. ‘‘I heard a sound, just before.’’ ‘‘So did I. A trembler switch, I think it’s called. Some kind of motion sensor anyway.’’ ‘‘I smelled gas.’’ ‘‘They cut the fuel line.’’ ‘‘Make it look like an accident?’’ ‘‘Maybe,’’ said Billy. He ran his hand through his hair. There was a look of anguish on his face. ‘‘They blew up my boat. The bastards. They blew up my boat.’’ There were tears in his eyes. Finn grabbed his arm. The people from the club­house were getting close. Finn could hear the screaming of a siren. ‘‘We have to get out of here. There’ll be questions. Questions we can’t answer. We could be held up for days.’’ ‘‘How could they do that? Blow up the Flush?’’ ‘‘It could have been worse,’’ said Finn. ‘‘It could have been us. If you hadn’t pushed me off the boat when you did, I’d be dead.’’ She kissed him on the cheek. ‘‘You saved my life, my lord.’’ ‘‘Don’t be an idiot,’’ he said, but he was smiling now. The light from the burning boats .ickered across his face. ‘‘We’ll get them for what they did,’’ promised Finn, pulling him away. ‘‘But now we’ve got to get away from here, fast.’’ They vanished into the night. 14 T he .ight to Singapore was a grueling .fteen hours in a brand-new Airbus-A380. The double-decker monster had taken off from Schipol Airport in Amsterdam with air-conditioning prob­lems and all the twelve-wheeled grace of a .ying sperm whale. There was supposed to be a gym somewhere on the enormous airliner as well as a coffee shop, but Finn never found either. As they .ew over all of Europe and most of Southeast Asia, she dozed, swaddled in the sounds of .ve hundred people chattering in a dozen different languages. She woke up for re­heated meals and brief inconsequential conversa­tions with Billy and gave in to the dubious pleasures of watching three John Travolta movies in a row on her little seat-back video screen. After a while being thirty-eight thousand feet in the air and going six hundred miles an hour began to feel almost normal. After seven and a half time zones, one rubber omelet, two glasses of second-rate Riesling, and a Hainan chicken snack in puff pastry that looked like a McDonald’s fruit pie, they arrived at Changi Airport in the middle of the night. According to Finn’s and Billy’s body clocks, it was early morn­ing and time for breakfast, but all Finn saw on the way in from the airport was a forest of brightly lit skyscrapers and about ten thousand redbrick apartment buildings. They went down some streets with low-rise buildings containing small shops, but they were few and far between; the entire island of Singapore appeared to be one mas­sive downtown. They climbed out of the cab in front of an aristo­cratic nineteenth-century building surrounded by .oodlit palm trees. It looked like something out of a story by Somerset Maugham, which was ex­actly what it turned out to be. The name in gold written on the stark white portico above the en­trance said it all. ‘‘Raf.es?’’ Finn asked. The most famous hotel in the old British Empire. ‘‘The very one.’’ Billy nodded, grabbing their bags. ‘‘Noel Coward, Rudyard Kipling—all that. The last tiger in Malaya was shot under the Raf­.es bar.’’ ‘‘I didn’t know that,’’ said Finn, cocking an eyebrow. Billy smiled. ‘‘Neither did I until I read the bro­chure on the .ight.’’ ‘‘Isn’t this going to be a little expensive?’’ Finn asked as they stepped into the soaring, ornately dec­orated mid-Victorian lobby. It was no Motel 6. There were silk carpets on marble .oors and silver buckets .lled with exotic .owers wherever they looked. ‘‘Yes,’’ said Billy. ‘‘But it doesn’t matter. It’s just for one night. I called Tulkinghorn on the plane and told him about the Flush. She was well in­sured and I have other resources as well.’’ He grinned broadly. ‘‘Including a bank manager who loves extending my overdraft just to have an over­extended duke on his list of clients.’’ ‘‘That kind of thing really goes on?’’ ‘‘You bet your patootie it does sweetheart,’’ Billy answered, doing an awful James Cagney imi­tation. ‘‘Watch this.’’ She followed him to the front desk and stood by as he introduced himself to the night manager of the hotel, a man in his sixties wearing a turban and what appeared to be an Armani suit. The .rst clue seemed to be Billy’s aristocratic English accent. The second clue was the .rst mention of the word ‘‘lord.’’ Finn never even saw a credit card produced for identi.cation or money change hands. The night manager stiff­ened, rang a bell, and started snapping orders to subordinates. Within thirty seconds someone had taken the bags from Billy’s hand, and thirty sec­onds after that they were on one of the old-fashioned elevators being shepherded up to their Palm Court suite. Ten minutes later, with the smell of orange blossoms and jacaranda all around her, a suddenly exhausted Finn Ryan slid between silk sheets and was instantly asleep. The next thing she knew, it was morning and Billy was standing beside her bed wearing a .uffy white bathrobe and drying his hair. ‘‘Wake up,’’ he said. ‘‘The shower awaits. Breakfast on the ve­randah in .fteen minutes. Eggs. Bacon. Orange juice. Coffee. Scones. Jam. Hurry up.’’ The shower was like a piece of heaven and the breakfast was even better. The suite had its own porch that overlooked the broad rectangular courtyard of the hotel, jammed, as advertised, with scores of palm trees. A crystal bowl the size of a volleyball stood in the center of the table, over.owing with every kind of fruit imaginable. Everything was served on silver. The toast came in a rack, the butter was chilled but not hard, and the scrambled eggs were perfect. The bacon was ambrosia; the coffee was dark, pungent, and delicious. ‘‘This is the kind of breakfast movie stars eat,’’ Finn said. ‘‘Then that would make you Julia Roberts,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Have some juice.’’ REMBRANDT’S GHOST 147 Finn happily followed orders and .nished up her breakfast. After the food was eaten, they stayed on the balcony enjoying the last of the cof­fee and the exotic view. ‘‘Okay,’’ said Finn after a few long moments staring down at the crushed stone paths, the .owers, and the palms. ‘‘Enough Rudyard Kipling for one day. What’s on tap?’’ ‘‘On tap? In the Writers Bar? Tiger draft, I expect.’’ Finn launched a piece of cold toast across the table at him. ‘‘You know what I mean.’’ ‘‘The hotel has a computer I can use. I want to research that gold piece Derlagen the skinhead attorney gave you, and I thought we should check that book you picked up against the rutter. The author was a diplomat’s wife or something.’’ ‘‘I’d forgotten all about it,’’ she said. She got up, went back into the suite, and rummaged around in her overnight bag. She found the book and the box with the .gurine in it and brought both back to the table. ‘‘Agnes Newton Keith,’’ said Finn, reading the .yleaf blurb. ‘‘The Land Below the Wind. Her hus­band was with the Colonial Service as Conserva­tor of Forests. She’d been a reporter for the San Francisco Examiner. It’s all about their adventures in Sandakan, a remote province of North Borneo. I thought all of Borneo was remote.’’ ‘‘Some places more than others, I expect,’’ an­swered Billy. ‘‘It’s a gigantic place. Third-largest island in the world. A quarter million square miles and almost all of it jungle. That’s as big as Hol­land, France, and Belgium combined. About the same size as the Saudi Arabian Desert.’’ ‘‘You’ve been reading brochures again.’’ Finn smiled. ‘‘It was a long .ight.’’ Finn took the gleaming .gurine out of the box and set it down on the pure white linen tablecloth. ‘‘So what does North Borneo have to do with a gold pendant from Central Africa?’’ ‘‘It could be anything,’’ said Billy. ‘‘As I under­stand it gold is very hard to age. It looks the same if it’s a thousand years old or if it’s been smelted yesterday. Eternal gold and all that.’’ ‘‘Mansa, or King Musa, went on a pilgrimage to Mecca in the thirteen hundreds,’’ said Finn, ‘‘but that only gets us as far as Saudi Arabia.’’ ‘‘Who traded with Saudi Arabia back then?’’ ‘‘There was no such thing. It was a bunch of separate sultanates. There are theories about Chi­nese treasure .eets getting to Oman and Jeddah around the same time as Mansa Musa. It’s a stretch, but it’s a possibility.’’ ‘‘Of course there’s also the possibility that cousin Pieter is just a rich, eccentric lunatic who’s gone and got himself bunged up in the rain forest somewhere, and none of this lot means anything.’’ Billy laughed. ‘‘My family’s actually rather fa­mous for being eccentric, myself being a prime example.’’ Finn picked up the little .gure, letting her thumb gently run over the soft, buttery metal. ‘‘Willem Van Boegart went away on the Flying Dragon in the late seventeenth century and came back to Amsterdam a wealthy man. That much we know is true, the rutter proves it. Our little gold horseman here may be proof of where that wealth actually originated.’’ ‘‘A Chinese treasure ship?’’ ‘‘Admiral Zheng. He made seven great treasure voyages, the last one in 1433. There were hun­dreds of ships involved. They took porcelain and silks with them on the outward voyage and re­turned with gold, gems, ivory, and spices. There were reports of several hurricanes and wrecks. Maybe our little gold friend came from a wreck that Willem Van Boegart discovered on the voy­age of the Flying Dragon.’’ ‘‘Wouldn’t that be bloody marvelous?’’ said Billy. ‘‘Picking up where old Willem and Pieter left off. Now that would be an adventure.’’ ‘‘In my experience danger and adventure are often the same word,’’ cautioned Finn. ‘‘Remem­ber what happened to the Busted Flush.’’ ‘‘I haven’t forgotten,’’ said Billy. ‘‘In fact I hope we run into those fellows again.’’ ‘‘It makes for a nice movie plot but reality is something else again, believe me.’’ She didn’t have to dig very deeply in her memory to see the body of the man who’d died on a railway line in Italy, or a young boy slaughtered beside a tomb in Cairo’s City of the Dead. In her short life, she’d seen enough violent death to last her forever; there was no bravado or courage in it, only brutality, pain, and the hot copper smell of spilled blood. Suddenly the coffee tasted bitter and the heat of the bright sun became oppressive. ‘‘What about the ship?’’ ‘‘I’ve already talked to the shipping agent. She’s due to dock in Jurong Harbor at midnight. I think we should be there to meet her.’’ At just after eleven p.m., the Batavia Queen waited in the eastern approaches of Singapore Strait, a mile or so off Sentosa Island, prudently staying just outside the main shipping lane to the container port at Keppel Harbor. Keppel was one of half a dozen docking facilities that made up the Port of Singapore from Jurong in the west to Ma­rina Bay in the east. Once upon a time it had even been possible for break-bulk ships like the Queen to navigate through the Johor Strait between Singapore Island and the Malaysian mainland, but the construction of the Johor-Singapore Causeway in the 1920s closed the strait to navigation. ‘‘I can’t stay out here much longer,’’ said Briney Hanson, standing by the starboard rail of the ship. ‘‘We’ll have the Harbor Police snif.ng around if we don’t watch out.’’ He scanned the night. The darkness was absolute. The sea was a gently un­dulating pool of inky blackness and the stars were blotted out by a layer of overcast. There was no moon. The only light came from the condos and hotels on Sentosa Island and the garish lights of Singapore beyond. ‘‘Patience, Captain,’’ said Lazlo Aragas, stand­ing at his side. He was dressed as he had been when they met: white suit, glistening shoes, and the Borsalino Panama set squarely on his head. The only thing missing was the sunglasses. They had been replaced by an antiquated pair of horn-rims that were somehow even more sinister. A pair of Russian-made night-vision binoculars hung from a leather strap around his neck. Beside the two men the Slazenger crates had been hoisted onto the deck. Above them, on the bridge, Eli Santoro stood watch, ready to call on McSeveney to give them full steam ahead if necessary. ‘‘Easy enough to say,’’ responded Hanson. ‘‘But I’m not sure I like the idea of going to Changi Prison for trying to smuggle your tennis balls.’’ ‘‘You won’t be going to Changi,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘At least not yet, and not because of me.’’ He lifted the night-vision glasses and peered into the darkness. ‘‘Ah,’’ he said softly. ‘‘They’re coming.’’ Aragas turned to Hanson and smiled. ‘‘Would you like to have a look?’’ Hanson nodded. Aragas lifted the binoculars, careful not to disturb the Panama as he brought the strap over his head. In the six days since sail­ing from Mariveles he’d never seen Aragas with­out it. He took his meals in his cabin, and according to Bazooki, the Samoan steward and cook’s assistant, the Borsalino was in place even there. Hanson lifted the night glasses. The world turned a lurid green. Three hundred yards off the starboard bow he could see the shape of a fast boat, its sharp bow leaving a broad green slash in its wake. Even in the night glasses the boat’s lines were distinctive and so was the broad dark stripe down the side: Singapore Police Coast Guard, one of their half dozen Rodman 55 Jet boats. There was no point in getting on the blower to McSeve­ney; the Rodman could do thirty-.ve knots in a calm sea and the Queen would be lucky to make half that. They’d been screwed. He lowered the glasses and turned to Aragas. ‘‘Bastard.’’ ‘‘Betrayal is a wonderful thing, no?’’ Aragas said. Hanson felt his insides knot. It was all over. ‘‘I could toss your sorry little ass overboard right now.’’ He pulled the Curry Lockspike out of his pocket and snapped the blade open. ‘‘But .rst I’d open up an artery for the sharks to work on.’’ ‘‘Don’t be silly, Captain. That boat has a .fty-caliber machine gun mounted on the deck and my men are all armed as well. The boat is also equipped with four medium Whitehead acoustic torpedoes. Your ship would be turned to scrap metal within a minute and a half. You’d be dead before the .rst shark took a bite.’’ The patrol boat was getting closer. A searchlight on the bow .ashed on, bathing the entire .ank of the Queen in brilliant light. Eli came out onto the .ying bridge and called anxiously down to Hanson. ‘‘We get a problem, boss?’’ ‘‘I’ll let you know,’’ yelled Hanson. Eli went back into the deckhouse. Hanson turned to Ara­gas. ‘‘So you’re some kind of cop?’’ ‘‘Indeed, Captain, I am some kind of cop. Have you ever heard of CISCO?’’ ‘‘Private spooks,’’ answered Hanson. CISCO stood for Commercial and Industrial Security Cor­poration, a privatized sector of the Singapore Po­lice Force, usually dealing in industrial crime and intelligence. ‘‘A specialist. Antiterrorism.’’ ‘‘Isn’t everyone these days?’’ Hanson snorted. ‘‘You’d think there was no other crime.’’ ‘‘In my case there isn’t,’’ replied Aragas. ‘‘Ter­rorism is an expensive business for all concerned. Drugs are generally what .nances it.’’ ‘‘So what are we doing here?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘Just as I told you in the .rst place,’’ said the dapper little man. ‘‘Shipping tennis balls,’’ said Hanson, jerking his chin toward the pile of crates with the leaping leopard logo on the side. ‘‘That’s right.’’ Aragas smiled. The patrol boat came alongside, searchlight blazing, and within a few seconds, uniformed men were swarming up the companionway ladder Hanson had ordered to be lowered to accommodate whoever came out from Sentosa Island. The men all carried CIS drum-fed machine guns and Sphinx 3000 nine-millimeter automatic pistols. They looked ex­tremely ef.cient. Aragas nodded to the lead of.cer, a three-striper with a face that looked like it had been dragged along a dirt road, and gestured toward the stack of crates. ‘‘Membuka dia!’’ he ordered. The man with the jackhammered face stepped for­ward and smashed the butt of his weapon into one of the crates. The wood splintered and he tore the box open. Aragas went to the box and re­moved one of the familiar dark blue Slazenger tubes. He brought it back to where Hanson stood at the rail and pulled open the vacuum-sealed top. There was a slight hiss and four bright yellow tennis balls dropped out of the tube and hit the deck of the Batavia Queen. As the ship rolled slightly they drifted off toward the bilges. ‘‘Tennis balls,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘Slazenger Ultra Vis.’’ ‘‘What’s the story?’’ Hanson asked, staring. ‘‘The story is the oldest one in the world, Cap­tain Hanson,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘We have established precisely what you will do for a price. In this case you proved yourself both corruptible and intelli­gent. These are two assets I expect to .nd very useful in the future.’’ ‘‘Isn’t this all entrapment?’’ ‘‘Entrapment is an American word from their police movies, Captain Hanson. It doesn’t apply in the real world. We have a half dozen of.cial witnesses who will swear that you have been caught illegally bringing items into the sovereign state of Singapore. The fact that it is tennis balls is irrelevant. The crime is the same: cocaine or coconuts, heroin or handguns, shabu or Shetland ponies. You can be convicted of smuggling any­time I see .t—do you understand?’’ Hanson understood that the slimy little bastard had him by the short hairs and that he was in no position to negotiate; his livelihood, his very life, hung in the balance. Somewhere in the distance a ship’s horn sounded. Water lapped against the hull in a .at, unending rhythm. ‘‘What do you want?’’ ‘‘Your cooperation.’’ ‘‘Which means?’’ ‘‘Your vessel has been sold to new owners. Two young people—an American woman and her com­panion, a British subject of some aristocratic rank—have inherited this ship as part of one of Boegart Shipping Lines trust agreements.’’ Hanson nodded. ‘‘They’re supposed to be meet­ing us in Singapore.’’ ‘‘Yes,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘I am also informed that a man named Khan has shown a decided interest in these two people. You know the name?’’ ‘‘Of course, everyone in this line of business does. You’re talking about the pirate.’’ ‘‘He does not think of himself as a pirate. Pirates are easy to deal with. They are motivated only by greed and greed is an easy thing to feed. Our Khan fashions himself a revolutionary, an idealist, a zealot. Like our friend Mr. bin Laden, Jackson Abang Abdul Rauf thinks he has God on his side. There is nothing more dangerous than a true be­liever, Captain Hanson, take it from me. Such men cannot be dealt with simply by giving them an envelope .lled with cash.’’ Aragas paused and turned toward the three-striper. He snapped his .ngers and the sergeant started barking orders to the other men who had boarded the Batavia Queen. They began taking the crates down the compan­ionway ladder to the patrol boat alongside. ‘‘What are you saying?’’ ‘‘Khan is the leader of an organization with a very long reach, Captain Hanson. He tried to have your new owners kidnapped in London and then tried to eliminate them again in Holland. No doubt he will try again now that these two people have arrived in Singapore.’’ ‘‘Why?’’ ‘‘Indeed. That is the question I would like an­swered myself.’’ ‘‘So I’m supposed to .nd out for you?’’ ‘‘If you’d be so kind, Captain Hanson. It would be of interest to me to know why these two people are important enough to pose a threat to a man like Khan.’’ ‘‘And if I .nd out anything?’’ ‘‘Report back to me.’’ ‘‘How? You want me to send it out on the radio? Khan monitors all the maritime frequencies. That’s how he knows what ships to go after. He’s also got spies in every one of the major shipping agency of.ces.’’ He gestured at the men loading the crates. ‘‘I’ll bet he’s got people in your opera­tion as well.’’ ‘‘The Coast Guard Police aren’t my operation as you call it, Captain Hanson. You might say I am my own operation.’’ He turned and snapped his .ngers again. The gravel-faced sergeant stepped forward and stood to attention in front of Aragas. He held out his hand. The sergeant reached into the pocket of his jacket and took out a palm-sized telephone unit with a slightly larger than usual antenna wand. He handed the phone to Aragas, who in turn held it out to Hanson. ‘‘This is a Hughes 9505A iridium satellite telephone. It has a restricted memory, which means the only person it will call is me. Switch it on, press the number one, and you will be connected automatically. Is that too dif.cult for you, Captain?’’ The men in the Police Coast Guard uniforms removed the last crate of tennis balls and manhan­dled it down the companionway stairs. ‘‘No, I suppose I can manage that,’’ said Han­son, taking the phone. It was extremely heavy for its small size. There was no use in trying to blus­ter his way out of the situation he was in; Aragas had played him perfectly. ‘‘Do you have any idea what Khan is looking for? Drugs? Weapons? What?’’ ‘‘There is a rumor . . .’’ Aragas glanced across the deck. The last crate was gone along with the police. The sergeant stood alone at the head of the companionway leading down to the waiting pa­trol boat. Aragas made a small gesture with his hand and the sergeant turned away and went down the stairway. ‘‘There is a rumor that Khan searches for a great treasure from the war.’’ ‘‘There’s a lot of those rumors going about,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘There’s been rumors like that for years. Japanese loot from the occupation of the Philippines, gold coins dumped in Singapore Har­bor just before the invasion. Then there’s that rumor about the Brooklyn Bridge being for sale.’’ Aragas ignored the comment. ‘‘Have you ever heard of a Japanese submarine, I-52?’’ ‘‘I read National Geographic. It was supposed to be .lled with gold and opium. The Brits sank her in mid-Atlantic. Three miles down.’’ ‘‘There is some question about the submarine’s actual identity. The Japanese are many things, Captain, but they are not stupid. Some people would call them devious, in fact. Khan has discov­ered information that might lead one to believe that there were two I-52 transport submarines.’’ ‘‘I’m not sure I see the point.’’ ‘‘One was a decoy. It was the one that sunk. The second one, the real I-52, vanished before it even left the China Seas.’’ ‘‘Where?’’ ‘‘They were under strict radio silence, but ac­cording to the information Khan has received she was last seen by a .shing boat on January .rst, 1944, off the northeast coast of Palawan.’’ ‘‘Is there some signi.cance to that date?’’ ‘‘It’s two months earlier than the of.cial date for I-52’s departure from Japan. It is also the be­ginning of what came to be called the New Year Typhoon. The of.cial name was Typhoon Amy. Japanese and Allied operations were shut down for the better part of ten days. The .shing boat said it appeared to them that I-52 was running for safety.’’ ‘‘Why didn’t she just submerge?’’ ‘‘Who knows? She was a C-3 transport, one of only three ever built. A new design. Perhaps they were having problems. Maybe the .shing boat was right. The captain was seeking shelter.’’ ‘‘Where?’’ ‘‘Perhaps that is what Khan has discovered,’’ said Aragas softly. ‘‘And perhaps it is what your new owners have discovered as well.’’ ‘‘And I’m caught in the middle.’’ ‘‘So it would seem, Captain Hanson. So it would seem.’’ Aragas patted Hanson on the shoulder and smiled. ‘‘Sometimes being in the middle can have its advantages. It’s much harder for people to sneak up on you.’’ He patted Hanson’s shoulder again, then headed for the companionway. He turned and paused just before stepping down toward the waiting patrol boat. ‘‘Do keep in touch,’’ he said. ‘‘I’ll be expecting your call.’’ He gave a little wave and disappeared. There was a dull, decelerating roar from over­head and Hanson looked up. The lights from a big wide-body .ashed above him as it descended toward Changi International. He looked up at the bridge and saw the glow of Eli’s cigarette in the darkness. He held up his hand and gave a thumbs-up. A few moments later, he heard the dull, strained rumblings of the engines taking hold as McSeveney put the Batavia Queen to half ahead and Eli turned them toward the distant lights of Singapore. Hanson looked down at his watch. It was getting on toward midnight. 15 T he Black Dragon rested easily in a narrow inlet at the mouth of the little river estuary. The ghostly gunship was almost invisible in the night and fog. Khan stood on the bow of the Black Dragon, lis­tening. He was wearing lightweight jungle camou­.age gear stolen from a shipment meant for the Philippine Army. It came with a .oppy Tilly hat, which he chose not to wear, preferring the simple black beret of the police commando units. He had a pair of U.S. Navy night-vision binoculars around his neck, but he ignored them. He much preferred his own senses. In the distance he could hear the surf breaking on the narrow line of reefs and closer, the slap of waves against the hull of the Black Dragon. He could smell the sick-sweet odor of the mangroves a few yards away and the rotting vegeta­tion swirling among their roots, the stink of dead .sh, and faintly the thin scent of gasoline. ‘‘You’re sure?’’ Khan said to Fu Sheng, standing just behind him on the deck. ‘‘Yes. She draws almost eight feet. They need deep water to moor.’’ ‘‘Why here?’’ ‘‘There is a spring half a mile or so upriver. They use their skiff to fetch fresh water.’’ ‘‘How many?’’ ‘‘Four. Three men and a woman. Young.’’ ‘‘Strange that they would be joined by a girl. This kind of thing is hardly woman’s work.’’ ‘‘They are Americans,’’ said Fu Sheng with a shrug, as though their nationality explained every­thing. ‘‘The girl is proof, I think.’’ ‘‘Proof?’’ Khan queried. ‘‘Their victims think as anyone might. They put her in a bikini, sunbathing on deck. She waves and smiles. What could be wrong? You think.’’ ‘‘And then they spring their trap and we are blamed.’’ Fu Sheng nodded. ‘‘That is their method.’’ A new sound rose above the rhythmic thunder of the surf breaking on the reef. The burbling of an engine. It became louder as it approached. The two men waited, listening. ‘‘It is them,’’ said Fu Sheng quietly. ‘‘What is your order, tuan?’’ ‘‘Wait until they drop anchor and set off in the skiff.’’ Khan paused. ‘‘How many will fetch water?’’ ‘‘Two. The girl remains and one other. We have watched them several times now.’’ ‘‘Kill the two in the skiff as they approach the shore. We will take Dragon and board them before they have a chance to escape.’’ ‘‘Yes, tuan,’’ said Fu Sheng. He turned away, crossed the deck to the wheelhouse, and went below. Khan stood in the bow and waited for the boat to sail into the trap that had been laid for it. The boat had been in the area for more than two years now, but he had never seen it. Originally the boat, then named Quicksilver, had belonged to a wealthy real estate agent from Vancouver traveling around the world with his wife and eleven-year-old daugh­ter. The husband and wife were both experienced sailors and should have known better, but human nature being what it is, they hadn’t checked the backgrounds of the two young people they picked up hitchhiking through Asia by part-time crewing on pleasure boats. The husband had his throat slit in the middle of the night several days out of Ma­nila, while the daughter and the wife had been kept alive for more than a week and raped repeat­edly during that time. Sometime in that week, the Quicksilver had rendezvoused with a second boat, the Artemesia, piloted by the other two members of the gang. After another gang-rape session last­ing two days, the mother and daughter had been set adrift without food or water in the Artemesia, which was the smaller of the two vessels. Before being set adrift, the Artemesia’s engine was disa­bled and an ax had been used to hack a gaping hole in her side. The sailboat had foundered but remained a.oat and eventually was spotted by a dive boat from the resort at Pulau Tiga, the origi­nal Survivor island. By the time the dive boat reached Artemesia, the child was dead of exposure and internal injuries, but the mother lived long enough to tell the story of what had happened. Quicksilver, under several different names, had been sighted as far north as Hawaii and as far south as New Zealand and was thought to be re­sponsible for a number of disappearances. So far there had been no absolute identi.cation of the brutal ‘‘pirates,’’ but one of them was thought to be the ‘‘Surfer Dude Bandit,’’ wanted for several counts of armed robbery in Los Angeles. The sound of the boat engine grew even louder and Khan lifted the night glasses. The world turned a bilious green and he spotted their quarry almost immediately. The boat was a forty-two-foot Sabre, built in Maine and only .ve years old. Her mainsail was down and furled. The .fty-horsepower diesel was capable of pushing her along at eight knots, but she was probably doing no more than four against the sweeping, almost invisible current of the muddy river. She wasn’t showing any run­ning lights. A man with long hair was standing at the wheel, guiding the sailboat upriver. There was a second man, this one in shorts and a base­ball cap, standing in the bow. He appeared to have a ri.e slung over his shoulder. There was a large parang machete hanging from his belt and a holstered sidearm. Some sort of large revolver. As Khan watched through the night glasses, the boat slowed and the engine sound faded. The man in the bow knelt, then rose, holding a Fortress claw anchor by its nylon rope. He slid the anchor over the side without a splash, setting it on a short line. He went to the stern, set a second anchor, and then began to haul up the skiff that had been trailing along behind. The skiff was an eight-foot in.atable in jungle camou.age. It looked hard-worn and much older than the Sabre, probably taken from another boat along the way. Pirated from some other poor American fool playing at sailing in monsoon seas. Khan sent up a brief and silent prayer for the soul of the little girl who had died so foully at these men’s hands and watched as they climbed down into the dingy carrying a half dozen .ve-gallon plastic jugs. The man with the ri.e sat in the stern of the little boat and switched on the three-horsepower Briggs and Stratton outboard. A faint whirring sound rose into the still air and the dingy moved off. Out of the corner of his eye Khan caught the small movement of one of his own men. He waited until the dingy was well away from the Sabre before he gave the order. ‘‘Sekarang,’’ he said quietly. Now. His man trig­gered a short burst from the bare-bones Type-64 Chinese submachine gun. The weapon had an in­tegral silencer and barely made a sound as it ripped through its thirty-round clip in less than a second. The shells tore the dingy to shreds and a half dozen thumped into the two men. A few banged loudly into the outboard motor housing. The two men, screaming, toppled into the swirling brown water. Still watching through the night glasses, Khan saw a pair of heavy, dark shapes launch themselves out of the mangrove shallows on the far bank and slide toward the thrashing bodies of the wounded men. One of the long-nosed saltwater crocodiles reared up and caught the long-haired man’s head between its jaws. There was a small crunching noise as the skull was crushed and the pale wet brain popped out in several pieces like chunks of rotted fruit. The second man, arms windmilling, tried to get ashore, but the second armor-plated reptile caught him at the belt line and carried him under the surface. ‘‘Lekas!’’ Quickly. There was a sudden thunder as the Black Dragon’s huge engines burst into life. The throttle was engaged and the fast-attack craft roared out of its narrow hiding place between the mangroves and powered across the river to where the sailboat was anchored. Less than thirty sec­onds had passed since the .rst shots were .red. A .gure appeared in the cockpit, naked except for a pair of boxer shorts. The .gure was carrying a handgun. ‘‘Lampu cari,’’ ordered Khan, dropping the night-vision goggles away from his eyes. The searchlight in the cockpit snapped on, bathing the sailboat in a blue-tinged glow. The half-naked man raised a hand to shield his eyes. He was well muscled, tanned, and blond. ‘‘Drop the weapon!’’ Khan called out loudly. ‘‘Who the hell are you?’’ shouted the blond man in the sailboat. ‘‘Ke dalam sungai,’’ said Khan to the man stand­ing behind him with the Type 64. The man snapped another clip into the submachine gun and aimed into the river beside the boat. He let off a burst of .re and the water by the stern of the sailboat jumped and spattered. ‘‘Drop the weapon,’’ repeated Khan. This time the man in the sailboat did as he was told. The pistol dropped into the water. Fu Sheng reappeared at Khan’s side. He had another Type 64 slung over his shoulder and a twenty-inch bolo in a canvas sheath at his waist. The Black Dragon thumped against the hull of the sailboat. Fu Sheng and the man who had .red on the in.atable took lines from the deck of the gunboat and boarded the other vessel. They used the lines to lash the two boats together. The man in the boxer shorts remained in the cockpit of the sailboat, hands in the air. Khan noticed that the man had a thick, ropy scar that ran from one shoulder halfway across his chest. A knife .ght long ago. The kind of raw wound you got in prison. The man’s eyes were hard in the glare from the spotlight. No fear, only anger. Fu Sheng and the man with the gun moved into the cockpit. The man with the gun stayed on deck while Fu Sheng went below. Fu Sheng reappeared a few moments later, pushing the naked .gure of a young woman up on deck ahead of him. She tried to cover herself with her hands. She was pale skinned and dark haired, not very pretty but with large breasts and long legs. Tears were streaming down her cheeks. She was very frightened. In the harsh light Khan could see the slight puckering of the .esh of her thighs. The tears had made her makeup run. She was older than she had .rst ap­peared. In a bikini, from a distance, it wouldn’t matter. He wondered what kind of woman wore makeup in the middle of the ocean. The kind of woman who would make herself naked for a man like the one with the scar. The man and the woman reminded him of the .at-headed water snakes he sometimes saw in the swamps. People without souls. ‘‘Awak boleh berbahasa Inggeris?’’ the man with the scar asked. His pronunciation was terrible. ‘‘Yes,’’ said Khan. ‘‘I speak English.’’ ‘‘Why are you doing this? We’ve done nothing to harm you.’’ ‘‘This is my territory,’’ answered Khan. ‘‘You have no business here.’’ ‘‘Then let us go.’’ ‘‘Perhaps. Not yet.’’ ‘‘You killed Hank and Jimmy!’’ This from the naked girl. ‘‘You bastards!’’ ‘‘What is her name?’’ Khan asked the man with the scar. ‘‘Her name’s Bonnie.’’ ‘‘Tell Bonnie that if she doesn’t keep quiet I will cut out her tongue and throw it to the buaya she saw eat her friends in the river.’’ ‘‘Don’t you dare touch me!’’ screamed Bonnie, jerking in Fu Sheng’s grip. ‘‘I’m an American citi­zen, goddamn you!’’ She jerked again. Fu Sheng used his free hand to punch her directly in the face as hard as he could. Several teeth broke and so did her nose. Blood spurted and streamed, cov­ering her chin. Screaming wetly she fell to her knees. Fu Sheng let her go. She curled up in a ball on the deck of the cockpit and moaned loudly. The man with the scar never took his eyes off Khan. The pirate turned, handing his night glasses to the man standing at the wheel of the Black Dragon. He stepped to the gunwale and dropped down onto the deck of the sailboat. He went to the cock­pit, stepped over the bleeding woman, and ducked his head, going down three steps into the main salon. ‘‘Membawa mereka,’’ said Khan, without turning. Bring them. He looked around the salon. It was quite luxuri­ous, although it had clearly not been cleaned in a long time. The headliner was cork inset with pot lights in strategic points. Everything else was done in some pale exotic wood. There was an ef.cient-looking galley on the right complete with gas stove, refrigerator, and an inset microwave. Oppo­site the galley was an impressively equipped navi­gation station. A narrow passage led back from the navigation station into what was presumably the master cabin, below the cockpit. Ahead of the galley and the navigation station was the salon proper. There was a settee on the right that looked as though it converted into a single berth and an eating nook on the left in a boothlike con.gura­tion. The upholstery of the settee and the benches in the booth were done in a rich sea green. There were several lozenge-shaped portholes on either side. In the morning light, it would be bright and inviting. There was another narrow passage lead­ing forward to a bulkhead door. Probably a pair of berths set into the bow. The galley was .lthy and there were dirty dishes on the table in the booth. The whole below-decks area smelled of body odor and alcohol. Khan knelt and pulled open a drawer built in below the settee. It was neatly packed with expensive-looking foul-weather gear. Gill Ocean Racer in bright blues and red and yellow. Expen­sive. The previous owner had been careful and meticulous. The people who came after had been pigs. But that was over now. There would be balance. Fu Sheng brought the half-naked man stum­bling down the short companionway into the salon. The other soldier brought the girl. The girl dropped down onto the settee and curled up, sniveling through the blood bubbling out of her torn mouth and the crushed remains of her nose. Fu Sheng pushed the man in the boxer shorts onto the bench in the breakfast nook. Khan sat down across from him. The man looked fright­ened now, something scurrying behind the small blue eyes. ‘‘You know who I am, don’t you?’’ Khan said. ‘‘You’re Khan, the pirate bokap.’’ ‘‘And you’re the Surfer Dude Bandit.’’ ‘‘Is that what they call me?’’ The man gave a sour little smile. ‘‘You robbed convenience stores.’’ ‘‘Yeah, I did that.’’ ‘‘And then you came here.’’ ‘‘It seemed like a good idea at the time.’’ ‘‘You think you’re a funny man.’’ ‘‘Sometimes.’’ ‘‘But not now,’’ said Khan. ‘‘This is not a joke.’’ ‘‘No, I guess not.’’ Khan reached into the pocket of his combat blouse and took out a small, gleaming wafer of metal. He placed it on the Formica surface of the table between them. It was a gold bar, approxi­mately one inch by two inches, the corners gently rounded. There was a circular, sixteen-petaled im­perial chrysanthemum stamp at one end and below it the numbers 777. ‘‘You recognize this?’’ ‘‘No,’’ said the man in the boxer shorts. ‘‘You’re lying.’’ Khan looked up at Fu Sheng, who stood beside the table. ‘‘Nia tangan,’’ he said. Fu Sheng reached down, grabbing the half-naked man’s arm. He pulled a short length of surgical tubing from the pocket of his combat blouse and wrapped it tightly around the wrist. ‘‘What are you doing?’’ ‘‘It’s to stop the bleeding,’’ said Khan. ‘‘What bleeding?’’ In a single smooth motion Fu Sheng swept the long bolo knife out of its sheath and brought the razor-sharp blade down onto the man’s hand, cut­ting through the .ngers at the .rst joint. The little stubs of .esh bounced with the blade and dropped down onto the deck of the salon. White­faced, the man in the boxers stared down at the blood and the remains of his hand. Fu Sheng re-sheathed the bolo and pulled the surgical tubing even tighter. The bleeding from the stubs of the .ngers slowed. The blond-haired man looked as though he was going to faint. On the settee the naked woman stared at the ruined hand and the chunks of .esh on the deck and vomited. ‘‘It’s a one-ounce gold bar from the Nippon Ginko Bank. Japanese. World War Two vintage. Do you recognize it?’’ ‘‘Yes,’’ answered the man, teeth clenched. ‘‘You sold it to a Malay bullion dealer on La­buan named Wei Yang.’’ Labuan was a freeport island a few kilometers off the coast of Brunei. ‘‘Yes.’’ ‘‘Where did you get it?’’ ‘‘A guyImet...ina brothel. Chinese.’’ ‘‘What was his name?’’ ‘‘I didn’t ask.’’ ‘‘Where did he get it?’’ ‘‘He took it from a boat.’’ ‘‘What boat?’’ ‘‘A smuggler. Tried to take him. This guy took them instead.’’ ‘‘He killed them?’’ ‘‘Yes. Killed all of them.’’ ‘‘How many?’’ ‘‘Five.’’ ‘‘What kind of boat?’’ ‘‘Looked like an old pearling lugger. Could have been an old trawler. Hundred tons maybe. Some American turned it into a live-aboard years ago. The smuggler killed him, took it. Fast, big engines. Not enough guns, though.’’ The man with the ruined hand made a deep moaning sound. His face was the color of ash. Shock. He’d pass out in a few minutes. ‘‘Did the boat have a name?’’ ‘‘Pedang Emas.’’ Gold Sword. ‘‘Out of what port?’’ ‘‘He didn’t say.’’ ‘‘Zamboanga?’’ ‘‘Maybe. Maybe it’s a gypsy. No port.’’ ‘‘Why did he tell you all this?’’ ‘‘He wanted to sell me the gold bar. He was drunk. Full of himself. Boasting.’’ ‘‘Where did this happen and when?’’ ‘‘Two months ago. Kampong Sugut.’’ A village off the coast in Kudat Province. The east coast on the Sulu Sea. Three nights’ journey in the Black Dragon. The Gold Sword had probably made the lucrative run from Zamboanga carrying anything from drugs to weapons from the Chi­nese mainland. ‘‘Did the Chinaman question the smuggler about the gold bar?’’ ‘‘I don’t know.’’ Khan looked up and nodded at Fu Sheng. He unsheathed the bolo and raised it. The man with the mutilated hand winced and jerked away. ‘‘Did he ask about the gold bar?’’ Khan repeated. ‘‘Yes.’’ ‘‘What did the smuggler say?’’ ‘‘Some story. Stupid story.’’ ‘‘What story?’’ ‘‘A man on a raft.’’ ‘‘What about him?’’ ‘‘He was wearing a uniform. What was left of one.’’ ‘‘What kind of uniform?’’ ‘‘He said Japanese.’’ ‘‘Japanese?’’ ‘‘World War Two.’’ ‘‘And the gold?’’ ‘‘He offered it to the smuggler if he would take him aboard their boat. He said he had more. The smuggler tortured him. He died before he could tell him where it was from.’’ ‘‘A crazy story.’’ ‘‘Yeah, crazy.’’ ‘‘Kampong Sugut.’’ ‘‘I told you already.’’ Khan thought about the currents and the winds, imagining the raft and its occupant. He reached out and picked up the little gold wafer, rubbing the soft metal between his thumb and fore.nger. ‘‘The little girl,’’ said Khan. ‘‘What?’’ ‘‘The little girl who was on this boat.’’ ‘‘What about her?’’ ‘‘You raped her, left her and her mother for dead.’’ ‘‘Yeah, so?’’ ‘‘What was her name?’’ ‘‘What are you talking about?’’ ‘‘Do you even know her name? You rape a child and you have no idea who she was?’’ ‘‘Screw you.’’ ‘‘Dia leher,’’ said Khan to Fu Sheng. He grabbed the man and forced his head back, exposing the throat. Khan curled his hand into a .st and punched the man as hard as he could, crushing the small bones and muscles in the larynx and rupturing the thyroid cartilage or Adam’s apple. The man’s throat immediately swelled and closed directly above the trachea, effectively stopping his breathing. His face began to turn blue and he started to struggle as he began suffocating. The girl looked on, horri.ed. ‘‘What’s happening?’’ she screamed. ‘‘What are you doing?’’ Khan punched the man a second time, breaking his nose and teeth and sending blood .ooding down his sinus passages and his throat, drowning him now as well as suffocating him. ‘‘Bring him on deck,’’ he said to Fu Sheng in Malay. Khan slid out of the narrow booth and went out into the fresh air again, breathing in the heavy, ripe scent of the river and the jungle. Be­hind him Fu Sheng dragged the choking, dying man, whose eyes were bulging with terror now, his lungs desperately trying to suck in oxygen through his ruined throat. ‘‘Throw him over the side,’’ said Khan. He reached into the left pocket of his uniform blouse and took out a thin, hand-rolled kerak cigarette, lighting it with a kitchen match. He watched as Fu Sheng pushed the dying man over the side and into the muddy water. The man went under and then rose up again, arms splashing the surface of the water. The man’s face was very dark now and his long hair was plas­tered wetly across his features. He jerked hard as the .rst of the huge crocodiles struck him invisibly from below. He made a strangled, screaming noise as the second reptile tore into his midsection, rip­ping away his legs and groin. The .rst croc surged upward out on the water, waggling the man’s torso in the air, his intestines squirting out around the immense, gleaming teeth. The man was still alive, head thrown back, his hands .apping weakly as the crocodile twisted away and brought its jaws together, crushing the man’s ribs and chest, then carrying him below the surface. ‘‘The story about the Japanese sailor again,’’ said Fu Sheng. ‘‘You believe it?’’ Khan asked. ‘‘It is the third time we have heard it now.’’ ‘‘There have been rumors of it for years.’’ ‘‘He had a place. Kampong Sugut.’’ ‘‘What do you think, old friend?’’ ‘‘I think rumors are rumors and facts are facts.’’ Khan smiled. ‘‘What of old wives’ tales and chil­dren’s stories?’’ ‘‘You mean Naga Pulau?’’ ‘‘Yes.’’ Naga Pulau, Dragon Island, the Isle of Storms, mythological home of Kinabalu and Ya­mato ne Orochi. The Three Treasures and Kusanagi, the Sacred Sword. The legendary island, wreathed in mist, surrounded by reefs and a thousand wrecks, somewhere lurking in the South China Seas like every sailor’s nightmare nemesis. Per­haps even the origin of the King Kong story or even Jurassic Park. Fu Sheng made a snorting sound. ‘‘I think drag­ons are for video games and white women pre­tending that they know something of feng shui. I think old wives’ tales are for old wives and chil­dren’s stories are for children. I have sailed these seas since I was a boy and have never seen it. There is no such place as Naga Pulau.’’ Khan laughed, puf.ng on his clove cigarette. ‘‘You are a sour old man.’’ ‘‘True, but at least I am alive to be that way, unlike our Surfer Dude Bandit friend.’’ Fu Sheng shook his head. ‘‘He was really called that?’’ ‘‘Apparently so.’’ ‘‘The Americans are truly a strange race. They are very much like their cartoons on Saturday mornings.’’ Fu Sheng was a long-standing fan of the Animaniacs. He looked down at the fast-.owing muddy river. ‘‘What are we going to do now?’’ ‘‘We will proceed. I will take Black Dragon to Kampong Sugut. You follow with the sailboat. We will meet there in .ve days.’’ ‘‘What about our friends from Amsterdam?’’ ‘‘We missed our chance once. We will not miss again. Find me the Batavia Queen.’’ 16 T he wardroom of the Batavia Queen was a large, low-ceilinged room, forward of the engine covering and directly below the bridge. Originally intended as the of.cers’ mess when it was a mine­sweeper, it had been paneled somewhere along the way in cheap plywood and .tted out with a tuck shop for the whole crew. The deck was painted a bilious green. There were a few booths against the bulkheads and three tables bolted down. Shelves had been placed here and there over the years, some .tted with small appliances like a toaster oven, a microwave, and a giant boom box, others stacked with dry goods and ratty-looking paperbacks or magazines. Supposedly overseen by Bazooki, the steward, the cleaning and operation of the wardroom were actually done on a catch-as-catch-can basis di­vided among everyone on the twelve-man crew, including Briney Hanson, the captain. Given that fact, it was surprisingly clean and tidy, with an overpowering scent of some sort of industrial-strength cleaner that made Finn Ryan almost gag with the wafting odor of a synthetic pine forest. The Queen’s engines droned in a dull, idling hum barely turning over while the ship stood against the fueling wharf in the Jurong Docks area of Singapore Harbor. Through the portholes on the port side, Finn could see across the dark roof­tops of the Jurong warehouses to the neon strip of Pioneer Road and beyond it to the Ayer Rajah Expressway. New York might have been the city that never slept, but Singapore was the city that never stopped. It was almost three in the morning and the .ow of traf.c on the expressway was a never diminishing thunder of engines and blur of headlights. She tried to concentrate on Briney Hanson’s story about the chubby police of.cer, this Lazlo Aragas, who sounded like something out of an old Humphrey Bogart movie, but her eyes kept drooping with the need for sleep. Han­son had been talking since they’d arrived on board the rusty old freighter and she was still confused. It was obvious that Billy was still confused as well, Finn thought. ‘‘So Aragas is after this pirate—this Malay you claim was the one who blew up my boat?’’ he said. ‘‘From what I hear, Khan is more of a revolu­tionary than a pirate, and if he is a pirate, he’s the Robin Hood sort.’’ ‘‘Steals from the rich, gives to the poor, you mean?’’ Billy asked. Hanson nodded. ‘‘Something like that.’’ ‘‘Yet he’s got the connections to blow up a boat in Amsterdam and have us kidnapped in London?’’ Hanson shrugged. ‘‘Apparently,’’ he said. ‘‘And I’m not surprised. If a man in a cave in Afghani­stan can blow up the World Trade Center in New York, why not Khan? It’s a small world these days. Paris for lunch, Fiji for the weekend.’’ ‘‘I suppose you’re right,’’ grunted Billy. ‘‘But you think this has more to do with money?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘I don’t believe Aragas is simply interested in bringing a pirate to justice.’’ ‘‘So you believe this story about the Japanese submarine?’’ Billy said, his skepticism obvious in his tone. ‘‘I believe that Aragas believes it. Everything about the man smells of greed. If he thinks Khan has found some kind of treasure, he wants his cut, if not the whole thing.’’ ‘‘What about this CISCO bunch he works for?’’ ‘‘A private sector of the Singapore Police Force, af.liated with the Singapore Armed Forces and the Coast Guard.’’ ‘‘Corrupt?’’ ‘‘Does the pope still eat .sh on Fridays?’’ ‘‘Then you think Aragas is using CISCO to get the treasure for himself?’’ ‘‘Yes. There might be others in it with him, but he’s the boss.’’ ‘‘And we’re in the middle.’’ ‘‘I never should have left Columbus,’’ said Finn, yawning. ‘‘Okay, then where do we go from here?’’ ‘‘Away from Singapore for one thing. It’s one of the most expensive port facilities in the world. I’d like to be out of here as soon as we’re .nished fueling. That’s the last time I’ll be able to .ll her bunkers on the Boegart Shipping line of credit.’’ Hanson looked across the wardroom table at Finn and Billy. ‘‘As their new masters, you’ll have that responsibility now. The Queen is still willing and able to work, but freighters run on bunker C and hauling contracts, not pipe dreams and buried treasure.’’ Billy reached into his jacket, took out his bill­fold, and withdrew a credit card. He dropped it on the table with a metallic clicking sound. It was anodized black with titanium letters and numbers on it. Hanson picked up the card and examined it. He tapped it against the table. De.nitely not plastic. ‘‘I thought those were just urban legends,’’ he said. ‘‘That particular urban legend will pay for your bunker C from now on,’’ said Billy. ‘‘The last place Pieter Boegart was seen was the island of Labuan. Can you get us there?’’ ‘‘I’ll lay in a course now.’’ Hanson grinned, dropping the card back onto the table. The journey took them a little more than three days, moving through the Singapore Straits and the Api Passage, then following the mangrove line of Borneo’s west coast northward on a track that would eventually have taken them back to Bataan and Manila. The weather was clear and .ne, the hot sun burning down on the old ship, making the rusty deck plates and the bulkheads too hot to touch with a bare hand or foot. The air-conditioning units were set into a constant roaring symphony that played in concert with the throbbing engines, the gentle pounding of the sea against the hull, and the dissonant clanging of Run-Run McSeveney’s monkey wrench against some stubborn piece of machinery as well as the constant, inventive, and multinational cadence of his swearing. Finn used the time to roam the ship, looking into every corner from the steering gear platform in the stern to the paint and lamp room in the bow and everything in between, all of it strangely intoxicating and exciting as though she’d been born to live in an environment of the smells of the sea, hot oil, and old rope. She got to know the crew, helping McSeveney lubricate his precious engines, catching .sh on a long line over the side with Toshi Minimoto, the Japanese cook, which she then helped him prepare in the cramped little galley behind the deckhouse and listened to Elisha Santoro describing the geography of the places they could see no more than a mile or two away along the coast. Billy spent most of his time on the bridge with Hanson, trying to get a feel for the complexities of what it was like skippering an old-fashioned tramp steamer like the Batavia Queen. He quickly learned that it wasn’t like sailing in the Thames or even across the English Channel. Here there were a dozen different kinds of channel markers and danger buoys in colors that came in stripes, diamonds, and quarters and shapes like cones, cir­cles, spars dolphins, and spindles—each shape, color, and combination having a different meaning. ‘‘It’s worse than driving a bloody car or piloting an airplane.’’ ‘‘And it’s different wherever you go. There’s supposed to be a uni.ed system but the Malays, the Brunei, the Vietnamese. and the Chinese all have their own little variations.’’ Worse than the buoys and ocean signals were the unseen dangers of reef shoals and what Han­son called ‘‘foul ground,’’ visible only at low tide. Between Singapore and Labuan, there were almost a thousand islands, twice that many almost invisi­ble atolls, and ten times as many shoals. To make matters worse, the Palawan Passage, as it was called, was one of the most heavily used in the world. Given the size and inertia of the ships in­volved, it was roughly equivalent to driving in Los Angeles rush-hour traf.c and doing it without traf.c lights or exit ramps. The physical dangers ranged from the hidden rocks at Badas Kepulauan to the widespread shoals beyond Telok Tambelan. Even the terminology was strange and confusing. A malang was a reef, or a shoal, but so was a napu. A cape was a tandjong; a smooth sea was tenang. Sawang was a narrows, selatan was south, and sungai was a river. A tukoh was a sunken rock; a trumbu was a reef that dried. Tjeck was a shallows and terumbu was a connect­ing channel. ‘‘And most of the time, you need to know the words in Dutch as well, because some of the best charts are the old Dutch ones,’’ laughed Hanson. ‘‘Keeps you on your toes, believe me.’’ Labuan, derived from the Malay word for ‘‘an­chorage,’’ is a thirty-square-mile island of low jun­gle that looks like the ponderous three-toed footprint of some giant Godzilla-like dinosaur with all three toes pointing to the tiny kingdom of Brunei on the mainland. In between the second and third toes is a deepwater harbor and a town of seventy thousand that was once called Victoria back in the days of the white rajahs but was now called, somewhat less romantically, Bandar La­buan, or Labuan City. Originally used as a naval base against pirates and then as a location for the Singapore–Hong Kong Telegraph cable, Labuan was never much more than a colonial backwater. When it joined the Malay Federation in the eighties, some attempt was made to encourage La­buan as a center for offshore banking, a freeport, and a petroleum center, but nothing really worked and by and large the small population seems to prefer it that way. Quali.ed technical personnel working in the petroleum re.nery and at the huge government shipyards live in neat, subsidized high-rise accommodation in the center of the town along with a scattering of tourist hotels, while the unskilled laborers and their families live in the shacks on stilts of the kampung ayer, or water vil­lages, on the far side of the harbor on the shore of the island’s middle ‘‘toe.’’ There are two of these sprawling semislums in Labuan, Kampung Bebuloh and Kampung Patau-Patau. Both of these are tourist showplaces, full of stores and small craft-ware factories, the tin-roofed, open-walled structures connected by a maze of wooden plank walkways and accessible by water taxi. A much larger kampong ayer is occu­pied by several thousand Filipino squatters on the near side of the harbor. These are Labuan’s true poor, the majority of them indentured sex industry workers employed in .oating brothels in the kampong ayer as well as in bars, discothe`ques, karaoke lounges, hair sa­lons, and massage parlors in the resort and hotel district. Among the knowledgeable Labuan is as important a sex trade tourist destination as Bang­kok with every imaginable vice available to who­ever has the money to pay. The Batavia Queen arrived in Labuan shortly after noon, docking at the Merdeka Pier close to the ultramodern ferry terminal. From the wheel­house Finn and Billy could see across the length and breadth of the island; according to Briney Hanson, it was .at as a pancake with its highest point no more than a hundred .fty feet above sea level. From where they stood, there was nothing but the gleaming white structures of the beach hotels and small, modern cityscape to the east and a sea of jungle green stretching off to the north. In the far distance, beyond the hotels and the gold and white onion dome of the central mosque, they could see the belching stacks of the petroleum re­.nery and the huge sheds of the government shipyards. While Elisha went to the Customs House to clear their arrival and arrange for the bunkers to be topped up, McSeveney and Toshi Minimoto headed for the supermarket on Tun Mustapha Road for supplies, including several cases of Or­angeboom Dutch Lager, the Batavia Queen’s beer of choice. Hanson went with Finn and Pilgrim to look for Osterman, the mysterious antiquities dealer who’d sold Pieter Boegart the little gold statue. They took an oddly modern Panga twenty-six­foot water taxi across the bay at a breezy forty-.ve miles an hour and arrived at Kampung Patau-Patau ten minutes later after deftly skirting a .eet of dive boats on their way out to the ‘‘resort wrecks’’ sunk along the shoal lines of the sprinkling of atolls and small islands that stood between La­buan and the Brunei mainland. There were four wrecks that Hanson knew of: the Tung Huang,a Chinese freighter with a load of cement once des­tined for the sultan’s palace in Brunei; the SS De Klerke commandeered by the Japanese during World War Two and sunk by the Australian Air Force; the USS Salute, a minesweeper much like the original Batavia Queen; and a Philippine .shing trawler, the Mapine Padre, which caught .re and sank sometime in the eighties. The four wrecks and the sex trade were the real basis for Labuan’s day-to-day economy. The taxi dropped them at a rickety-looking wooden pier without guardrails and they climbed up a bamboo ladder. ‘‘How are we supposed to .nd this man Osterman?’’ Billy asked, staring down the narrow plank-surfaced wharf. Facing them was a patchwork of buildings made out of everything from .attened oil drums to heavy plas­tic sheeting. It seemed as though every house had its own small boat anchored close by and every window opening was festooned with over.owing .ower boxes. The tin roofs and the walls of a lot of the houses were painted in bright blues, yel­lows, and greens. Finn shrugged. ‘‘We just ask, I guess.’’ A group of young children was playing farther along the pier, happily .inging themselves off the planks and into the sea, then climbing out again, swarming up the bamboo supports, and repeating the whole process. They were wearing an assort­ment of clothes ranging from nothing at all through bright white underpants to colorful sa­rongs. There didn’t seem to be any adult supervi­sion, the oldest of the children clearly keeping an eye on their younger companions. Suddenly Finn found herself transported back to her childhood and her uncle Danny’s farm that backed up to Big Darby Creek just outside Maryville. She’d gone swimming just like this with no fear of drowning or being swept away and with not a worrying adult anywhere in sight. It seemed to her that the world had been a safer place then, but at least a little of it seemed to have remained in this strange, out-of-the-way place. She smiled and laughed at the kids’ antics, which were clearly accelerating and becoming noisier because the children had an audience. Finn looked down into the water. It seemed clear and unpolluted, perhaps ten or .fteen feet deep down to a sandy bottom. The surface was remarkably clear of domestic garbage; she couldn’t see a single piece of .oating plastic or anything else. The local occupants were obviously very house-proud. The boats tied up at each dwelling’s private pier were nothing more than old rowboats .tted with small outboards, but they were all freshly painted in gaudy colors like the roughly built homes, and each had a name neatly written on the prow. As Finn and the others approached, the kids stopped playing and stood watching them silently, their eyes wide and curious. No calling out, no begging, just a silent careful assessment: friend or foe. ‘‘Di mana Osterman tuan?’’ Hanson asked. One of the kids, the tallest, who wore raggedy red shorts, pointed solemnly to a large shack with a bright blue tin roof and a window box full of blaz­ing rhododendrons. ‘‘Tuan Osterman kedai,’’ said the boy solemnly. ‘‘That’s Osterman’s store,’’ explained Hanson. ‘‘Terima kasih,’’ said Finn, using a bit of Malay she’d picked up from Bazooki, the steward. It meant ‘‘thank you.’’ ‘‘Sama-sama!’’ replied the boy, surprised and pleased. ‘‘Should I give him some money?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Why?’’ Hanson answered. ‘‘He was just giving you directions. He doesn’t expect anything. These people aren’t beggars. They’re just poor.’’ They followed the child’s pointing .nger, taking a series of ever narrowing walkways, and eventu­ally reached Osterman’s store. The whole front of the building was open, the front wall made up of rolled bamboo blinds that could be lowered at night. The store was one big room, lined with shelves that held a bizarre assortment of items ranging from ornately framed pictures from Victo­rian times to a set of Asian-styled Barbie Doll knockoffs arranged in gaudy cardboard display boxes with clear plastic tops that looked like cof­.ns. It was a junk store: Osterman was hardly what you would call an antiquities dealer, Finn thought. For a moment she wondered if the little boy outside had steered them wrong. A man appeared from behind a bamboo curtain that sectioned off the rear of the shop. He was tall, stooped, and in his sixties or seventies. His hair was very long and stringy, and his very pale belly hung over the waist band of a soiled native sarong. He wore very out-of-date black plastic-framed glasses and he was carrying a plastic bowl and chopsticks. ‘‘Mr. Osterman?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Call me Bernard, dear,’’ said the man. He used the chopsticks to guide a slurry of noodles into his mouth, watching his guests over the rim of the bowl. ‘‘Not browsing tourists by the look of you.’’ He smiled. The accent was German or Austrian, but the English was excellent. Finn reached into the pocket of her shirt and took out the little gold amulet. She held it out in the palm of her hand. Bernard Osterman looked down at it but made no move to take it from her. ‘‘I was wondering if that little trinket would come back to haunt me,’’ he sighed. ‘‘You sold it to a relative of mine. Pieter Boe­gart,’’ said Billy. ‘‘That’s not what he told me his name was. I knew he was Dutch. He said his name was Derlagen.’’ ‘‘That’s his lawyer. ‘‘One of the Boegarts?’’ ‘‘The black sheep,’’ said Billy. ‘‘I know that feeling myself,’’ Osterman said, smiling. ‘‘He must have come here for a reason,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I don’t think he was a browsing tourist any more than we were.’’ ‘‘Quite right, dear.’’ He paused. ‘‘I’m not sure I see your part in all this.’’ ‘‘Pieter Boegart is my relative, as well,’’ she an­swered, realizing that she was admitting to her mother’s in.delity at last and perhaps even to her own paternity. Somehow it didn’t seem to matter so much now. ‘‘I see ...I suppose,’’ murmured Osterman, looking back and forth between Billy and Finn. ‘‘How did Pieter Boegart .nd you?’’ asked Billy. Osterman smiled again and slurped up some more noodles. He put the bowl and chopsticks down on a nearby table and gave a small con­tented belch. ‘‘I learned my trade in Berlin as a very young boy, six or seven or so, too young then even for the Deutsches Jungvolk. To survive in Berlin after 1945, you learned a great many things, but above all you learned to trade one thing or another until you found what you wanted. You also learned to do whatever was neccessary along that path to .nd what you wanted or to stop oth­ers from .nding it .rst. Whatever was necessary, no matter how unpleasant. Most important you traded in information. You, as they say, kept your ear to the ground. Later, when it became necessary for me to leave Berlin and to come eventually to this godforsaken place, I simply applied the same principles, you see?’’ ‘‘Not really,’’ said Finn. ‘‘But you still haven’t told us how you got the little gold .gure.’’ ‘‘Do you know what it is?’’ ‘‘It’s from Mali,’’ answered Finn. ‘‘Fourteenth century.’’ ‘‘From the reign of Mansa Musa, the king of Mali and Timbuktu, the .rst of his race to make Haj to Mecca. Yes, yes, all the old stories about King Solomon’s mines and your Rider Haggard, but that is not the real answer.’’ ‘‘Why don’t you tell us, then?’’ said Hanson. ‘‘The real answer is where the .gure was found and how it came to be there.’’ ‘‘So where was it found?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Such information should be worth something, don’t you think?’’ ‘‘How much did Pieter Boegart pay?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘You are not he. This is another transaction.’’ ‘‘You sent Pieter Boegart somewhere, perhaps to his death,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Pieter may well have been the black sheep of his family, but he was a Boegart and I’m sure the police would be interested in the fact that you were the last person known to have seen him. I wonder how you’d like a bunch of policemen crowding around in here, making a mess of things.’’ ‘‘You are far too pretty a woman to be making such threats.’’ ‘‘I’m not pretty,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Would it make any difference if it was me making the threats?’’ ‘‘Not in the slightest,’’ sighed Osterman. ‘‘But I think it is a very unpleasant way to treat an old man.’’ ‘‘What about the .gure?’’ ‘‘It was in the hands of a rather unscrupulous fellow named Wei Yang. He knew I liked such things so he traded it to me.’’ ‘‘Where do we .nd this Wei Yang?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘He had a shop on Dewan Street, but he is no longer there.’’ ‘‘Where is he?’’ ‘‘Perhaps the morgue? In an ornamental urn somewhere? With his ancestors at any rate. He was found .oating under the barter trade jetty by the .sh factory with his belly slit and his eyes gouged out. He was also missing several .ngers on one hand and it was not from the .sh nibbling at them.’’ ‘‘Who did it?’’ ‘‘Who knows?’’ Osterman shrugged. ‘‘This is Borneo. Kalimantan—call it what you want. The world’s last mystery. They still have tribes who collect human heads and shrink them. They sew the teeth back in and hang them from the rafters of their longhouses. You can hear the teeth rattling like wind chimes in the night. I’ve heard it myself. Wei Yang was a bullion dealer among other things, and a smuggler. He dealt with the Dyak gold prospectors from the interior, from the hutan, the deep jungle, and he dealt with the penyeludup, the smugglers, as well. It could have been any one of them, because he cheated them all at one time or another and everyone knew it.’’ ‘‘And you knew where he got the gold .gurine, don’t you?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘A smuggler named Lo Chang. Part Chinese, part God only knows what.’’ ‘‘Where did Lo Chang get it?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘According to Wei Yang he didn’t say.’’ ‘‘Or wouldn’t.’’ ‘‘Or wouldn’t,’’ agreed Osterman. ‘‘So where do we .nd this Lo Chang fellow?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘He operates a boat called the Pedang Emas out of Kampong Sugut. Makes the run to Zamboanga. Does a bit of piracy, as well. He’ll be somewhere between the two, I’d think.’’ ‘‘Where’s Kampong Sugut?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Just north of Labuk Bay on the Sulu Sea,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘Below the Tegepil Shoals at the mouth of the Sugut River. Chang lives there with a woman named Cai Quin Ma. She runs one of his brothels. Looks like a goat in a dress. Can’t miss her.’’ They found another water taxi and returned across the broad expanse of the bay to Labuan City. Everyone was back on board; Labuan didn’t have too much to offer if you weren’t interested in illegal sex or offshore banking. Toshi was in the galley rustling up an aromatic lunch and Elisha Santoro was in the wheelhouse waiting for them with a set of charts spread out in front of him. ‘‘I hope we’re not going north,’’ he said, a wor­ried expression on his young, handsome face. He scratched his eyebrow above the patch. ‘‘Why’s that?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘I was just at the meteorology of.ce in town. There’s a typhoon brewing in the Sulu Sea. A big one. They’re saying it might go to plus ten. Super­typhoon. The barometer’s dropping like a rock.’’ He looked at Finn and Billy. ‘‘Why, where are we heading?’’ ‘‘North,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘Into the Sulu Sea.’’ 17 P edang Emas was a hundred-foot-long, hundred-ton wood-and-iron whaling ship with a his­tory that predated the Titanic. She’d begun life in 1907 as a small-scale Swedish factory ship built by Nyland Versted in Oslo with the designation Hull133. She was sold to an Icelandic company and given the name Haraldur Kristja´nsson. In 1921 she was transferred to a New Zealand whaling company and renamed Rangitoto. Nine years after that, she was returned to Scandinavian waters and sold to the Stavanger Sardine Com­pany, maker of the Royal Brisling brand, ostensi­bly as a .shing vessel but actually out.tted as a yacht for the chairman of the company. A lavish owner’s cabin was built over the main hatch, and the hold was used for small cargo and an over­sized fuel tank. Her name was changed to Kristianiafjord, but a few years after her extensive re.t, with war begin­ning to loom, she was leased to the Royal Norwe­gian Navy as a watch boat and was renamed King Haakon VII in honor of the aging monarch of the country. Inevitably the German Navy took the little ship over in April of 1940 and didn’t call it anything; they simply painted over the name on the bow and painted an identi.cation number on the fun­nel. Her engines were removed and she was re­.tted with two-thousand-horsepower diesels for use as a patrol boat with a top speed of eighteen knots and a Nazi Kreigsmarine pennant where the sardine company’s .ag used to .y. After the war she had a long career as a coastal steamer under the name Hammerfest, her far north­ern home port, but by the late nineties regulatory changes in the crewing of Norwegian ships made her too costly to run, especially with those big deisels. She was sold back and forth half a dozen times until she was .nally bought and refurbished by a retired Canadian dentist with a cocaine habit renamed her the Atropos after Horatio Hornblow­er’s .rst ship in the immensely popular series of books about a young of.cer in the Royal Navy during the Napoleonic Wars. It was just about as much as the dentist knew about the sea. He hired the wrong crew in Singa­pore who accidentally discovered his stash of coke and waited until they were deep in the Palawan Passage before they slit his throat and belly and fed him to the sharks. Lo Chang had not been quite truthful to the Surfer Dude Bandit about events following the death of the foolish dentist. In fact it was Lo Chang himself who fed the dentist to the sharks, and later did exactly the same thing to his partner and the rest of the crew after getting them smashingly drunk. This was shortly following their meeting with the mad little Japanese sailor on the raft. Lo Chang, being illiter­ate and not very bright, had no idea of the signi.­cance of the stamp on the ten-tola bar of gold. He only knew that it was gold and he wanted what­ever there was for himself alone. Besides, he didn’t really need much of a crew to pilot the Atropos,or Pedang Emas as she was now called. Four days out of Zamboanga, after delivering another shipment of young girls to the sex clubs there, he returned with a cargo of .ve hundred Negros .ghting cocks crammed into split bamboo cages stolen from a top breeder in the hold. At between a thousand and .fteen hundred dollars a bird, his pro.t was going to be enormous. In Borneo and the Philippines, it was said that there were three landmarks in every village—the mar­ket, the church, and the local cockpit. They were stinking up the little hold, making horrible noises and dirtying everything they touched, but the money would make it worthwhile. The only thing worrying Lo Chang was the weather. He never bothered with the expensive navigation and meteorology equipment installed by the unfortunate dentist. In the .rst place, he didn’t know how it worked and couldn’t read the results anyway, and in the second place, when he hadn’t been in jail, he’d spent most of his life at sea and intuitively knew when the weather was changing. There wasn’t a cloud in the sky, the sea was dead .at calm, and the air was hot, all perfectly normal for this time of year, but there were signs. Standing in the squat little wheelhouse ahead of the Lido deck awning, Lo Chang kept both doorways open but there was no cross-draft. In fact there was no wind at all—only a strange, un­comfortable oppressive feeling along with the .at, almost surly roll of the ocean. The color was wrong too; the water had a gray, almost silver light in it, muting the green and making every­thing look as though it would taste like licking a doorknob. Ozone, was that what they called it? He leaned forward and blew into one of the old-fashioned speaking tubes beside the wheel. ‘‘Cam Dao!’’ he called out to the Vietnamese girl whose face had been ruined by a knife-wielding patron at Cai Quin Ma’s Puki Rumah establishment in the big house behind the .sh market. The girl was no use any more for clients, but she loved to cook and almost above all other things Lo Chang liked to eat. ‘‘Trung nguyen!’’ he called. The skinny, little creature made excellent iced coffee, which he loved. If it was dark and he’d been a long time from home, he’d occasionally use her as she’d been intended and she was quite satisfactory at that as well, not a small feat when the customer for her services weighed close to four hundred pounds. Lo Chang looked out through the port-side doorway. Over the railing he could see the coast­line, a faint gray shadow several miles away. He usually steered closer to shore, navigating by well-known landmarks, but this was the area of the Torongohok Reefs and even with a draft of only seven and a half feet, going any closer to shore was a risky proposition. Cam Dao appeared on the bridge with his spe­cial silver-chased coffee glass. She gave a little bow and handed him the coffee. He took the glass, holding it in one meaty .st with the other hand gripping the wheel. He took a long draft of the rich coffee and sweet condensed milk mixture, then sighed with pleasure. ‘‘Bring me lunch,’’ he snapped. ‘‘Some pho and a dish of that muc xao thap cam you make so well.’’ His Vietnamese was curt and .uent. Although Lo Chang was ethnic Chinese, he was also Vietnam­ese by birth. A skinny orphan child in Hanoi dur­ing the war years, he had both prospered and fattened in the time since, becoming well known for his ability to procure anything from war sur­plus AK-47s and Russian RPGs for the northern bandits and drug runners to lady-boys and knock­off copies of guidebooks for the sex tourists. He had also become known for his easy willing­ness to commit violence and had spent a number of years as an enforcer for Truong Van Cam’s Fifth Orange Gang. After the gang boss’s arrest and ex­ecution in 2004, Lo Chang had .ed the country, eventually settling in Kampong Sugut and begin­ning his .ourishing prostitution and smuggling enterprises. In the Chinese way, he was very phil­osophical about these changes; life offered an as­sortment of tragedies and opportunities. The trick was to turn one into the other and to think about the past as rarely as possible. Jampongong Island appeared in the distance di­rectly ahead and Lo Chang suddenly had to make a decision. He reached into the pocket of his vast white shirt, produced a tin of Neos Paci.c Cigaril­los, and lit one with the platinum Dunhill he’d taken from the unfortunate Canadian dentist. The steady bow wave curled up with a mustache of foam. In the distance Jampongong looked like everyone’s idea of a perfect tropical paradise. Co­conut palms fringing startling white sand beaches, forest, hills, and dense jungle beyond, all rising to a sultry forested mountain peak, its summit al­most always shrouded in mist. A classic island in the Sulu Sea. Very romantic on a travel brochure for idiots like the Canadian dentist. The problem was that off Jampongong was a large fringe of reef that swept in shoals a dozen miles out to sea. Inshore, however, between the island and Kinalubatan Point on the mainland was a channel three-quarters of a mile wide and a pas­sage through the center with at least eight fath­oms, or forty-eight feet, below the keel of the Pedang Emas. On either side of that middle pas­sage were rocks and shoals that stood like razor fangs just below the surface, completely hidden from view on a day like this by the sun dazzle on the water and capable of ripping the little ship’s belly out like the knife that gutted the late dentist and his even later partner. Take the channel and he’d save half a day getting back to Kambong Sugut; don’t take the channel and he risked put­ting himself far out to sea in uncertain weather, losing a half day in the process. ‘‘Najis,’’ he said in Malay, swearing. The diesel thudded beneath his feet and the wheel felt slip­pery with sweat under his thick hand. The island was getting closer with every passing minute. He glanced out to port at the thick green line of the mangroves overhanging the water on the main­land. He took another swig of the cool brew that the little knife-scarred whore had fetched, then put the silver-handled glass down on the narrow ‘‘dashboard’’ shelf that ran along beneath the windscreen of the wheelhouse. ‘‘Puki mak dia,’’ he muttered, cursing again. He swung the wheel with both hands, turning the ship toward the shore and the channel that lay between it and the island. Half an hour later, his prodigious belly full of Cam Dao’s succulent saute´ed squid chased with a big bottle of Halida beer, Lo Chang was con.­dently swinging Pedang Emas around the lee side of the high volcanic island, keeping an eye out for any distinct variations in the color of the water that would signal shoals or shallows. He also made sure that the island’s main landmarks, the high northern bluffs and the jutting shape of Ban­koka Hill, were well away on his right; the cur­rents at the foot of the clif.ike bluffs that ran directly down into the water could spin his little ship like a top and smash him against the rough stone walls in an instant. Even from a mile off he could hear the pound­ing of the sea against the rock and he shivered slightly. The thought of being crushed against the cliffs was one thing, but being thrown into the sea was something else. Lo Chang, for all his bal­loonlike size, could not swim a stroke. He’d tossed enough men into the ocean to know exactly the sort of predators that lurked just below the water in great abundance. Better to put a bullet in his brain than drown in the sea. The little inlet that ran back into the center of the island appeared to starboard, and if he hadn’t been watching so carefully he would have missed the prize within. A good-sized schooner stood at anchor just off the pebbled foreshore that marked the entrance to a narrow river. Lo Chang picked up the dentist’s pretty blue and yellow Pro Mari­ner binoculars and took a look. He focused the glasses and the boat came into view. Neatly anchored. Thirty-eight, maybe forty feet. Dark hull, bright white superstructure. A woman was sunbathing on the foredeck, topless, her big breasts lolling, her arms spread out against the cockpit to catch the sun, a big .oppy sun hat shielding her eyes. She was dark-haired, tanned, and reasonably young. Barely hesitating, Lo Chang reached out and eased back the throttles, the sound of the engines dropping. He swung the wheel, guiding the Pe­dang Emas into the inlet. He’d stopped here for fresh water in the past and knew there would be more than enough sea beneath his keel, even at low tide. He swung the binoculars around, checking the beach and the jungle behind it, looking for anyone else. Nothing. Just the white sand, the lush jungle, and the shaded entrance to the river. He smiled, his heavy lips spreading apart to reveal a gleam­ing mouthful of gold teeth. In addition to the woman there might be one or two more aboard the boat. Easy to deal with. He pulled up the tail of the saillike white shirt covering his belly and took out the old Nagant revolver he’d preferred since his days in Vietnam. Its seven-round cylin­der would be more than enough for the job at hand. He throttled back to dead slow and coasted for­ward through the .at calm, coming up on the sail­boat almost silently. The girl on the cockpit cover was obviously asleep. She hadn’t moved since he’d .rst spotted her. Lo Chang’s smile broad­ened; there would probably be a supply of liquor on board and some money as well. Maybe even more cocaine. He’d grown a taste for it since the dentist. There might even be a weapon, perhaps a shotgun. Most small boats carried them in the pirate-infested waters in the area. Lo Chang liked the idea of being part of an infestation. When he imagined himself in such a way he usually saw himself as a powerful snake, a constrictor perhaps, one who used brute strength to kill its prey rather than stinging venom. He hefted the World War Two–vintage pistol in his hand. Venom, on the other hand, had its place. He leaned forward and blew into the voice pipe. ‘‘Cam Dao!’’ he called. ‘‘Di voi toi!’’ Within a few seconds, the young woman appeared on the narrow bridge, coming up from the galley directly below. ‘‘Take the wheel,’’ he said in Vietnamese. ‘‘Bring her in slowly.’’ ‘‘Co,’’ said the woman with a nod, her expres­sion blank. She knew exactly what her master in­tended to do, but nothing she could say or do would stop him. The fate of the half-naked woman on the sailboat was sealed. The Vietnam­ese woman stepped forward and took the wheel. Lo Chang went out on deck and lumbered for­ward to the bow. Lo Chang kept the pistol half hidden behind his back. As the ship slid forward he tried to put on a pleasant expression and dredged up the small amount of English he’d learned over the years. ‘‘Hello, you!’’ he called out. They were a hun­dred yards off now. Too late for the sailboat to start whatever auxiliary engine it carried in an at­tempt to escape. Not that it would have done any good. The monster diesels installed by the Ger­mans all those years ago still gave the old ship an easy eighteen knots, enough to run down any sailboat a.oat. ‘‘Hello, you!’’ he called again. The woman hadn’t moved an inch. If there was anyone else on board they were asleep. Fifty yards. Still the woman hadn’t moved. Lo Chang squinted. The large pillowy breasts were bright red. Sunburned. She’d been sunbathing too long, it seemed. Being something of an expert when it came to nipples and their sensitivity, Lo Chang was sure she would be in great pain. Why didn’t she go below? Twenty-.ve yards now and still no movement. He took a small apprehensive step back from the gunwale. The woman should have moved by now. He could almost see it, coming up on her elbows, pushing back the big hat, maybe with sunglasses underneath. The sudden look of surprise. The fear. Cam Dao swung the wheel, bringing the ship broadside to the sailboat. The bow wave reached out and smacked against the side of the other ves­sel. The sailboat began to rock quite violently. The big breasts .opped back and forth like balloons .lled with water, her legs slapping together and tangling with each other. Ten yards away and Lo Chang’s apprehension turned to full-blown anxiety. The woman didn’t just have her arms spread across the cockpit—they were nailed there. There was no blood because the nails had been struck into the .esh earlier, shortly after she’d attacked Fu Sheng with a carving knife from the galley. He’d struck her across the face with the butt of his weapon, but she’d turned to the side at the last second and the blow had struck her temple instead of her face as he intended. It hadn’t taken her very long to die, but even dead she had her uses. She could still be a decoy for a fat pig like Lo Chang. Too late Lo Chang realized that the boat and the woman were a trap. He moved heavily back toward the bridge. Out of the corner of his eye, he saw movement in the overhanging bushes shading the mouth of the little river. He took the Nagant out from under his shirt, but he knew now it was far too late for that kind of thing. The bushes weren’t bushes at all, but camou­.aging brush piled up on the bow of some sort of old-fashioned, sharp-prowed torpedo boat al­most as big as Pedang Emas. The boat came nosing out of the river mouth, powerful engines burbling. He could see the bell-shaped muzzle of a heavy machine gun mounted forward and a Malay in a vague jungle uniform standing behind it, grinning. The Pedang Emas was less than three hundred feet away from the hidden torpedo boat. At that range they could chew him to ribbons and sink him without even reloading the big-box magazine. Lo Chang felt his stomach gurgle with fear and he belched, tasting Cam Dao’s squid in his mouth again along with the sour tang of bile. He had a sudden, terrible suspicion that the tables were about to be turned and that soon he would be lunch for the squid rather than the other way around. He turned and saw the woman cruci.ed on the deck. He found himself thinking about the dentist and his fate. A gust of wind blew across the deck of the sail­boat and the big .oppy hat came off the bare-breasted woman’s face and was whisked over the gunwale and into the water. Her whole head was crushed on one side, her right eye like a white blotch in a lump of ruined, overcooked meat. The people on the torpedo boat had done that. He knew they could do, would do even worse to him and he knew why, because now he remembered the sailboat and where he’d seen it before, al­though the hull had been red, not blue as it was now, and he remembered the girl too and her blond boyfriend, the one with the scar who thought bringing her to a brothel was a good joke. Most of all he remembered the old man on the raft and the gold wafers wrapped in yellowed pages from the old military edition of Yomiuri-Hochi from sometime during the war. The gold wafers that were still in the strongbox in his cabin. They would question him and when they were done they’d drop what remained of him over the side. The torpedo boat was almost alongside now, rumbling between him and the sailboat. He was looking right down at the dead woman. He could hear the buzzing of .ies. Lo Chang tilted his head back and closed his eyes. His mind wandered for a moment, search­ing, and then he remembered sitting in the small park beside Hoan Kiem Lake on a clear, bright day, close to Tortoise Tower. He was combing Quyen’s waist-length hair, using the brush with one hand and his other hand to smooth it as he brushed, letting it fall through his .ngers like jet-black, shining mercury, but really, secretly caress­ing it, feeling her curved neck through the thick fall of it, bent to his brushing suffering agonies of young passion, knowing that it would never be more than a precocious fat boy brushing the hair of a pretty girl. Later his friend Trung told him that she didn’t really like him at all, but only liked what effect she had on him. It didn’t matter. He breathed in and smelled the faint scent of the dao phai, the pale peach .ower of his birthplace that grew every­where around the Tortoise Tower. The smell of the girl, Quyen. So long ago. But nobody lives forever. At least he wouldn’t drown. Lo Chang opened his eyes and saw the man standing in the bow of the boat, the two-foot-long bolo machete in his hand. He felt the weight of Quyen’s hair in his hand again and he brought the Nagant up to his temple and pulled the trigger quickly, never hesitating for a second. 18 I n the simplest terms a typhoon is a violent trop­ical storm with cyclonic, or circulating, winds that usually have their origins in the western Pa­ci.c or the Indian Ocean. Above the equator these winds circulate in a counterclockwise direction, and below the equator they turn clockwise. Basically typhoons are caused by a coincidental conjunction of several basic factors, including substantially higher than normal water temperature, an upper layer of moist air, and inwardly spiraling winds caused by an area of low pressure. As these areas begin to revolve, usually in pairs, they quickly cool the water beneath them, both by simply blocking out the sun and by drawing the heat upward to the colder masses of air in the form of evaporation. The result of all this is a ro­tating heat engine that begins to feed on itself, moving across the surface of the ocean, seeking and expending more and more energy, which, ex­pressed in human scienti.c terms, means that a tropical cyclone can release heat energy at the rate of .fty to two hundred trillion joules per day. For comparison, this rate of energy release is equivalent to exploding a ten-megaton nuclear bomb every twenty minutes, or two hundred times the worldwide electrical-generating capacity per day. This is no Perfect Storm, no majestic sweep of enormous rolling waves and perfectly digitized little ships upon a perfectly digitized ocean; this is hell on earth, where shattered water hammers against itself, battering to pieces every­thing that happens to cross its erratic and ever changing course, its ‘‘eye’’ or center as wide as two hundred miles across with an ‘‘eyewall’’ where winds can move up to two hundred miles an hour. Within the eye a lenslike uplift in the ocean itself can be created, sometimes rising in a huge dome up to forty feet high, the waters be­neath it spiraling faster and faster, the giant un­seen vortex as deep as three hundred feet, sometimes scouring the seabed itself. It is this ‘‘lens’’ or ‘‘storm surge’’ as it is called that holds the potential for the typhoon’s greatest cruelty. Moving toward land the storm surge follows the upward slope of the seabed, growing higher and higher and traveling at over a hundred miles an hour, scouring the land and destroying, inun­dating and drowning everything within its wrath­ful path with catastrophic effect that can utterly destroy entire coastal plains and sometimes whole countries. Thousands and sometimes tens of thou­sands can die within a single day. Briney Hanson knew they were in trouble less than two hours after turning the corner at the top of Borneo’s Sabah Peninsula and heading through the Malawali Strait. The barometer continued to drop and the steady chop of the sea heading up the coast had become a long oily swell moving under them like the undulations of some enor­mous, sluggishly moving sea monster. There was no wind, a deadly oppressive heat, and a heavy, dark line on the horizon that seemed to snatch what few clouds there were and breathe them into its maw. ‘‘Trouble?’’ Billy Pilgrim asked, standing beside Hanson on the bridge with Eli at the wheel. Even within the bridge the sound of the rising wind was a sharp, electrical whistling as the rushing air thrummed over the ship’s wire rigging. ‘‘Yes,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘North-northeast,’’ he called out to Santoro. The young man nodded and turned the wheel. A few seconds later the helm answered and the Batavia Queen turned heavily across the swell and moved away from the distant coast, putting them farther out to sea. The seas broke harder against her bows and she began to heave and plunge in long steady rolls. ‘‘Isn’t this dangerous, putting farther out to sea like this?’’ ‘‘Yes,’’ said Hanson again. ‘‘But if we’re running into heavy weather, I’d rather have some distance between me and the reefs. The way we’re standing doesn’t give us much room to maneuver.’’ Han­son’s original intention had been to slip down the coast ahead of the typhoon and put into some safe anchorage to ride it out, maybe even making it to Kampong Sugut and the wide mouth of the river there, but that was impossible now. Both the radar and his own eyes were showing him the typhoon almost dead ahead and moving too quickly to avoid. The best thing to do was meet it head-on as far out to sea as he could get. A typhoon over the ocean was bad, but a typhoon sweeping toward the land was a monster. Down below in the galley, Finn was helping Toshi shut down the stoves and make cold sand­wiches for the upcoming festivities while the rest of the crew hurried around lashing down any­thing loose on deck or below. To them it was a familiar story. They’d weathered plenty of storms with the Queen before. As the day wore on, the swells grew broader and deeper, the crests tipped with long trails of dead-white spume that spun off the tops of the waves like froth from the jaws of some terrible rabid creature—not far from the truth in this case. Over time the water had turned from deep green to pewter and .nally to black, unfathomable with nothing of life to be seen. Porpoises and .y­ing .sh sought their pleasures elsewhere and the seabirds had .ed from the storm long before it even made its presence known. By late afternoon they were giving a wide berth to the roaring surf around the reefs of Pulau Ti­gaba and the sky overhead was dark as breaking dusk. Finn managed to make her way up the swaying companionway to the wheelhouse with mugs and a big thermos of steaming coffee, get­ting thoroughly soaked along the way even though she was tightly bundled into an old oilskin Toshi gave her. ‘‘That’s the last of anything hot for a while. Toshi says it’s too dangerous to even keep the pilot lights going on the stove.’’ ‘‘He’s right.’’ Hanson nodded, taking a mug from her and sipping. ‘‘In weather like this the last thing you need is a .re to add to your problems.’’ ‘‘At least it’s not raining,’’ said Billy. He stared out at the heaving sea and the darkening sky. ‘‘Give it time,’’ said Eli, struggling with the wheel. Hanson stepped to one side and looked down at the radar plot. ‘‘That doesn’t look healthy at all,’’ he said qui­etly, bending over the scope. ‘‘What are those little lines coming out of the center of the white thing?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘The rain your friend was asking about,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘Lots of it.’’ ‘‘And the hole in the center?’’ ‘‘The eye,’’ Hanson explained. ‘‘Very small, very tight, and very dangerous.’’ ‘‘I thought the eye of a hurricane was supposed to be an area of calm,’’ said Billy, hanging on to the compass platform as the Queen began its long, slow climb up the face of the next oncoming wave. ‘‘It is, relatively,’’ explained Hanson. ‘‘But the ‘eyewall,’ the perimeter of the eye, has the fastest and most destructive winds of all. Going through the eyewall can tear a ship this size apart. Best to avoid it altogether.’’ ‘‘How do we do that?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘That thing looks pretty big.’’ ‘‘About two hundred kilometers from side to side. A hundred twenty-.ve miles. Still a baby.’’ ‘‘Can’t we go around it?’’ ‘‘Maybe,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘But it’s like that old story about the lady and the tiger. Which way, port or starboard?’’ ‘‘Does it make a difference?’’ ‘‘We’re below the equator, so the winds are ro­tating clockwise. In this case, that means east to west, relative to our position.’’ ‘‘Okay, I’m with you.’’ All of a sudden, she wasn’t. The Queen reached the top of the crest and made a grotesque twisting motion, throwing Finn halfway across the wheelhouse and into Billy, who managed to grab her before she tumbled to the deck. He helped her upright as the Queen slid wretchedly across the crest and roared down into the trough like a freight train. Finn’s stomach dropped as though she were on a high-speed ele­vator and suddenly the sky was gone, the wind­screen .lled from horizon to horizon with the brick-wall mass of the next wave. ‘‘You all right?’’ Hanson asked. ‘‘Fine,’’ said Finn, glad she hadn’t eaten much for lunch. ‘‘Where were we?’’ ‘‘Port or starboard, left or right,’’ said the cap­tain, keeping a careful eye on Eli, who was strug­gling with the wheel as he tried to keep the old freighter sailing directly into the wind. ‘‘Think of a football player putting his shoulder forward to block an opponent. That’s the starboard side, the right. The other shoulder, the trailing edge, has lower wind speeds and less rain. That’s to the left, the portside.’’ Finn shrugged. ‘‘Sounds like a no-brainer.’’ They reached the top of another wave and this time she grabbed the chart table for support as they went hurtling down into the trough again. She swallowed hard and regained her footing. ‘‘We should steer to port.’’ ‘‘Except that wind changes direction all the time,’’ put in Billy, lurching against the bulkhead behind him. The Queen groaned and heaved, crashing through the crest of the next wave, a huge fountain of spray bursting over her bow. ‘‘He’s right,’’ said Hanson grimly. ‘‘Typhoons don’t follow a regular path. They have a life of their own.’’ ‘‘In other words it’s a crap shoot,’’ said Eli San­toro, gripping the wheel. ‘‘Not quite,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘That’s why we’re trying for sea room—give us a lot of open water to maneuver, just in case. We’ll keep an eye on the storm for another couple of hours, then decide.’’ The Batavia Queen battered its way into the night, the world contracting to an endless series of twisting, lurching roller-coaster rides up the boiling, spume-topped face of one wave and down the smooth, ugly back of the next. The speed of the wind increased, the rigging snapping and whirring with a never-ending shriek that made any conversation almost impossible. Even with everything battened down and the hatches and companionways sealed, water seemed to get into everything. Finn’s cabin in the stern section of the lower deck was awash, the toilet backed up from the heaving accumulation of water in the bilges. Every seam, weld, pipe, and ventilator dripped steadily. As the barometer dropped, so did the tempera­ture, and even wrapped in one of Run-Run McSeveney’s ancient, moth-eaten Shetland sweat­ers and her oilskins Finn was shivering with cold. Worst of all was the repeated hammering shudder as the hull smashed down off each crest, a tooth-rattling, bludgeoning jar as though a giant .st were trying to pound the old ship apart and send them all to the bottom of the sea. Finn spent most of her time in the wardroom, simply sitting gloomily, living each plunge and climb like a frightened airplane passenger experi­encing every ghastly buck and thump of turbu­lence. She willed the ancient hull plates to stay together, almost seeing the groaning, creaking un­derbelly of the ship as it rose barnacle-encrusted out of the water before crashing down again. Toshi tried to tempt her with a soggy sandwich from the galley, but the egg salad she’d chopped, whipped, and assembled in daylight set her stom­ach churning and heaving in the darkness. She was hungry, waterlogged, and more than a little frightened, and all she really wanted was for it to end, one way or the other. Long after midnight she made her way up the twisting, lurching com­panionways to the bridge again, looking for com­pany in her misery. Hanson had relieved Eli Santoro at the wheel, and the only other person on the bridge was Billy. If anything the rain-streaked view out the wind­screen was worse than the last time. The winds were blowing with so much force that the lashing downpour was smeared into a single shimmering sheet across the glass and the top-mounted heavy­duty wipers had no effect at all. The thunder of the waves crashing into the Queen’s bow and .anks was like the sounding of some gigantic bell. ‘‘We can’t steer this way for much longer!’’ Hanson screamed, turning slightly as Finn came onto the bridge. ‘‘The waves are too big and too close together! We’ll founder or break our back unless we turn!’’ ‘‘You’re going to put her beam on?’’ Billy said, horri.ed, his jaw dropping. ‘‘No choice!’’ Hanson responded. ‘‘We can’t keep on driving into it! Grab something!’’ He spun the wheel around to the left as hard as he could. ‘‘What does beam on mean?’’ Finn yelled, star­tled at the suddenness of his movement. Billy opened his mouth but before he could an­swer Finn was thrown halfway across the small bridge house and fell into a heap as the ship made a long slaloming turn down the side of an enor­mous wave that seemed to entirely .ll the night sky. The great wave directly in front of them loomed like a curled .st, acres of blinding spray .ying off the dark knuckles of furious water. The Batavia Queen threw herself up the side of the new wave like a surfer trying to make it to deeper water. She began to turn along the crest, then fell back on herself as she pivoted across it. Before Finn could even begin to get to her feet the crest broke across the Queen’s deck, slamming the bridge doors open and .lling the chamber with a rush of icy water. It was .ushed away almost instantly, leaving Finn coughing and choking on the deck, spitting out harsh-tasting salt water. Somehow Hanson had managed to hang on to the wheel and he took the Queen fully around, stern to the driving force of the wind, as they began to run away with the roaring storm, hard on her heels, but almost bearable now. The ship was .otsam on the surface of the boiling sea now, no longer .ghting the direction of the raging typhoon. ‘‘Beam on means to turn sideways. It’s a little tricky sometimes!’’ Hanson called out, still strug­gling with the wheel as he .nally answered her question. Laughing wearily and still gasping for air, Finn dragged herself upright with Billy’s help. ‘‘Now you tell me!’’ They drove forward, letting the howling winds push them on, no longer .ghting the incredible grinding power of the massive cyclone. The storm moved forward at a steadily increasing speed, gaining on the battered old ship and inevitably overtaking and swallowing it, the eyewall and the eye rushing up behind them like a surging hun­gry throat. The Batavia Queen slid on through the darkness that was engul.ng her in a whirling inferno of sound. The great swell of the waves carried her up, then sucked her down, rolling over her bows and crushing against her sides. Finn huddled on the bridge, watching as the sky began to lighten, soaking wet, her mind numb, wondering how on earth she’d managed in such a brief period of time to go from the boring, relatively civilized environ­ment of a London auction house to the fury of a Paci.c typhoon. She thought about Columbus and home and growing up and wondered if danger hadn’t haunted her every step ever since she’d left Ohio. Most of all she wondered if she was going to die out here, swallowed up by an unforgiving and cruel sea. There was a terrible sound like a shotgun going off and Finn screamed, the sound swallowed up by the roar of the wind. A following wave smashed against the side of the ship, carrying away the splintered remains of the old launch on its davits just behind the bridge the way a .st crushes a matchbox. By six, with dawn coming up fast, they were almost against the eyewall and there was no longer any sense to the sea. Waves crashed against each other, breaking and roaring and sending fountains of whirling spray into the sheeted cur­tains of rain that surrounded them. The wind­screen of the bridge gave them no visibility at all; they were sailing blindly through the terrible storm. The dawn .nally broke, wild and furious, sky and sea meeting in a single rolling, terrible line. Waves rolled down on the Queen, and a strange, wet mist came in rags and sheets, spray and sky mixing into a wind-driven fog that roared around them at a hundred miles an hour. The radio an­tenna and the cables on the winches and wind­lasses had parted long ago like the snapped strings of a guitar. Once, staring out across the undulating sea, Finn was almost sure that she saw another ship with them, riding through the mad­ness of the wild ocean, but before she could say anything to Hanson or to Billy, it had disappeared into the tearing fog. Then, suddenly, the rain stopped and the silence was almost worse than the storm. They were being tossed across the waves of a frothing horror, but directly overhead were blue sky and sun. ‘‘The eye!’’ Finn stared. All around them now was the black towering mass of the eyewall. All of a sudden the doorway behind them crashed open and Eli Santoro staggered onto the bridge, his dark hair plastered across his forehead. ‘‘What?’’ Hanson bellowed, struggling with the wheel. ‘‘I’ve been down below in the nav room! Bot­tom’s coming up fast!’’ ‘‘How fast?’’ ‘‘We’re at eighty fathoms.’’ REMBRANDT’S GHOST 227 ‘‘Continuous soundings,’’ Hanson ordered. ‘‘Let me know if it gets much shallower.’’ ‘‘Aye, aye!’’ Santoro turned and left the bridge. ‘‘What was all that about?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘We’re supposed to be in the middle of the Sulu Sea. Limitless bottom. Eighty fathoms is crazy! A shoal or an island in the middle of nowhere.’’ ‘‘There’s nothing on the charts?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Charts!’’ Hanson bellowed. ‘‘What charts? I don’t have the faintest idea where we are!’’ ‘‘GPS?’’ Billy called out. ‘‘Try getting a satellite .x in weather like this! Not a chance!’’ Hanson responded, clinging to the wheel. ‘‘I’ve got to get into something dry!’’ Finn called out. She knew she was just getting in the way by staying on the bridge. Maybe she could make her­self useful, see about something to eat for every­one. She dragged herself to the doorway of the bridge, ducked her head into her already dripping oilskin, and pushed out into the storm. Hanging on for dear life, she struggled down to the main deck, waited for the Queen to roll down the slope of yet another wave, and then, at just the moment, when she began to rise again, she stumbled down the deck and threw herself inside the main corri­dor. She eventually made her way back to her tiny cabin. She stripped off her soaking clothes and changed yet again, cramming herself into her last pair of jeans and one of the pipe-tobacco-smelling heavy roll-neck sweaters Run-Run had let her bor­row. Dry socks .nished off the ensemble and after struggling back into her rubber boots she stum­bled back along the corridor and into the galley. Toshi, the cook, and Bazooki, the huge Samoan steward, were .lling thermos jugs with hot soup made from dry mix and water heated with an electric kettle. Both the tiny Japanese cook and his hulking companion seemed completely at ease in the wildly tossing little galley cabin as pots and pans hanging from their spring hooks in the ceil­ing smashed and clanged together and six inches of water streamed back and forth across the deck at their feet. Toshi handed Finn one of the jugs and four tin mugs on a bungee cord that he looped around her neck. He pulled an industrial-sized Hershey’s Special Dark bar down from a shelf and stuffed it into the zip pocket of her slicker with a wink and grinned. She tried to smile back, pecked both men on the cheek, then stepped out into the storm again. Squinting against the raging spray blowing up all around her, Finn made it back along the deck to the bridge companionway and started up, man­handling the jug as best she could, the tin mugs clattering around her neck in the tearing wind. As she reached the bridge itself, she heard an un­imaginable sound of tearing metal like the terrible grinding of an enormous dragon’s teeth. The dragon lashed its tail and an earthquake seemed to shake the ship, then grab it and shake a sec­ond time. The horrible grinding sound came again, boom­ing throughout the entire hull as the Queen lurched, groaned terribly again, then heaved up and rolled onto her side. The soup thermos .ew out of Finn’s hands, her booted feet slipped on the slick metal of the bridge decking, and the massive pummeling grip of the huge wave that broke over the suddenly grounded ship tossed her back and out into the air. Flailing she had a brief glimpse of the heeling rusty hull of the Queen and then she was in the sea, the weight of her heavy boots and the crashing surf pulling her inexorably downward into the cruel and unforgiving belly of the ocean. 19 F inn woke the following morning from a dreamless sleep as deep as death. The ty­phoon had passed, leaving the skies a brilliant blue, with high, pure white clouds like strips of ragged cloth and the early sun like a bright gold coin. She crawled a little farther up the wide white beach, realizing that her heavy Wellington rubber boots were gone, probably in the rogue wave that had swept her off the Batavia Queen. She turned her head and felt a burning pain in her neck. She probed the spot with her .ngers and felt a long splinter of wood embedded deep in the tissue just below her jaw. She pulled it with one swift movement and almost fainted with the pain as the jagged sliver came out, followed by a brief spill of blood. She felt the coppery taste of it in her mouth and realized the splinter had penetrated her throat, although the wound didn’t seem terri­bly serious. But what was serious on an island like this? A simple cut or fever could kill you here. No drugstores just beyond the next coconut tree. She blinked hard and tried to clear her head. She couldn’t remember getting the splinter wound. Didn’t remember anything at all after the sudden, thunderous impact of the wave. Finn coughed once, spit blood, and climbed slowly to her feet. She began to survey her sur­roundings. The storm had passed, but heavy waves still pounded, foaming onto the sand. Torn clouds raced by in the brilliant blue sky and a strong wind still shook the line of palm trees on the foreshore. Finn turned and looked out toward the sea. The surf was rolling in angrily in hard-packed heavy waves, dark and still heavy with the passing power of the storm. There was no sign of the Queen, no huge wreck hanging on the teeth of whatever hidden shoal she’d hit so forcefully. The hurricane was gone and so was the Batavia Queen, but the evidence of her was scattered ev­erywhere along the beach in both directions— crates from the hold, some stove in and others intact, pieces of wood from the shattered ship’s boats, the shredded remains of a rubber boat, sup­plies from the galley. Finn didn’t know whether to be pleased or frightened. She thought of somehow being the only survivor, like some female Tom Hanks in a twenty-.rst-century version of Cast Away. She shrugged the thought off and turned again, stag­gering a little on the sand. She had more impor­tant things to think about, like .nding out if there was anyone else with her here. She stripped off the sodden sweater Run-Run McSeveney had given her and tossed it on the sand. Then, instinct­ively, she bent and picked it up again, knotting it around her waist. There might well be cold nights ahead. She moved farther along the beach, her back to a high, rising, jungle-covered headland and the distant blur of what might be a river .owing into the sea a mile or so in front of her. A hundred yards farther, she came to a body. It was Kuan Kong, the Korean who had assisted McSeveney in the engine room. Finn had barely exchanged ten words with him, but seeing him on the beach was a horrible shock. He lay stretched out on the sand, his short gray hair tangled with seaweed that lay around his face in long wet strings. The skin of his hands and feet was a sickly pale purple and already his limbs and belly were beginning to swell in the morning sun. He lay on his side, with his head twisted at an odd angle, both eyes already pecked away by birds. Finn felt like vomiting. She silently told herself to calm down, then dropped onto her knees beside the body. She forced herself to go through the pockets of his loose trousers and his shirt, but there was nothing she could use. She thought about burying him and then saw how ridiculous that was, especially when she realized that when the tide came in he’d almost certainly be swept away to sea. She had to think of herself now, and her own uncertain fu­ture. There was one other thing. Gritting her teeth she crouched down at the dead man’s feet and slipped off his soaking Nikes. They were huge on her, but walking barefoot in a place like this was asking for trouble. She continued down the beach. A hundred yards farther on, she came upon more things swept off the Queen. The .rst was a foam pillow and pillowcase. The second was an orange gar­bage bag Toshi the cook had used to store recycla­bles. She used the pillowcase and a strip of plastic from the garbage bag to make herself a makeshift head covering to ward off the effects of the hot sun that was now almost directly overhead. She stuffed one of the empty Coke cans in the zip pocket of her jacket. She tore the rest of the pillow­case into rags and stuffed them into the shoes. She laced them tightly and took a few experimental steps. Not good, but not bad, either. They’d have to do for the time being. She started back along the beach. Next on the list were water and some kind of shelter, even if it was only short-term. It was hot enough now, but who knew what the night would bring? Another half hour brought Finn to the indenta­tion in the landscape she’d seen from far down the beach. It was a mangrove swamp that went inland for quite a distance. On the far side of the swamp, she could see more sand beach stretching off to the north. To the east, out to sea, she could see the breakers that marked the hidden reef the Queen had struck. Finn looked across the man­grove swamp and considered trying to wade across it. She hesitated; she’d read enough to know that swamps like that could contain any number of dan­gerous things, from tiny poisonous snakes and blood­sucking leeches to huge crocodiles. The swamp could wait until another time. Instead she headed inland along the narrow strip of beach that stood between her and the gnarled forest of trees, their muscular roots standing out of the brackish water almost as though they were walking toward the sea. Another twenty minutes brought her to the apex of the cove and there she found the outlet of a narrow river, really no more than a broad creek, less than .fty feet across at its mouth. She made her way a few yards upstream, dropped down onto the low bank, and lay facedown, drinking deeply from cupped hands. The water was clear and cold, tasting just faintly of some mineral. After drinking her .ll, Finn spent a few more moments dashing more water over her face and tenderly bathing the small puncture wound in her neck. That done, she stood up and began heading deeper into the interior of the island. The land rose steadily, the creek water .ashing and bur­bling over stones and boulders. She could see .sh pointed upstream like gold and green arrows, tails beating back and forth to keep their station against the current, mouths wide to catch whatever came their way. They looked like some kind of pale cat.sh, tendrils around their bony mouths waving softly in the stream; not hard to catch if you knew how. Finn paused and watched them, frowning. She wondered how she was supposed to catch them without a hook, then put the thought aside for the moment. Tom Hanks and Robinson Crusoe again, with a bit of an NYU summer internship at a neo­lithic dig in Alaska thrown in. If she could .nd the right geology here, she could easily chip herself a stone knife—a skill she’d never really thought would ever have any practical application. Like her mother once telling her you never could tell when algebra might come in handy. That at least was still in the future. Continuing up the stream she looked around for some likely place that might offer shelter nearby. The foliage was thick and close to the bank, sometimes leaning over it. Strange-looking trees bent close to the water. Huge ferns spread over the ground with banks of broad-leafed shrubs. Long dangling vines and some heavy mosslike substance drooped from the upper limbs of trees that arched overhead like canopied umbrellas. She continued upstream, and a few minutes later, she found what she was looking for. The bank of the waterway fell back, leaving a small crescent of sand. Above it, capped by a mass of foliage, was a large, pockmarked outcropping of pale limestone. Her view partly screened by sev­eral trees, Finn saw what she .rst thought was a sun-dappled shadow on the limestone but which she then quickly realized was the entrance to a cave. Finn hesitated for a moment, remembering just about everything she’d ever heard about vampire bats and things that lived in caves, then stepped forward and ducked inside the opening. She’d just lived through a typhoon and a near drowning. What was there to be afraid of inside a cave? She stopped again and remembered the scorpions that had run over her booted foot the last time she had been in a cave. A scorpion sting would probably kill her. But so could a lot of things. She went deeper into the cave. It was dry and well aired with a river gravel .oor and no sign of scorpions or bats or anything else. There was a skin of old lichens on the walls of the entrance. The opening was as wide as her arms held apart and a little higher than her height. Beyond the entrance it opened up into a broader room, the ceiling ten feet above her head and made of limestone rather than roofed with dirt and roots from the jungle overhead. At the far end of the cave was another opening leading to a second chamber. It was too dark to see anything except shadows. Finn turned her cheek to the opening and felt cool air against her skin, so she knew there had to be another exit. The opening was more than wide enough for her to slip through, but to explore farther she’d need to light her way. She smiled brie.y at the thought; like the stone tools, she had that covered, and a lot better than Tom Hanks in Cast Away. She went back outside and spent the better part of an hour gathering together a supply of rela­tively dry branches from the undergrowth above the creek. She found a small piece of .at rock and used it as a scraper to gather some of the dead lichen from the head of the cave and brought it all together at the entrance. She stripped off her all-weather jacket, took out the chocolate bar Toshi had given her and the empty Coke can, and got down to work. With an archaeologist for a father and an an­thropologist for a mother, Finn knew, at least in theory, of at least a half dozen ways to make .re, from the ‘‘.re plow’’ method used by Tom Hanks in the movie, to the slightly more sophisticated North American Indian bow method, and even the wonderfully simple .re piston she’d discov­ered in an old wood lore text in her father’s library called Cache Lake Country, a treasure trove of infor­mation about everything from snaring rabbits to pemmican recipes. One thing she’d learned about all these .re-making methods was that none of them was guar­anteed. The fact that Tom Hanks got a little bit of tinder going overlooked the fact that any wood he gathered to make his .re machine needed to be bone dry and of two distinct types: a hardwood for the pusher and a softwood for the base. The bow method also required absolute dryness, ex­treme patience, something to make the bowstring out of, and once again, two kinds of wood. She was never able to get the .re piston right even though the neat little drawing in Cache Lake Coun­try was perfectly clear. Without a match or a lighter or a handy-dandy magnifying glass the only way that Finn knew to make .re was the tried-and-true Coke-can-and­chocolate method she’d learned from her friend Tucker Noe in the Bahamas a year or so ago. It was the kind of thing bar bets were made of, but lo and behold the old man’s idiotic method actu­ally worked, and without too much effort at all. Tucker had used the bottom of a can of Kalik beer and a block of baker’s chocolate, but Coke and a Hershey’s bar would work just .ne. Using a smear of chocolate and a piece torn off the bot­tom of her makeshift pillowcase headpiece, Finn began to polish the slightly concave aluminum un­derside of the can. After .ve minutes of a steady circular motion, the .ne marks on the base of the tin were beginning to smooth out, and after twenty minutes, the base was as bright and re.ec­tive as a mirror. Finn found a short length of twig, split the end with her thumbnail, and inserted a dusty little wad of the old lichen in the fork. It took a minute or two to .nd the right angle to hold the can to catch the sun and get the distance right between the improvised ‘‘matchstick’’ and the can, but eventually the tinder smoked, .ared, and .red. Finn pushed the .aming tinder into a larger clump of the lichen she’d arranged under a little lean-to of twigs and a few moments later she had a comfortable .re blazing in front of the cave mouth. Pleased that she’d accomplished this basic sur­vival feat, she spent the rest of the morning ex­ploring the general vicinity around the cave. After a noontime siesta in the cool con.nes of her new home she spent the afternoon putting together a simple tool chest of a few pieces of stone splin­tered or ‘‘knapped’’ into cutting knives and axes. She then used these minimal tools to fashion a .sh spear out of a long piece of bamboo, the split end sharpened, then hardened in the .re. As the sun began to set and darkness fell over the island, Finn used the spear as a spit for the foot-long cat.shlike creature she’d caught in the stream only a few feet from her new front door. The .sh was delicious. She .nished off with a dessert of half-melted Hershey’s bar and gave a small sigh of contentment. Fire, food, abundant fresh water, and shelter. The basics had been taken care of. Tomorrow she’d see if anyone else had been castaway on the island with her, or if she was alone. She piled some more branches on the .re, curled up close to its comforting warmth, and .nally let sleep take her, trying hard not to think of her missing friends. It was still dark when she was wrenched out of sleep by a crashing in the jungle. She barely had time to pick up the .sh spear before a rushing pair of immense shadows leapt toward the .ames of her hard-won .re and began scooping handfuls of the .ne river sand on top of the lowering coals. She pulled herself upright and jumped forward with the spear, but one of the shadows whirled, wrenching the spear from her hands. She started to yell but a broad hand fell across her mouth and gripped hard. Somewhere close by was the foul smell of stinking, rotting meat. There was a .erce whisper in her ear. ‘‘Not a sound or they’ll hear you! We have to get you out of here, fast!’’ It was Billy Pilgrim. 20 T hey slipped into the jungle, Billy leading Finn by the hand, the other .gure moving on ahead. Whoever it was had some kind of furry cape around his shoulders and an odd-looking hat. Kong’s sneakers slid around on her feet and she stumbled as they raced along the dark, narrow pathway through the sleeping forest. Some kind of bird screeched loudly and a monkey chattered. The terrible smell seemed to be following them. ‘‘Who’s your new friend?’’ Finn whispered, struggling along behind Billy. ‘‘And why does he smell like a dead goat?’’ ‘‘Because I am wearing the skin of just such an animal,’’ said the man without pausing. ‘‘I also have acute hearing.’’ The accent was educated Australian, perhaps even from New Zealand. ‘‘My name is Benjamin Winchester. Professor Benjamin Winchester. I was a conservation biologist at the University of Auckland until three years ago.’’ ‘‘What happened three years ago?’’ Finn panted. ‘‘A tsunami and a typhoon like the one you just experienced. One caused the other. It is rare but it happens.’’ He paused, snif.ng the air, and then moved forward again. ‘‘I was on a French research vessel, the Tumamotu. FREMER.’’ ‘‘Fremer? What’s that?’’ ‘‘French Research Institute for the Exploitation of the Seas. I was on a grant from the University of Toulon. Pteropods. I’m an expert on the subject.’’ ‘‘Pteropods?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘It’s a kind of plankton, a .agellate pseudosnail that has little tiny wings. It swims with like a sea-horse, except microscopic. You kill them to .nd out about the CO2 levels in the water they live in. They’re a barometer to the chemistry of entire oceans. Interesting little things. Been slaughtering them for years.’’ ‘‘So how’s the chemistry of the ocean?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Like the air over Manchester or Los Angeles,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘Not healthy.’’ Wherever they were going, it was in a steep upward direction. It was getting more and more dif.cult for Finn to keep her footing. The trail was muddy and seemed to be getting narrower and narrower. After a few minutes Finn was com­pletely soaked by the water dripping from the fo­liage of the undergrowth on either side of the muddy track. Finally the path leveled out and Finn was vaguely aware that they were on some kind of ridge; she could see a lighter section of night sky against the deeper darkness of the jun­gle that lay in the bowl of a narrow valley on their right. ‘‘Where are we going?’’ Finn asked as they sud­denly veered downward on the three-foot-wide trail. ‘‘Away,’’ said the professor. ‘‘If we saw your .re, they might have as well.’’ ‘‘They?’’ ‘‘Zangs Shuai-chiao,’’ muttered Winchester. ‘‘Or maybe the Taisho’s Itto-Suihei.’’ ‘‘Chinese?’’ Finn said, confused. ‘‘Japanese?’’ ‘‘Both,’’ answered the man in the goatskins. ‘‘In this place it really doesn’t matter. They’ll both hack off your head and stick it on a pole if you give them the slightest opportunity.’’ ‘‘I don’t understand,’’ said Finn, her brain whirling. ‘‘You will,’’ answered Winchester. ‘‘Believe you me, young lady, you will.’’ They were now walking carefully along a ledge no more than a yard or two wide with a long steep slide down a nearly vertical precipice if they slipped. On the far side of the valley, Finn thought she could see water glistening in the faint light of the stars. There was no moon. Suddenly Winches­ter stopped, turned, and vanished into thin air. Finn and Billy were alone on the narrow ledge. ‘‘Where did he go?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Here,’’ said Winchester’s voice, echoing. ‘‘Where?’’ Finn asked, frustrated, peering into the darkness. All she could see was jungle foliage and the steep wall beside her. Billy was right be­hind her. ‘‘Turn to your left and take a step forward,’’ the voice instructed. Finn did as she was told. The foliage parted and she suddenly found herself standing in the narrow cleft of a high-ceilinged cave. Unlike the ledge outside, the .oor of the cave was perfectly dry, made out of some kind of lime­stone. There was a small .are of light and suddenly Winchester was visible, a grinning apparition in the light from a .ickering lamp made out of a deep bowllike shell and a cotton wick. From the smell Finn knew he was using .sh oil for fuel. ‘‘This way,’’ he said, grinning. He turned and headed deeper into the cave. Finn followed the wavering light as it re.ected off the smooth stone walls for another hundred feet or so. Suddenly the passage ended and she found herself in an im­mense cavern at least the length of a football .eld and half as wide. The roof spiraled up at least .fty feet above her head, long spikes of stalactites .owing down like hundreds of organ pipes in some incredible underground cathedral. There was just enough light from the .ickering oil lamp to make out something that looked like a dark, narrow ribbon of oil at the far end of the cavern. ‘‘A river?’’ Winchester laughed, a strange, dry, rasping sound like a rusty hinge that reverberated and echoed through the giant chamber. ‘‘A stream. Pure, cold water. My own river Styx. It .ows out of here and down into the valley.’’ He led Finn and Billy across the cave and up to a small stone plateau that rose against the far wall, close to the quietly .owing stream. Here Winchester had made himself a neat little home, although even in the huge cave the smell of rotten meat, rotten .sh, and rank body odor was almost suffocating. There was a hearth made from a large .at rock and a circle of smaller stones, and something that might have been an oven made out of gray, natural clay and an assort­ment of tools and weapons. Some were homemade, like the blowpipes and the bamboo spears tipped with sharpened stones that lay in a pile on the far side of the hearth, and some that looked like they’d come from a mu­seum, including an ornate sword with a carved bone handle and a large, roughly made iron ax that had obviously been hand-forged and ham­mered, but still looked dangerously sharp. There were also several entirely modern rock hammers, a few rusty screwdrivers, a pipe wrench, and hanging from a makeshift bamboo spit were at least .fty hot-water bottles in a vari­ety of colors. Ranged on a shel.ike ledge were a number of amateurishly constructed wicker stor­age baskets, a wooden crate with the sticker from a pineapple plantation on the side, and an economy-sized red plastic jug of Tide laundry de­tergent. There appeared to be a pair of brass-cased old-fashioned binoculars hanging by a leather strap from a spiky rock outcropping. Hanging above this assortment of domestic treasures was a large naval pennant, orange on white of an ideal­ized sun with odd-looking rays. ‘‘It’s a Japanese Naval Command .ag from World War Two,’’ said Winchester, noticing the direction of Finn’s gaze. He set the lamp down on the ledge, picked up a small tin box, and carried it to the hearth. There was a .re already laid. He opened the box and took out a small sliver of dark rock and what looked like a broken piece from a carpenter’s plane. He struck the .int and steel together expertly and sparks .ew, igniting the wad of tinder in the center of the pile of kin­dling. Within seconds the tinder had caught and a moment later a small .re was going. Finn found a .at area beside the .re and sat down. Billy joined her. Finn got her .rst good look at Win­chester in the .ush of light from the .re as he busied himself with a tin can kettle and something that could have passed for tea leaves. The marooned university professor looked like something from a nightmare. He appeared to be in his .fties or early sixties, and was on the short side, but stocky and obviously in good health. The hat on his head was made out of a roughly cured triangular piece of skin from a wild pig, bristles out, but grotesque or not it seemed to be water­proof with a large hanging .ap at the back like a Foreign Legion kepi to keep water from running down his neck. Beneath the cap, which Winchester tossed un­ceremoniously aside as he wedged the tin can ket­tle in the .re, the man’s hair was a long, tangled, gray-blond mess, which he’d obviously tried to trim unsuccessfully. His skin, wherever it was ex­posed, was darkly tanned, burned almost black, his lips dry and cracked. Bright blue eyes, half mad, peered startlingly above a thatch of beard that covered the lower half of his face completely. The clothes were a combination of goatskin, pieces of old nylon sail, and something that might have once been part of a rubberized tarpaulin or army surplus ground cloth—all of it held together by strips of leather, twigs twisted through roughly gouged holes, sev­eral lengths of copper wire and a heavy belt cinch­ing the whole thing together in a horrible looking kilt and tunic combination. The belt was the only thing that seemed solid in the entire, extraordinary patchwork ensemble. The belt buckle was brass, circular, lovingly pol­ished, and had the same insignia as the naval pen­nant: a slightly eccentric version of the Japanese rising sun. What had she stumbled into? Winchester squatted down in front of the .re and stared into the .ames, a lost, yearning look in his eyes. Regardless of the state of his clothing, the professor seemed remarkably .t for a man tossed up on a desert island with nothing but a few odd tools, some bamboo spears, and amateur­ishly constructed blowguns to provide for his live­lihood. It was an impressive feat and Finn told him so. ‘‘I’d advise you to strip off your jeans,’’ he re­plied mildly. ‘‘I beg your pardon?’’ Finn said, startled. ‘‘You’ve just spent half an hour walking through the jungle on an island in the Sulu Sea,’’ he said, with that terrible, slightly maniacal laugh. ‘‘Leeches. Great big ones. You’ve probably been feeding a dozen of the fat buggers without notic­ing it.’’ Finn stared, wondering for an instant if he was joking, then saw that he wasn’t trying to be funny at all. She struggled to her feet, unbuttoning and unzipping as she did so. Beside her Billy was going through the same routine. Winchester smiled, a bemused expression on his face. ‘‘It suddenly occurs to me that I haven’t seen a naked woman in quite some time, especially such a beautiful one. You really are remarkably pretty, my dear.’’ He pointed to her thigh. ‘‘There’s a couple,’’ he said. ‘‘Kingdom Animalia, phylum an­nelida, class clitellata, subclass, hirudineda. That par­ticularly plump group feasting on your blood are brown Hirudo medicinalis, standard three-jawed version. Little teeth like razors. Make Dracula proud, they would. Healthy looking.’’ Finn looked down at her thigh in horror. The leeches were thick, segmented, mucus-covered ob­scenities about four inches long. They pulsed slightly as she watched, drawing her blood pain­lessly. In fact she didn’t feel a thing. ‘‘Oh God,’’ she whispered, bile rising in the back of her throat. There were more on her other thigh, and several others lower down on both the front and back of her legs. Her whole body spasmed and she pushed one hand down into her panties and then recoiled. ‘‘Get them off! Get them off!’’ ‘‘What do we do?’’ Billy yelled. Winchester seemed amused by their panic. ‘‘Most experts agree that it’s best to do nothing at all. Just let them drop off you when they’ve had their .ll. Hot coals or cigarette ends are no good because the creature will regurgitate its own bodily .uids into your system—good way to get all sorts of nasty infections. Salt is hard on the wound. If you really want them off, you can dig your thumbnail into the back of their heads— that’s the part suckered onto you—then sort of slide them sideways and .ick them away.’’ Billy ignored the bloated black horrors clinging to his own skin and started helping Finn franti­cally reach the leeches she couldn’t get at, .ipping them into the .re, where they sizzled and curled into desiccated ashy lumps. As Billy and Finn pulled the bloodsuckers off, Winchester kept up a running commentary on the dangers of the local .orae and faunae. ‘‘There are seventeen hundred known varieties of parasitic worms hereabouts, a hundred seventy-six species of snake, including pythons, cobras, and kraits, not to mention Russell’s viper. Irritable sod, attacks with very little provocation. A strike from one of those and it’s say your prayers, lad­die, because you’ve only got a minute or so left to live, no time for antivenom. Responsible for more human fatalities than any other snake in the world. ‘‘Then there’s the diseases... malaria, dengue-dengue, cholera, typhoid, rabies, hepatitis. Nick yourself shaving and your jaw might drop off a few days later. Then there’s the spiny little .sh that’s attracted to urine and swims up your pri­vates if you give it half a chance. Bathing is not advised, I’m afraid to say.’’ He sighed as Billy plucked the last of the shiny sluglike creatures off Finn and they began to work on himself. ‘‘I do miss cheese, though, toasted mostly. You can live fairly well here, lots of fruits and vegeta­bles, not to mention .sh and meat, but there’s nothing in the way of cheese.’’ The man shook his head sadly. ‘‘What I wouldn’t give for a bit of Barry’s Bay Cheddar or some Airedale! Maybe a little sliver of Hipi Iti on a cracker. A smear of Waimata blue on some crusty bread.’’ He glanced over as Finn pulled her jeans back on. ‘‘You’d be surprised what a man yearns for when he’s cast­away like I was. Surprised indeed.’’ ‘‘Sorry about losing it like that,’’ Finn apolo­gized as she sat down again. ‘‘That kind of thing gives me the creeps.’’ ‘‘You have to get used to ‘the creeps,’ as you call them, if you live here,’’ said Winchester with a laughing snort. ‘‘There’s very little here except the creeps. And no cheese at all.’’ ‘‘You mentioned that,’’ said Billy. ‘‘A distinct lack of cheese by your account.’’ ‘‘Do you have any idea where ‘here’ is?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Somewhere north of Kagayan de Sulu,’’ an­swered Winchester. ‘‘If that means anything to you.’’ He shrugged, then took a stick and pulled the tin can kettle out of the .re and set it aside. He went to his shelf and found several tin mugs that looked as though they might have been mili­tary issue. He wrapped a ragged piece of cloth around the kettle to insulate it, then poured steaming liquid into the three mugs and handed them around. Finn sipped at hers. It was real tea, dark and very aromatic. ‘‘Camellia sinensis,’’ said Winchester, smiling at her surprise. ‘‘The real thing. You’d pay good money for that in a supermarket. Couldn’t be much fresher. Picked it yesterday from a patch of plants I’ve been cultivating up the slope.’’ ‘‘You were saying about our position?’’ Billy prompted. ‘‘Yes. North of Kagayan. I know that much be­cause the ship was north of there when the ty­phoon struck. We must be pretty well off the ordinary shipping lanes as well.’’ ‘‘No one ever comes?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Not even the locals?’’ ‘‘Not in the three years since I washed up here,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘And there are no locals.’’ He poured himself some more tea and took a slurping sip, smacking his lips. ‘‘I’ll take you up Spyglass Hill tomorrow and show you the lay of the land. Most of the coastline is made up of steep cliffs, at least on the leeward side, and the windward side is all reefs and shoals. No anchorage anywhere.’’ ‘‘Spyglass Hill?’’ Finn said. ‘‘Treasure Island,’’ supplied Billy. ‘‘Quite so,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘The place where old Captain Flint had his booty buried.’’ ‘‘And also the name of Long John Silver’s tavern in Bristol,’’ added Billy. ‘‘Quite so!’’ said the professor, raising one very shaggy eyebrow. ‘‘You really are quite the scholar!’’ ‘‘It was my favorite book as a child,’’ said Billy. ‘‘That and The Eagle of the Ninth by Rosemary Sutcliff.’’ ‘‘The Once and Future King,’’ murmured Win­chester. ‘‘T. H. White.’’ ‘‘The Bull from the Sea by Mary Renault,’’ coun­tered Billy. ‘‘C. S. Lewis and the Narnia tales,’’ sighed Win­chester longingly. ‘‘Not quite as good as cheese, but close. I haven’t read a word in print these three long years.’’ ‘‘Now that you’ve had your little literary discus­sion maybe we should get down to business,’’ said Finn. ‘‘So far I’ve had leeches, Japanese swords, Chinese soldiers, and cheese. I’d like to know just what the hell is going on, Professor Winchester. If you know, that is.’’ ‘‘Call me Ben,’’ said the untidy man in his goatskins. He struggled to stand, went to his shelf, and lifted the lid on one of the baskets. He came back to the .re, sat down again, and tossed two glitter­ing objects through the .ames to land at Finn’s and Billy’s feet. One was a small gold bar stamped with the chrysanthemum seal of the Nippon Ginko Bank. The other was a heavy gold coin two inches across with a square hole in the center and a Chinese character stamped in each of the four quadrants of the circle. ‘‘Would you believe me if I added a mysterious giant submarine and a six-hundred-year-old Chi­nese galleon-junk the length of a rugby .eld? The bones of rhinoceroses and lions and giraffes where there couldn’t possibly be? A war that’s gone on for more than half a century after peace was de­clared? A treasure beyond compare hidden within the ancient core of a volcano? An island that eats ships and men and has been doing it for a thou­sand years?’’ ‘‘Frankly,’’ said Billy, ‘‘it sounds quite mad.’’ Winchester let out one of his crowing laughs that echoed into the farthest shadows of the enor­mous hidden cavern. ‘‘You think that sounds in­sane, young man? Listen, and I’ll tell you a story.’’ 21 ‘‘This is what we know for a fact,’’ said Win­ chester, settling comfortably back on his haunches. ‘‘Once upon a time, the late fourteenth century to be precise, a man named Zheng He was born in northern China, probably Yunnan Province. He was a Muslim and his father and his grandfather were members of the governor’s court. When the Ming emperor captured Yunnan, Zheng He was taken prisoner, made a slave, and castrated. ‘‘He was made a servant in the Imperial Court in Peking. In due time he was impressed into the army and made a name for himself, rising through the ranks entirely on merit, sort of like a Chinese Richard Sharpe or Hornblower. Oddly, for a man born into the deserts of Uzbekistan, Zheng He joined the Imperial Navy and eventually became an admiral.’’ ‘‘I read a book about this,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Someone wrote a book about him not too long ago. They say he even discovered America about .fty years before Columbus.’’ Winchester nodded. ‘‘The book was called 1421. It’s based on some controversial maps. Whether or not he discovered America may be conjecture, but Zheng He’s activities in the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean are well documented. He sailed out of Nanking in enormous .eets of junks, from small eight-oared patrol boats a hundred feet long to monstrous, six-hundred-foot-long treasure junks that carried crews of a thousand men and were big enough for caged, live cargoes of every­thing from Egyptian dung beetles to giraffes and elephants from the African veldt.’’ ‘‘You seem to know a great deal about all this,’’ said Finn. ‘‘When you’re on a research ship for several months at a time you watch whatever they have in their video libraries. The Tumamotu had quite a good selection. Mostly in French, mind you, but I muddled through.’’ The man smiled. ‘‘And we do actually have our own television shows in New Zealand, you know. It’s not all Peter Jackson and The Lord of the Rings.’’ ‘‘Sorry,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Quite all right, dear. That’s what one gets for living at the bottom of the world ten thousand miles from the mother country.’’ ‘‘And proper cheddar,’’ laughed Billy. ‘‘Real Stilton,’’ said Winchester, a wistful note in his voice. ‘‘Enough about cheese,’’ said Finn. ‘‘What about these .eets of yours?’’ ‘‘Zheng He’s career was a brief one, only twenty years. In that time he made seven of his voyages. Perhaps, as some theories say, he even circumnav­igated the world. Over those twenty years and seven voyages, he lost a number of ships during typhoons. One of those ships was a full-sized trea­sure junk that eventually wound up here as it made its way back to China. From the evidence and the historical data we have on typhoons, it was probably in the fall of 1425. Zheng He’s ships were magni.cently designed, complete with wa­tertight compartments. The ship probably sur­vived almost intact, along with its cargo and most of its crew. The main trade route was closer to mainland Vietnam, so they were clearly blown far off course by the winds. From my own observa­tions I’d say that close to six or seven hundred people suddenly found themselves castaway. The historical record also shows that Zheng He’s ships traveled with a large number of women on board. ‘‘Over the years and centuries here, the popula­tion seems to have stabilized at a little more than eight hundred. There was breeding stock on the ship that washed up here, cattle, goats, swine, fowl—enough to provide an agricultural base. Most of the animals Zheng He’s people were bringing back to the Ming court died off unless they managed to interbreed with the domestic fau­nae. There is a particularly vicious sort of wild boar that seems to have some relation to the Afri­can warthog and a few small deer, but the lions and elephants and giraffes died out for lack of habitat.’’ ‘‘Jurassic Park in the Sulu Sea,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Something of the sort. More like the Island of Dr. Moreau,’’ replied Winchester. ‘‘It’s been more than .ve hundred years since the ship was wrecked. In that time the locals have very little idea of the outside world. They’ve become like cargo cult aborigines, worshipping the remains of their past but having very little idea of the mean­ing of those relics.’’ ‘‘Cargo cult?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Native people who worship manufactured ob­jects. It was something my mother was interested in. After World War Two, all sorts of native tribes in New Guinea started worshipping straw ef.gies of the airplanes that had dropped supplies by parachute. The idea was if they prayed the air­planes and their wonderful cargo would return. The idea dates back to the eighteenth-and nineteenth-century explorers who .rst interacted with aboriginal people.’’ ‘‘So these survivors eventually began worship­ping the remains of the ship?’’ ‘‘Something like that. The ship itself is long gone, but the treasure and a number of other arti­facts were taken to a large cave next to the Punch-bowl. It’s still there.’’ ‘‘The Punchbowl?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘It’s what makes the whole place tick, so to speak.’’ Winchester smiled. ‘‘You’ll have to explain that,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Better if I show you,’’ answered Winchester. ‘‘Tomorrow, after we get some rest.’’ Finn slept dreamlessly and woke to the un­earthly smell of bacon and eggs. She sat up, blink­ing, and found a bright-eyed Winchester huddled over a frying pan made out of the bottom of a large tin can and a bamboo stick. Billy was already up and about as well, a simple wooden plate in each hand. ‘‘Mozambique guinea fowl eggs,’’ said Winches­ter. ‘‘One of the old admiral’s better castaways. They seemed to have prospered here. The bacon’s cut from one of the warthog variants I mentioned to you. Sunny-side up or overeasy?’’ ‘‘Any way they come.’’ Finn yawned, blinking the sleep out of her eyes. She sat up. ‘‘Too bad there’s no coffee.’’ She took a loaded plate from Billy and a utensil carved from wood that was a combination fork and spoon. ‘‘But we do have coffee,’’ said Winchester, REMBRANDT’S GHOST 261 handing her a steaming mug with his free hand. Surprised, Finn took a swallow. It was delicious. ‘‘It tastes just like Starbucks,’’ she laughed. ‘‘It is Starbucks,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘Sulawesi, from Torajaland. A whole container of it washed up a week or so ago. Some freighter in trouble, no doubt. It happens more often than you’d think. I ground the beans myself, the old-fashioned way—mortar and pestle.’’ ‘‘Starbucks, bacon and eggs, and Chinese trea­sure,’’ said Billy, spooning up his breakfast with the wooden utensil. ‘‘Will wonders never cease?’’ ‘‘Early days yet, my boy. Eat up and we’ll be on our way.’’ By the time they .nished their meal, the sun was well up and the sky was clear. Before they began their expedition, Winchester gave them both strips of dried and roughly cured goatskin to wrap around their lower legs like his own makeshift puttees. ‘‘Keeps the nasties out,’’ he told them. ‘‘And believe you me there’s lots of them about.’’ Thus prepared, they left the cave. The pathways along the ridge were dry and the soil was thin. The trees were mostly massive ma­haranga and mahogany, their trunks huge and straight for a hundred feet, their upper-spreading limbs covered in a rainbow spray of fruit. ‘‘It’s like walking in paradise,’’ breathed Finn, taking in the rich, rain-forest scents. ‘‘That’s all .ne and good,’’ said Winchester dryly, ‘‘until you step on a pit viper. They like this kind of jungle. Bite’s fatal in about ninety seconds.’’ ‘‘What do they look like?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘The ground,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘Almost im­possible to spot.’’ ‘‘Full of good news, aren’t you?’’ Billy said. ‘‘Centipedes, millipedes, black scorpions, even a few dangerous plants. Not a place for the faint­hearted, the jungle.’’ They kept walking for the better part of an hour, mostly upward and mostly following well-marked paths. According to Winchester they were animal trails, but Finn wasn’t quite so sure; here and there she was fairly certain she could see the recent marks of some kind of blade cutting through the undergrowth. ‘‘What about trying to escape?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Ever tried it?’’ ‘‘I thought of it at .rst,’’ said the professor. ‘‘Building a raft, .nding the shipping lanes.’’ ‘‘And?’’ said Finn. ‘‘And then I sat down and had a good think about it. I asked myself why there were still peo­ple on this island, and why I’ve never seen any evidence of any sort of boat building or rafts any­where. I .nally .gured out that the locals had almost certainly tried it themselves, and failed for some reason.’’ ‘‘What reason?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Many years ago there was a movie called Papil­lon,’’ said Winchester, ‘‘about a man trying to es­cape from Devil’s Island.’’ ‘‘Steve McQueen playing a Frenchman,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Dustin Hoffman as a counterfeiter who was almost blind,’’ he added. ‘‘Didn’t really work for me.’’ ‘‘I wasn’t talking about the acting,’’ said Win­chester. ‘‘I was talking about the escape.’’ ‘‘Didn’t he .oat away on bags of coconuts?’’ ‘‘Yes,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘In reality of course it never would have worked. Believe me, there’s enough coconuts on this bloody island for every­one here to .oat away a hundred times. Only they didn’t, you see. They couldn’t. Simply because the currents and the tides would make it entirely impossible.’’ They suddenly stepped out of the jungle and found themselves standing on a rocky, windswept promontory. They were at least a thousand feet above the shore where Finn had washed up. Di­rectly in front of them and far below, they could see the heavy line of surf that marked the reef at least a mile distant. Even from where they stood, the sound of the waves was like rolling thunder. ‘‘When I was a young lad at school I excelled in maths. I was one of those rare swots who actually understood trigonometry. I made a transit out of bamboo and actually triangulated the height of those waves down there a year or so ago, just to keep in practice. Even on a calm day they break at close to thirty feet. At low tide the water’s even rougher. No raft could ever get past the reefs even in the calmest weather, and trying to launch a raft on the cliff sides of the island would be suicide.’’ ‘‘There has to be a break in the reef,’’ said Billy, holding a shading hand over his eyes and squint­ing. ‘‘There must be. At least if what you’ve been telling us about Zheng He is true. If the treasure junk made it to shore, there must have been a way for it to get through the reef. We got through.’’ ‘‘In the middle of a typhoon,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘And that’s the rub.’’ ‘‘What do you mean?’’ Finn asked, looking down the steep hillside to the beach far below and then out to sea. There was nothing except the distant joining of sea and sky and the delicate curvature of the earth itself. Finn suddenly felt very small and lonely in the face of so much space. To spend years alone in a place like this must have been terrible. She turned to Winchester, about to say something, then noticed the small tear in the corner of his eye as he looked out across the sea. She kept silent. ‘‘Sometimes when I come here at night, I wish I’d been an astronomer instead of a biologist,’’ said Winchester softly. ‘‘You can see every star in the heavens on a clear night, like the sparkles of billions of diamonds on an in.nite black velvet sky.’’ They stood for a moment longer, looking toward the sea, lost in their own thoughts, and then Winchester turned away. Finn and Billy fol­lowed him back into the jungle, following a differ­ent path through the undergrowth, heading inland. ‘‘What did you mean about the typhoon being the problem?’’ Billy asked, panting behind the man in his goatskin out.t as they climbed through the dense forest. ‘‘Not the problem, really,’’ responded Winches­ter. ‘‘It almost certainly saved your life.’’ He paused and turned, stopping on the path. ‘‘Know much about typhoons?’’ ‘‘No.’’ ‘‘They create something called a ‘storm surge,’ an upwelling of water in the eye of the storm that can create a sort of bump or hill in the ocean. Depending on how shallow the approach to land is the results can be devastating.’’ ‘‘The storm surge from Katrina was twenty-eight feet,’’ Finn said with a nod. ‘‘Katrina?’’ Winchester asked. ‘‘Did I miss something?’’ ‘‘A hurricane in the Gulf of Mexico. It virtually destroyed New Orleans.’’ ‘‘That was always a disaster waiting to hap­pen,’’ Winchester said with a knowing inclination of his head. ‘‘Anyone who knows anything at all about hurricanes or typhoons knew that.’’ The professor shook his head. ‘‘Well, twenty-eight feet was about half of the surge that took you. I made it close to .fty feet. A supertyphoon without a doubt.’’ ‘‘I think I see now,’’ said Finn, visualizing the storm. ‘‘You’re saying the surge raised the water far enough above the reefs to take us through, but when the water receded, the ship was left aground.’’ ‘‘Something like that,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘This whole island is like a giant lobster pot or .sh trap. The topography is like a huge funnel with the island as the center of the trap. Once in, never out. You’ll see it better when we reach the top of Spyglass Hill and you get a look at the Punch-bowl.’’ Another hour passed, the heat of the day in­creasing as the sun rose over the arching canopy of the trees. Sweat began to pour and the air was thick with mosquitoes and swirling clouds of tiny .ies. The jungle around them was alive with sound, from the faint sighing of a light breeze in the treetops high above their heads to the smaller chirps and rustles of insects, to the sudden, star­tling cries of a dozen different exotic birds. It was like being in the middle of the noisiest Tarzan movie ever made. Finally the trees and undergrowth began to thin and Winchester made a warning gesture with his hand. ‘‘Keep low,’’ he said quietly. He tapped the bin­oculars hanging on a strap around his neck. ‘‘I don’t know for sure if the locals or the Japs have a pair of these, but I’d rather not take the chance of being silhouetted on the top of the hill.’’ Winchester crept forward and Finn and Billy followed. They reached a sloping, almost bare patch of ground at the summit of the hill and peered over. The view was unbelievable. Fifty yards from where they were perched, a waterfall sprang out of a narrow cleft in the rock and soared down a cliff that had to be as high as Half Dome in Yosemite, a sheer wall of some dark, shining stone that reared up out of a lush, im­mense jungle valley like a weathered ax blade. The valley was at least twenty miles across. At its base was a bright blue jewel: an invisible la­goon in the interior of the island connected to the sea by a keyhole rift perhaps half a mile wide, its cliffs as sheer as the one that made up the valley-facing side of Spyglass Hill. A giant teacup with a crack in the side. The lake, several miles across in its own right, seemed to be dotted with dozens of small mis­shapen islands—a model of the larger sea beyond. The shore of the lake was ringed with wide, bril­liant white beaches lined with stands of palms. It was almost perfectly round. Finn commented on the fact. ‘‘It’s a caldera,’’ explained Winchester. ‘‘The re­mains of an explosive volcano. Like Krakatoa, or Crater Lake in Oregon, Rotorua in New Zealand.’’ ‘‘How big is this place?’’ Billy asked, awestruck. ‘‘By my calculations it’s approximately forty-.ve miles across at its widest point and about sixty miles long.’’ ‘‘But that’s incredible!’’ Billy said, stunned. ‘‘Surely it must show up on satellite photos and charts!’’ ‘‘I’m sure it does,’’ said Winchester mildly. ‘‘But so what? Half the time it’s covered in cloud and there’s no obvious sign that it’s inhabited. The is­land is almost impossible to get to without enor­mous risk and under just the right conditions, so who’d bother to come?’’ He made a face. ‘‘The madmen who run the governments hereabouts aren’t quite greedy enough to deforest this little place like they have the rest of Malaysia. Not quite yet anyway.’’ ‘‘This is the place,’’ said Finn, suddenly under­standing. ‘‘This is where Willem Van Boegart was shipwrecked back in Rembrandt’s time. This is where his treasure came from. Somehow he found a way off the island and went back to Holland to found his empire.’’ ‘‘And this is where Pieter Boegart came looking a few hundred years later,’’ said Billy. ‘‘The Dutchman?’’ Winchester asked, surprised. ‘‘You knew him?’’ Billy said. ‘‘I saw him taken,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘The locals got him.’’ ‘‘When?’’ Finn asked, surprised at the depth of emotion she felt for a man she’d never met. ‘‘About a month ago.’’ Winchester shrugged. ‘‘Hard to keep track, but I’d say it was about a month.’’ ‘‘How did he get here?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘I thought you said it was impossible without a storm surge.’’ ‘‘It is. He got here the only way you could with­out cracking up on the reefs. He .ew.’’ The goat skinned professor pointed a .lthy, bony .nger down toward the huge lake. ‘‘He landed down there. It was an old Norseman single engine from the war. They have them all over the Paci.c. They’ve got a range of about six hundred miles, so he must have island-hopped, looking for the place.’’ ‘‘What happened?’’ Finn asked, looking down at the distant circle of blue far below them. ‘‘He circled the island a few times at low alti­tude. I heard it clearly enough and so did the locals. I made it down to the water in time to see the plane land. By the time he put down, there was a war party waiting. They dragged him out and sank the airplane, all without a by-your­leave.’’ ‘‘They didn’t kill him?’’ ‘‘Not that I saw,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘They bun­dled him out of the plane, threw him into one of their big war canoes, and took him to shore. That’s the last I saw of him.’’ ‘‘You didn’t try to help him?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Help him how?’’ Winchester said. ‘‘I’ve been trying my best to avoid those people for three years. They’re not cannibals but they’re not civi­lized either and they de.nitely like to chop off people’s heads and put them onto bamboo poles. I’ve seen it. I have no intention of joining them.’’ ‘‘How did you know he was Dutch?’’ Billy asked suspiciously. ‘‘Because the name Boegart Line was written across the fuselage in orange letters .ve feet high,’’ answered Winchester. ‘‘Did I jump to the wrong conclusion?’’ ‘‘I would have gone after him,’’ said Billy hotly. ‘‘This is their island. Their customs. They’ve been here for six centuries. I haven’t even been here six years and you haven’t been here so much as six days. You have no idea what you’re up against.’’ He took off the binoculars and handed them to Finn. ‘‘Take a look,’’ he said. She raised the glasses to her eyes and followed Winchester’s pointing .nger. ‘‘My God!’’ Finn whispered. What she’d thought to have been small islands in the lake were something else altogether. ‘‘What is it?’’ Billy asked impatiently. ‘‘Ships,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Hundreds of them. It’s a graveyard of ships.’’ She could still see the names on some. M.V. Marcalla,SS Docteur Angier,SS Se-bago,SS City of Almaco,SS Norma C., USS Geiger, MV Coolsingel,SS Morgantown Victory. They were everywhere, broken islands of long-vanished ves­sels that time had forgotten. Some of them were military, like the Geiger, apparently a troop ship. City of Almaco was an enormous and very old-looking oil tanker. There were even older ships, rotted wooden hulls, something that might once have been an early steamship, its huge mast turned to dark, wa­terlogged stumps, all the wrecks thrown hither and yon across the lagoon, some packed tightly together, others standing off by themselves. At the far end of the lake, two or three hundred yards offshore, she saw what she took to be the remains of Pieter Boegart’s plane. In front of the half-sunken aircraft was something that looked like a PT boat, the hull smashed in at the bow. She swung the glass around and her passing eye caught a familiar shape. She focused the glasses and stared. ‘‘It’s the Queen!’’ The freighter was close to the neck of the lake at the reef end, beached on the sand and listing a good sixty degrees to one side, her rusted hull below the waterline fully exposed. There was no sign of life anywhere. The whole bridge section had been crushed and from where she lay Finn could see that the forward hatchway had been sprung and that the cargo crane in the forward section had almost been torn away by the savagery of the storm. The entire hull sagged in the middle as though her back had been broken. The bow of the Batavia Queen had been driven a good thirty feet into the palms and jungle at the edge of the beach. It was a pitiful, unhappy end for any ship, let alone one you knew and cared for. It was almost like the death of a friend. ‘‘Let me see,’’ said Billy. Finn handed him the binoculars. ‘‘No sign of your friends?’’ Winchester asked. ‘‘No,’’ said Finn. Billy scanned the wreck of the Batavia Queen. He lowered the binoculars. ‘‘Could they have survived?’’ he asked. ‘‘Anything’s possible,’’ answered Winchester. ‘‘The two of you managed it.’’ ‘‘If the local people got them, where would they have been taken?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘They have three settlements, all on the far side of the island.’’ ‘‘Which one would they have been taken to?’’ Billy asked urgently. Winchester pointed to a broad craggy hill al­most directly across from them. ‘‘There’s a river that .ows down from that mountain to the sea. Their main village is close to the mouth. I don’t know if it has a name.’’ ‘‘Do you know how to get there?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Well enough to stay away from it.’’ ‘‘Could you take us there?’’ ‘‘To .nd your lost Dutchman?’’ the man in the goatskins scoffed. ‘‘Your friends?’’ ‘‘To rescue them,’’ said Billy ‘‘What’s wrong with that?’’ Winchester reached across and tapped the brass-cased binoculars. ‘‘What about these laddies?’’ ‘‘What laddies?’’ ‘‘The binoculars are Zeiss Feldstechers. Espe­cially made for the Imperial Japanese Navy in 1942. Admiral Yamamoto had a pair just like them. Those laddies.’’ ‘‘We’re supposed to worry about a few old cast­aways from World War Two?’’ Billy sneered. ‘‘No, you’re supposed to worry about their chil­dren,’’ said the man in the goatskin cap. ‘‘The ones with the great bloody swords and the old-fashioned little caps with the .aps in the back. Those are the ones you’re supposed to be wor­ried about.’’ 22 ‘‘It’s a monster,’’ said Billy, staring at the mas­ sive whale-sized hulk in the mangrove swamp. It was enormous, a four-hundred-foot­long bulbous tube of metal with a tumorlike hump that ran along its upper surface, the huge conning tower partially crumpled. The designation I-404 was still faintly visible on the side beneath more than .fty years of rust, barnacles, and .lth. The entire vessel was covered in a winding tangle of roots and vines. ‘‘That’s where your .ag came from,’’ said Finn. Winchester nodded. ‘‘I’ve done a little investi­gating. The Japs won’t come near it—some sort of superstition, I suppose.’’ They were lying on the grassy edge of a small sandy dune at the far end of the Punchbowl. To their right, below the sandy hummock, was the beach. In front of them was the swamp. Deepen­ing jungle lay at their back, running in a steep slope into the ridges and hills at the far end of the island. ‘‘Enemy territory’’ as the professor called it. ‘‘I’ve never seen anything like it,’’ murmured Billy. ‘‘I didn’t think the Japanese or anyone else had submarines this size during the war.’’ ‘‘They were the largest ever built before the nu­clear ones,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘The Sen Toku 400 class. They didn’t make very many of them, only four or .ve, I think.’’ He gestured toward the grotesque-looking wreck. ‘‘See that bump that runs along the front? That was to carry airplanes. Three of them, with folded wings. They’re still in there. They were meant for special assignments, blowing up the Panama Canal, carrying high-technology material. I’ve had the occasional fan­tasy about resurrecting one of the airplanes and .ying it out except there’s no one to give me .y­ing lessons.’’ He laughed harshly. ‘‘This one was full of bullion. Probably heading for the German U-boat pens in France. The bullion was to pay for exotic raw materials the Japs were running short of. It wouldn’t have been the .rst time for a Japa­nese submarine.’’ ‘‘Another video you saw on your research ship?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘Stories my father told me,’’ said Winchester, shaking his head. ‘‘He was an ANZAC . . . Austra­lia and New Zealand Army Corps. He was a pris­oner of war in a camp in Sandakan on the Borneo coast.’’ The professor peered at Billy from under the sagging brim of his goatskin cap. ‘‘World War Two wasn’t all Hitler and Nazis and Pearl Harbor, you know. The people down here were a lot more concerned about Tojo and Yamamoto than they were about the Luftwaffe and Rommel.’’ ‘‘None of that matters now,’’ said Finn. ‘‘What matters is .nding out what happened to our friends.’’ She stared at the remains of the giant submarine entangled in the bowels of the swamp below them. ‘‘How many people do we have to be concerned about?’’ ‘‘Hard to say,’’ answered Winchester. ‘‘I think the submarine was carrying what my father used to call Rikusentai, the Japanese equivalent of Ma­rines. The uniform rags they wear are green, not khaki like the ordinary Jap soldier. There must have been two or three hundred to start with. I have no idea how many survived originally. I’ve never seen more than three or four at any one time, and they don’t seem to have any permanent homes like the Chinese here. They hunt in small groups.’’ ‘‘How could they possibly have survived?’’ said Billy. Winchester shrugged. ‘‘By killing. They had more .repower than the locals originally, but not the numbers. They must have raided the Chinese villages for women and for food at .rst. Now ev­eryone keeps out of one another’s way.’’ He lifted his shoulders again. ‘‘There’s never been much love lost between the Japanese and the Chinese anyway. They each think the other is inferior and subhuman’’—Winchester smiled—‘‘rather like the Americans think of the Muslim races and vice versa.’’ ‘‘Or what the Brits think of the Australians,’’ added Finn, defending herself. ‘‘How are they armed?’’ asked Billy, getting back to the point. ‘‘I’ve found all sorts of rusty old Nambu pistols and Arisaka ri.es lying about, but they must have run out of ammunition long ago,’’ said Winches­ter. ‘‘The only things I’ve actually seen them car­rying are ceremonial katana swords the of.cers must have had and old bayonets. Spears, bows, blowguns maybe. The locals have a strange sort of crossbow device I’ve seen once or twice.’’ ‘‘They hunt?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘They hunt, and they kill from time to time. Not for sport or as a test of manhood like the old headhunter clans in Borneo and elsewhere in Malaysia and the Philippines. The two groups seem to have made up their culture as they went along. The local Chinese are organized into family units. The Japanese seem to promote complete self-suf.ciency, a kind of solitary socialism if you like. I’ve watched small children out hunting with their friends. If one catches something they all share equally. They don’t seem to have specialties, either. Everybody hunts. Everybody cooks. Every­one builds huts, gathers .rewood. Men and women alike. Very ef.cient.’’ ‘‘You sound as though you’ve studied them carefully,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I’m a scientist, so it’s in my nature. And it’s a matter of ‘know thy enemy,’ as well. It’s in my best interests to keep track of them, and to keep away from them,’’ he added pointedly. ‘‘Do they know you’re here?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘I’m not sure,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘I’ve never had them track me that I know of. As I said I’ve done my best to keep a low pro.le.’’ A breeze blew over the dune, bending the pale dense grasses at the summit and bringing the salt tang of the lagoon to their nostrils. Finn turned and looked out over the huge, lakelike expanse, ringed on every side by the high, jungle-shrouded sloping walls of the ancient volcano. The metal and wood islands of the old ships rose like the skeletons of ancient dinosaurs in the dark, .at water. A few hundred yards out the upended fu­selage of Pieter Boegart’s .oatplane stood like an immense child’s toy, tossed aside and forgotten. In the far distance Finn could see the hazy, fun­nellike entrance to the hidden lagoon. Above her little puffballs of .eecy cloud moved slowly across the bright blue sky. She tried to imagine what the island would look like from a satellite. Winchester was right. A speck in the middle of an empty sea. At best it would look like exactly what it was: the jungle-covered remains of an old volcano with an inner lagoon and a ring of dangerous, protective reefs. She was pretty sure that people had come here out of curiosity from time to time over the years and she was just as sure what had happened to them. Sailors, desperate for food or water, would have found a way to bring a small boat through the reefs and they would have paid the price once they reached the shore. Kids looking for Leonardo DiCaprio’s beach or the perfect place to scuba, a childless couple sailing around the world—the lo­cals almost surely posted lookouts, and except in the storms like the ones that had brought Win­chester and the Queen here, they would be aware of any unwelcome visitors. In the end it was the center of a spiderweb and she was trapped in it. ‘‘I wonder how Willem Van Boegart managed to do it,’’ said Finn. He’d been shipwrecked here exactly the same way as she, Billy, and Winches­ter. ‘‘He was washed up here and he managed to get away again. Not only that, he managed to es­cape with a fortune.’’ ‘‘I’m not sure I catch your meaning,’’ said Billy. ‘‘How did he do it?’’ Finn asked rhetorically. ‘‘The professor says it’s impossible, but Willem managed it four hundred years ago, loaded down with treasure. There must be a way off the island that you don’t know about, Professor. One that the locals are unaware of, as well as the survivors of that submarine down there. It’s the only thing that .ts.’’ ‘‘There is no way,’’ said Winchester emphati­cally. ‘‘Believe me, my dear, I would have found it by now.’’ ‘‘Maybe you haven’t looked hard enough,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Maybe we should put that aside for the mo­ment,’’ whispered Billy. ‘‘We’ve got company.’’ He gestured with his chin. Five .gures walking in single .le were trudging down the beach. The one in front was dressed in a pair of ragged shorts and an equally ragged shirt, salt bleached but still holding a bit of faint green coloration. A Japanese army kepi with a sun .ap down the neck was perched on his head. There was an embroidered star on the crown, once red, now pale pink. He carried a sword freely in his right hand and a bamboo spear in his left, the tip edge with some kind of copper-colored metal that glinted in the sun. His jet-black hair was shaven to the skull. He wore heavy boots and puttees like Winchester’s although his were made of what appeared to be cotton, not goatskin. He was clearly the leader of the group and the forward lookout, his eyes scan­ning back and forth carefully. Behind him two more .gures carried a heavy­looking net on a pole between them. The net looked as though it was closely woven from some kind of coarse string. Probably rattan, Finn thought; she’d seen the stubborn vine growing around lots of the forest and jungle trees they’d passed. A useful crop in a place like this. Both were women dressed in simple sarongs and rag­ged shirts the same green as the man in front. They wore hats made of broad leaves and they were barefoot and unarmed. A .fth .gure came behind, dressed in a rough patchwork loincloth and carrying a bamboo spear. He appeared to be much younger than the others, barely more than a boy. Across his shoulders on a thin bamboo yoke, he carried the day’s catch— a dozen large .sh strung with the bamboo through their gills. ‘‘If they turn up off the beach, we’re toast,’’ whispered Finn, watching the group approach. Her heart began to pound. ‘‘Then we’re toast,’’ said Billy, ‘‘unless they hap­pen to be going into the swamp over there.’’ ‘‘Follow me,’’ said Winchester. He slithered down the backside of the dune and ran toward the mangroves, keeping to the heavy grass and trying his best to avoid open areas of sand where his tracks would show. He paused at the edge of the swamp, gesturing for them to hurry. They ran down the slope of the dune and into the tall grass, not stopping until they reached Winchester, crouching low with his back to the dark, putrid water of the mangroves. ‘‘Down!’’ Winchester hissed. ‘‘Cover yourself with the mud!’’ He looked at Finn’s .aming hair. ‘‘Especially that!’’ he said. Finn and Billy did as they were told, following Winchester’s example and dropping full length into the shallow, stinking water. Finn reached both hands into the muck and quickly plastered it into her hair and over her face. Keeping low in the water, and trying not to think about what might be swimming around in the slimy ooze, she raised herself just enough to keep her eyes on the top of the dune. A moment later the little troop appeared, one by one, and marched down the near side of the sandy hummock. They appeared to .nd some path or trail into the jungle beyond, but suddenly the lead man stopped. He looked around, raising his glance to the canopy of trees just in front of the group, then brie.y stared into the swamp. ‘‘He’s seen something,’’ whispered Billy, his voice thin. ‘‘Don’t move a muscle,’’ warned the professor. Finn kept watching. The lead man barked a se­ries of instructions and the rest of the group disap­peared up the jungle path. The leader stayed where he was, continuing to look around, keeping his attention on the trees overhead. He cocked an ear, obviously listening for any signs of move­ment. There was nothing except the faint sighing of the wind in the trees and the thudding of Finn’s heart within her chest. Finally, he turned slowly through three hundred sixty degrees, the long cer­emonial sword pointing like the extended hand of a clock, searching. Then he turned and followed the other four into the protective shadows of the jungle. ‘‘Wait,’’ Winchester said softly. There was only silence. ‘‘Now what?’’ Billy said. ‘‘Wait,’’ repeated Winchester. ‘‘It may be a trick.’’ ‘‘We should go back to the cave,’’ said Billy ur­gently. ‘‘We shouldn’t have come out here without weapons. We should have had a plan.’’ The only thing they had that could have been considered a weapon was a long, thick piece of bamboo that Winchester used as a staff. ‘‘I think he’s gone,’’ the professor said .nally. He rose up out of the mud, dripping. Billy helped Finn up and they stared at each other, grinning. ‘‘Very attractive,’’ said Billy, laughing. Finn used both hands to slick the soggy mass of her hair away from her face. She swept away as much of the ooze from around her eyes, wrinkling her nose at the smell. ‘‘I’m afraid your friend is right,’’ said Winches­ter. ‘‘Our little voyage of discovery was ill ad­vised. We should return to the cave at once. If that man spotted something we could be in seri­ous trouble. They may send out a patrol to look for us.’’ Finn quickly checked herself over, looking for evidence of leeches, but Winchester’s goatskin puttees seemed to have done the trick. They moved through the grass to the foot of the dune. ‘‘We’ll leave tracks if we go down the beach,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Not if we stay in the shallows. The tide is com­ing in,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘It will wash away any tracks.’’ ‘‘Let’s get moving,’’ said Billy. He stepped for­ward out of the tall grass. There was a sudden, startling shout from only a few feet away. ‘‘Otaku! Teiryuu! Sate!’’ The partially uniformed leader of the little band of .sherman stepped out of the shadows, sword at the ready. Behind him came the others, including the young boy with the spear. They eased to the left behind the leader, cutting off any chance at escape toward the dune. Finn, Billy, and Winchester were trapped; they ei­ther moved forward onto the point of the sword or backward into the dense mangrove swamp. ‘‘Now what do we do?’’ Finn said. The man with the sword took a step forward, the sword moving back and forth hypnotically. The young boy swung farther to the right, .ank­ing them, his spear raised. Winchester moved to the right, making a small feint toward the dune. ‘‘Yamate kudusai!’’ screamed the Japanese man in the hat. ‘‘Wakamare-wasu?’’ It wasn’t really a question. Finn couldn’t understand the words, but the intent was clear. ‘‘Da-me!’’ the young boy with the spear yelled. Both he and the man with the sword moved closer. Finn took a step back toward the swamp. ‘‘We’re in big trouble,’’ said Billy. ‘‘He’s not in­terested in negotiations here.’’ Suddenly the man with the sword made his move, charging toward Winchester, the blade up­raised, an incoherent scream of rage erupting from between his clenched teeth. Winchester raised his stick to block the savage cut, realizing a split sec­ond later that the overhead blow had been a trick. Instead of bringing the blade directly down the man spun on his heel like a dancer, swinging the blade around in a sweeping arc aimed at cutting the professor in half from the side. Winchester tried to back away from the swing, but it was hopeless. At the same time the young boy raised his spear, cocking his arm back, aiming the copper-tipped weapon at Finn’s midsection. There were three harsh cracking sounds in quick succession. The man with the sword stopped in midswing, his hat .ying back off his head in a fountaining spray of blood and tissue as the whole top of his head from the bridge of his nose upward vaporized in a gory blur. Magically two patches of rose-red color ap­peared in the center of the young man’s ragged uniform blouse and he crumpled to the ground. The man with the sword, dead on his feet, fell backward in a heap, the sword still clutched in his .st for the killing blow. The sound of the shots echoed all around the deep expanse of the Punchbowl. ‘‘What the hell?’’ said Billy, astounded, staring at the bodies. He turned to the equally startled Winchester. ‘‘I thought you said these people ran out of ammunition a long time ago.’’ ‘‘They did,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘I did not,’’ said a voice in heavily accented English. From the jungle appeared a squat man wearing camou.age with a long bolo machete on his belt and carrying a very large automatic pistol in his right hand. ‘‘My name is Fu Sheng,’’ said the man. ‘‘Come with me quickly if you wish to free your friends.’’ 23 F u Sheng told his story. It was much like their own. He was a castaway as well. Caught in the typhoon while piloting Pedang Emas toward the position the fat pirate Lo Chang had .nally revealed to them, he’d let the boat ride out the storm only for it to be thrown through the secret island’s funnel like gap on the lip of the sweeping storm surge and then dashed to pieces on the far shore of the lagoon. According to him, he and his master, a man the Chinese man called Khan, were the only ones on board the old sardine boat who survived the storm and its aftermath. After recuperating from their near drowning, the two men had separated to look for a source of fresh water. Returning to their rendezvous point, Fu Sheng had been just in time to see his friend and fellow survivor being carried off by what he .rst took to be wild men of some kind. Following them at a distance, Fu Sheng watched helplessly as his friend was taken to a compound close to a river that .owed down from the moun­tains and emptied on the far side of the original mangrove swamp Finn had seen when she’d awakened on the beach. According to Fu Sheng, the village was occupied by at least two hundred of the natives. ‘‘Is he talking about the Japanese or your so-called locals?’’ Billy asked Winchester quietly. ‘‘The locals,’’ answered the professor. ‘‘How are we supposed to take on two hundred people?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Not to mention the Japanese,’’ added Billy. ‘‘Those shots must have woken up everyone on the island.’’ ‘‘Those shots also saved our lives,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I don’t much like his looks, but he’s got the gun and he seems to have the know-how as well.’’ ‘‘We still need some sort of plan,’’ said Billy. ‘‘I rather think this Fu Sheng fellow makes it up as he goes along,’’ murmured Winchester, fol­lowing the squat man in his camou.age fatigues as he moved quickly through the dense under­growth. They climbed steadily through the jungle, keeping the Punchbowl at their backs and moving west, skirting the perimeter of the swamp. They kept walking for more than an hour, paus­ing every few minutes to listen for anything other than the constant screeching chatter of the island’s birds and monkeys. There was nothing; if the Jap­anese had sent out patrols to look for the missing .shing party they were being quiet about it. Eventually they reached a wide, boiling stream that surged down from the Punchbowl’s high rim, its course strewn with large tumbled boulders. The banks were steep and slippery looking, turned to slick eroding mud by the constant spray of water dashed onto the rocks. ‘‘There,’’ grunted Fu Sheng, pointing. Finn looked. There was a heavy rope tied to a protrud­ing tree root and dangling down the stream bank. It was made out of several tightly wrapped strands of rattan and knotted at foot-wide inter­vals. Through the spray Finn could also see an­other rope contraption that spanned the stream itself. It was a crude bridge with one strand of rattan rope to hang on to and a second lower strand to put your feet on, the lower strand twice as thick as the upper. At intervals were heavy-looking lengths of bamboo woven between the top and bottom ropes to keep them taut and sepa­rated. ‘‘Ingenious,’’ said Winchester, impressed. ‘‘Ratlines,’’ said Billy, smiling. ‘‘They’ve turned ratlines on their side.’’ ‘‘Ratlines?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Those ropes like ladders on pirate ships,’’ ex­plained Billy. ‘‘Sailors used them to climb up and lower the sails.’’ ‘‘They would have had something like that on Zheng He’s treasure junks,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘A remnant from the past.’’ ‘‘Cross,’’ instructed Fu Sheng. ‘‘One at a time.’’ Finn went .rst, dropping down the knotted rope and out onto the twisting bridge. She wa­vered at .rst and slipped, then got the hang of it, shuf.ing sideways, gripping the upper rope .rmly with both hands. Watching her go, Fu Sheng kept the heavy automatic ready in his hand, his dark eyes scanning the surrounding walls of noisy jungle, searching for a hint of anything out of place. Finn reached the far side, turned, and waited. Billy came next, followed quickly by Win­chester. When Winchester was halfway across, there was a sudden gust of wind that shook the trees and the man’s hideous-looking goatskin cap .ipped off and swirled down into the water. ‘‘Damn!’’ the professor cried. ‘‘My best hat!’’ ‘‘No great loss.’’ Billy grinned, standing with Finn on the far bank. The gust of wind was fol­lowed by an equally sudden dark screen of cloud and an abrupt deluge. Within seconds the pound­ing rain became a torrential downpour, sheets of .ailing water shrouding the other side of the stream like a heavy curtain, catching Winchester in midcrossing and instantly soaking Finn and Billy to the skin. They ran back into the protective cover offered by the enormous canopy of a gigantic gnarled jun­gle tree and watched as Winchester struggled across the wildly swing bridge. He made it at last, then stumbled through the downpour, slipping wildly on the muddy ground, and joined Finn and Billy under the tree. ‘‘Bloody hell!’’ the professor breathed. ‘‘That’s quite something!’’ He turned and watched as Fu Sheng shoved the pistol into his belt, slithered down the knotted rope, and then stepped out onto the bridge. The rain continued to pour down, the hammering of the drops on the broad-leafed jun­gle foliage drowning out anything but shouted conversation. At least it had stopped the endless annoying symphony of the birds and monkeys. The pirate was more than halfway across the rope bridge, barely visible in the fog of rain. There was a brief sound like the buzzing of some whir­ring insect and an instant later Fu Sheng staggered on the rope ladder and gave a sudden cry. A foot-long sliver of bamboo magically appeared, jutting from his shoulder. Its shaft was .etched with brightly colored feathers, startling in the sheeting rain like Technicolor smears. Blood blossomed on the pirate’s chest, a darker stain against the green camou.age. Finn whirled, trying to see the person who’d shot the arrow. There was nothing. The attacker was invisible. Finn jumped forward, heading for the bridge, but Billy grabbed her by the arm and pulled her back. ‘‘Are you out of your mind!’’ he yelled. ‘‘You’ll get yourself killed!’’ There was a second buzzing sound and an arrow tore through the foliage no more than a foot from where Billy stood. He dragged Finn down to the .oor of the jungle. Winchester followed. They stared out at Fu Sheng, swinging on the lad­der. Another arrow whizzed past, narrowly miss­ing him. Fu Sheng reached up, grabbed the shaft of the arrow in his shoulder, and snapped it off. Obvi­ously in terrible pain, teeth clenched, he hurled himself across the last few feet of the ladder and headed up the shallow embankment. This time Finn got to her feet and ran toward him. She man­aged to get one arm around his waist as another arrow came perilously close, .icking through the underbrush by her side. ‘‘Help me!’’ Finn said. Billy and Winchester surged upward, then pulled both Finn and the pirate into the relative safety of the jungle undergrowth at the foot of the big tree. Finn propped Fu Sheng against the trunk and looked at the arrow in his shoulder. Remem­bering her .rst year of anatomy in art class, she saw that the shaft had missed the chest and im­pacted in the deltoid, slicing through it and push­ing out through his back. It wasn’t quite as serious as it looked. Painful, but at least it hadn’t pierced the lungs or struck any major arteries. Two more arrows in quick succession sliced through the leaves on Finn’s right. One of the arrows struck the trunk of the tree and skidded off. She pulled Fu Sheng forward to look at the exit wound. Then she reached for the arrowhead, in­tending to pull it out through the wound, when a bark from Winchester stopped her. ‘‘Don’t!’’ ‘‘Why not?’’ ‘‘They poison their arrows. I’ve seen them kill­ing wild boar that way.’’ ‘‘You’re sure?’’ ‘‘Do you want to take the chance?’’ ‘‘I can’t leave it in there!’’ Fu Sheng was fading, eyes .uttering, his lips pale. Finn reached down, pulled out a handful of grass and leaves from the ground, and wrapped it around the sharpened end of the arrow. Grabbing .rmly she pulled out the broken shaft in a single swift motion. It came out with a horrible sucking noise and Fu Sheng gasped with the pain. His eyes .uttered open and he attempted a smile. ‘‘Thank you, lady,’’ he whispered. One thick hand reached down to the waistband of his fa­tigues. He pulled out the automatic and pushed it into her hand. It felt like it weighed twenty pounds. ‘‘Do you have any idea how to use that?’’ Win­chester asked. The weapon was an Egyptian Hel­wan knockoff of the 1950s-model Beretta 91. Finn remembered her friend Michael Valentine show­ing her how to work his big old Colt .45. She .icked off the safety and popped the .re selector to SEMI. ‘‘Yes, I know how to use it,’’ she said. ‘‘My breast pocket,’’ instructed Fu Sheng. ‘‘There are three more magazines. Ten rounds each.’’ He’d used three shots on the group of .sh­ermen. That meant seven shots already in the weapon and thirty more in the spare magazines. Thirty-seven rounds against two hundred natives. She had a .ashing memory of the child she’d seen murdered in the Cairo slums the year before and the body of the young boy on the beach today. Knowing how to shoot a gun wasn’t the same as taking a life with it. Finn clicked the safety back on and pushed the weapon into her jeans at the hollow of her back. There were no more arrows. ‘‘An unlucky patrol?’’ Billy said, still keeping low, his eyes looking into the jungle. The rain began to lessen almost as quickly as it had begun. Beside Finn Fu Sheng gasped with terrible pain, sat forward with his eyes staring, and clutched at his chest with his free hand. Then he was still. Finn put her .nger on the carotid artery bulging in the man’s thick neck. There was no pulse. He was dead. She looked at her watch. Whatever poi­son they used on their arrows had taken less than three minutes to kill him after spreading from a nonlethal wound. Something very nasty. ‘‘It wasn’t any patrol. They were waiting at the bridge. They must have heard the shots. They knew we had to come this way,’’ said the pro­fessor. Finn stared at Fu Sheng’s body, then turned to Winchester. ‘‘You know what village he was talk­ing about?’’ ‘‘Yes. It’s the largest of them. I’ve seen it from a distance. It has bamboo walls on three sides and the river on the other. There are two gates that I saw.’’ ‘‘How high are these bamboo walls?’’ ‘‘Not high. Five feet perhaps, but it’s useless to try and scale them. The tops are sharpened like that arrow.’’ He pointed to the bloody stump of the broken shaft that Finn had taken from the pi­rate’s shoulder. ‘‘They might even be poisoned.’’ Finn carefully picked up the broken shaft and sniffed the point. There was nothing. She could see faint pale smears of some white, sticky sub­stance caught in a thin crack in the bamboo. ‘‘Where do they get the poison?’’ Winchester reached out and tapped the gnarled trunk of the tree. ‘‘Right here. Cut through the bark and you get a thin kind of latex called ‘upas.’ Antiaris toxicaria, I believe. It’s a cardiac glycoside. It’s called Antiarin if I remember my botanical studies from the university. It’s quite common hereabouts.’’ He made a face. ‘‘Rather like getting a huge dose of Digitalis. It’s related to deadly nightshade. His heart exploded in his chest.’’ ‘‘It’s thin,’’ said Finn, ‘‘and probably fairly labor intensive to harvest. It would wash off in the rain. I doubt if they use it on their palisade walls.’’ ‘‘Doubt all you like,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘But I can assure you I won’t be joining in any attempt to scale them.’’ ‘‘What about the waterside?’’ Billy suggested. He stared back across the stream, the way they had come. ‘‘Some very unpleasant creatures in that water. You’d have to swim at least three hundred yards—something I simply am not capable of doing—and then you’d .nd yourself right in the middle of the village. From what I saw of the place their whole life is centered on the river.’’ Finn said, ‘‘Not capable of swimming three hun­dred yards?’’ ‘‘Not capable of swimming at all,’’ said Win­chester. ‘‘I never learned.’’ Billy stared, unbelieving. ‘‘And you’re a ma­rine biologist?’’ ‘‘It wasn’t a requirement for my doctorate as I recall,’’ the professor answered stif.y. ‘‘How did you survive your ship going down?’’ Billy asked. ‘‘I always made sure my life jacket was within reach. The crew used to tease me about it. On the other hand I was the only one to survive.’’ ‘‘Well, we can’t just stay here arguing,’’ said Finn. ‘‘We have to come to some sort of decision.’’ ‘‘We should go back to the cave,’’ said Winches­ter. ‘‘The odds are entirely against us and thanks to our dead friend here we’ve lost the element of surprise.’’ ‘‘I think that’s the whole point,’’ argued Finn. ‘‘They know we’re here now, both the Japanese and the natives. They’ll come looking for us, and eventually they’ll .nd us, one group or the other.’’ ‘‘We don’t even know if your lost Dutchman is still alive,’’ responded the older man. ‘‘He could be dead by now and so could this Khan fellow.’’ ‘‘There could have been other survivors from our ship,’’ said Billy. ‘‘We have to try.’’ ‘‘And then we have to .gure out a way off this island,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I’ve already told you,’’ said Winchester, exas­perated. ‘‘It’s impossible. It can’t be done.’’ ‘‘Yes, it can.’’ Finn stood up. The rain had stopped and the sun was shining down hotly again. Warm mist began to rise. ‘‘There’s a way. There has to be.’’ 24 T hey reached the ridge that marked the summit of the Punchbowl by the middle of the after­noon and found the river an hour after that. They climbed down through the jungle forest, following the river course, the broad expanse of the sea far below occasionally visible through the trees. In an­other time the hike might have been idyllic, a na­ture lover’s dream of exotic plants, birds, and wildlife. As it was, each step was bringing them closer and closer to a confrontation none of them wanted. ‘‘This may well turn out to be a fool’s errand,’’ Winchester grumbled as they threaded their way down a steep jungle trail beside the river. ‘‘Your Dutch uncle or whoever he is may be long dead and there’s no guarantee that the natives captured anyone else.’’ ‘‘What about Fu Sheng’s friend?’’ said Finn. ‘‘Are we just supposed to abandon him?’’ ‘‘Survival of the .ttest if you ask me,’’ said Win­chester. ‘‘He means nothing to me.’’ ‘‘He saved your life,’’ said Billy harshly. ‘‘And now I’m supposed to sacri.ce mine?’’ Winchester scoffed. ‘‘This isn’t some remake of Beau Geste, my young friend. This is the real world we’re living in. I’ve managed to survive here for three years by keeping a low pro.le, not charging after faint hopes.’’ He shook his head and poked his long bamboo staff into the dirt. ‘‘We should be back in my cave worrying about .lling our bellies with food, not poisoned arrows.’’ ‘‘Look,’’ said Finn, exasperated. ‘‘At the very least, we have to see what we’re up against. I’d like to do it before it gets too dark to see my hand in front of my face. I don’t think any of us want to be out in the open when it gets dark.’’ She continued on, picking her way along the path, still slick and muddy from the rain. By her calculations and rough line-of-sight bearings, they’d circled halfway back toward the cave. By cutting directly cross-country, they’d run into the ridge above the valley with an hour or two of hard hiking. That left them with an hour of daylight to check out the native village and formulate some sort of plan. She tried not to look at Winchester or Billy. So far she was talking a good line, but she didn’t really believe any of it. She was out of her depth, exhausted, and afraid. Her mind wandered for a moment and she sud­denly had a sharp, vivid memory of the onion rings at Pick More Daisies in Crouch End. If Lord Billy and Willem Van Boegart hadn’t come into her life, she could be sitting in her .at chowing down on a sloppy Joe with a side of rings and fries right this minute, watching reruns of The X Factor on her unlicensed and illegal television. That and a glass of cheap red wine plonk from Emir’s shop across the way would be just about perfect right now. Instead she was hiking through a steaming jungle on a desert island in the middle of the South Paci.c and wondering if the faint tickling sensation she could feel on the back of her right leg was a giant, bloated, bloodsucking leech or just a very large mosquito drinking her dry. She silently vowed to herself that if she got out of this mess alive, her adventuring days would be over. So far the only good thing that had hap­pened was not stepping on some horribly venom­ous snake. ‘‘Give it time,’’ she muttered to herself. ‘‘Pardon?’’ Billy asked politely, walking just be­hind her. ‘‘Nothing.’’ She reached down and slapped the back of her leg, then kept on walking, the phan­tom aroma of onion rings in her nostrils. They reached the outskirts of the village as dusk began to fall. From a mile upstream the .rst signs were clear: a .sh trap set into the fast-.owing water. The trap was made of closely woven strips of bamboo, the pattern close enough to capture .sh of a useful size yet open enough to let out the immature .ngerlings; a clever, natural method of environmental control. On the nearby rocks was evidence that .sh had been gutted and skinned, and farther down they found a small hut raised on bamboo stilts and .tted with closely packed, oily racks that smelled strongly of wood smoke. At that point they headed inland away from the riverbank, moving slowly through the thinning jungle, carefully watching and listening. More and more they saw evidence of human occupation: small patches of cultivation, felled trees, another smokehouse, and well-trodden trails that inter­sected on the forest .oor. They even found a fruit rind from somebody’s casual snack tossed into the undergrowth beside the trail. And they saw smoke, then smelled it. Cooking .res. Eventually the jungle thinned absolutely and they saw a broad, cleared perimeter of dark earth and a densely built wall of bamboo, the broad stakes sharpened at the top and held together by thick rattan ropes. Beyond the palisade they could just make out an assembly of high-pitched roofs, thatched in heavy layers of some kind of bunched, split-cane bundles. They squatted at the edge of the jungle and looked out across the clearing. There were no signs of any panic or activity. They could hear faint sounds, a hollow hammering of a mallet, laughter, childish squeals of pleasure, and the high-pitched commands of a mother to her child. There was no doubt that the language was Chinese of some sort, a harsh, almost guttural dialect completely unlike the singsong music of Malay or Philippino Tagalog. ‘‘Now what?’’ Billy said, looking out across the clearing. To the right of the enclosing, the fortlike pali­sade was nothing but jungle. To the left they could see how the land led down to the river. Outside the wall they could see some sort of rough dock and several long, canoe-shaped dugouts, each one apparently created from a single log. One of them was made out of two immense tree trunks bound together by a complex web of bamboo poles mak­ing a catamaran. This vessel was also equipped with a central mast and a dark brown sail bundled closely into a heavy fanlike shape. The furled sail of a junk. The sail was made from some sort of pounded vegetable .ber and reinforced by dozens of thin bamboo strips. Beneath the mast and be­tween the dugouts was a large platform made from more bound bamboo poles. Powered by the sail or by at least two dozen paddlers, the whole contraption looked as though it could easily carry thirty or forty passengers, or warriors. ‘‘Is that the war canoe you were talking about?’’ Finn whispered. Winchester nodded. ‘‘Yes. Except it was .tted out with some kind of big throne at the stern end. That’s not there now.’’ ‘‘You’d think a great bugger of a thing like that could get through the reefs,’’ said Billy. ‘‘Just what I was thinking,’’ said Finn. ‘‘But then again perhaps they didn’t want to leave. Maybe they liked it here and decided to stay. We’ll never know.’’ ‘‘I must say they don’t seem too worried about us,’’ commented the professor. I don’t see any guards and we didn’t run into anyone except that archer by the rope bridge.’’ ‘‘Why worry?’’ Billy said. ‘‘We’re kind of a cap­tive audience, don’t you think? And they know it.’’ Winchester turned .dgety. He looked over his shoulder, frowning, then up at the darkening sky. ‘‘It’s getting on,’’ he said. ‘‘We should be on our way. We’ve seen the place.’’ ‘‘I want to get inside,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Don’t be a mad fool!’’ Winchester sputtered. ‘‘You can’t be serious!’’ ‘‘We’ve come a very long way looking for Pieter Boegart. I’m not just going to walk away from him now.’’ ‘‘He may very well be dead.’’ ‘‘Then we’ll know. And there could be others in there.’’ ‘‘We don’t know that!’’ ‘‘Then maybe we should .nd out.’’ ‘‘How do we get in?’’ Billy asked, scanning the palisade. ‘‘You said there are two ways in?’’ Finn said, turning to Winchester. ‘‘By the river and on the far side of the com­pound,’’ said the professor, sulking. ‘‘But you’ll never get through that way.’’ ‘‘Why not?’’ ‘‘Because they have bloody guards, and they have gates that they close.’’ He shrugged. ‘‘It’s not as though we can just walk in and take a look around.’’ ‘‘We can’t climb the fence,’’ mused Billy. ‘‘Even from here they look wickedly sharp. And they could be poisoned, like the arrows, even though it’s unlikely.’’ ‘‘So?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Where does that leave us?’’ ‘‘We could cut through the fence easily enough,’’ said Billy. He hefted the big bolo machete he’d removed from Fu Sheng’s body. ‘‘They’d hear you,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘It’s im­possible.’’ ‘‘Not if we had a distraction,’’ offered Finn. ‘‘Such as?’’ ‘‘A lot of noise. Firing the gun into the air or something.’’ ‘‘How about a .re?’’ Billy grinned. ‘‘I have a burning glass,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘But there’s not enough sun to make it work. Sorry.’’ ‘‘And I didn’t bring my handy-dandy blowtorch with me,’’ said Finn. ‘‘But I did,’’ said Billy. He reached into the but­ton pocket of his faded shirt and brought out a bright blue, very ordinary Bic lighter. ‘‘Where on earth did you get that?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘It was just about the last thing I remember before the wreck. The pilot light on the stove in the galley went out and Toshi asked me to relight it. After I lit the pilot light again I must have put the lighter in my pocket and buttoned the .ap. Then we went aground and it was lights-out, so to speak.’’ ‘‘Does it work?’’ Billy clicked the Bic. It sparked and .ared into life. Finn took the lighter from him and tried it herself. Flame jumped in the gathering darkness. Thirty-nine cents at the Kwiki-Mart, right beside the beef jerky. The huge difference such a small thing could make. The difference between civilization and the Stone Age. The cooked and the raw. She put anthropology out of her mind and handed Billy back the lighter. ‘‘This is the plan,’’ said Finn. 25 T he torch whirled through the gloom, trailing sparks, and did a twisting somersault above the sharpened teeth of the palisade. Then the sec­ond bundle of bound, dry branches .ew over the fence followed by two more in quick succession. The last two let out clouds of oily, foul-smelling black smoke. The two .nal bundles had been soaked in the thin white gum .ayed with the machete from the woody trunk of a tall upas tree just outside the cleared perimeter of the village. If the rubberlike substance was as poisonous as Winchester thought, there was a chance that the smoke would provide an even more powerful distraction than the .ames. A hundred yards away, close to the river, Finn and Billy waited in the looming shadows for the alarm to be raised. A few moments after they’d seen the whirling .ames of the torches, they heard the .rst frightened cries. ‘‘Look!’’ Finn said breathlessly. Even from this distance, they could see the rising .ames. A torch had landed on the thatched roof of one of the buildings, burned through the damp top layer, then ignited the dry straw beneath. Within sec­onds the whole building was ablaze. ‘‘That should keep them busy for a while.’’ ‘‘Come on!’’ said Billy. Together they raced across the clearing, ghosts in the dusky light and protective shadows of the jungle sunset. They reached the base of the palisade and paused there, listening to the rising commotion and the crackling of the distant .ames. To the left, out of the corner of her eye, Finn could see the .at black surface of the river and the shapes of the dugouts drawn up on the shore, long carved paddles neatly left across the thwarts. Nobody was guarding the boats. ‘‘Now,’’ she whispered to Billy. Her friend raised the heavy, half-curved blade of the lethal-looking machete and began to hack at the bamboo, chopping a rough hole through the fence. It didn’t take long. Billy leaned down and squinted through the newly fashioned opening. He turned back to Finn. ‘‘There’s a big square building on bamboo stilts about two feet off the ground. More buildings to the left and right, smaller ones.’’ Finn closed her eyes, trying to remember the layouts of the ancient village sites she’d roamed through as a kid with her mother and father in the Yucatan, wondering if they had any relevance here. Those villages were usually built around a central plaza or ceremonial altar, the buildings— residential and otherwise—laid out in closely built concentric circles. Where would they keep prison­ers if they had them? ‘‘Buildings with people in them will have god windows,’’ she said .nally, remembering the old tales her mother used to tell her. ‘‘Look for any building with its doors and windows shuttered and closed.’’ ‘‘God windows?’’ Billy asked. It was common to most cultures in one form or another—the Ainu natives in Japan had small windows in each of their simple houses to give spirits free access and, just as important, an easy escape route. Ancient Europeans called them ‘‘ley lines’’ or lines of force. The Nazca had them in Peru. Romans built their roads according to them and hundreds of thou­sands of pilgrims followed one particular ‘‘spirit path’’ called the Way of St. James through the mountains of Spain. The Chinese had them as well—the pseudoscience of feng shui, the ‘‘resting dragon,’’ was based on making sure the spirits had free passage through any structure. To close the doors and windows would mean that some­thing was imprisoned within. ‘‘Look for any building with its doors and win­dows closed,’’ she said. ‘‘That’s it?’’ ‘‘That’s all I can think of unless they’re tied to a stake in the village square.’’ ‘‘Ever the optimist,’’ grunted Billy. ‘‘I’ll go .rst. Stick together. If we get separated you know what to do.’’ ‘‘Never argue with a woman who has a very large gun stuck down her pants,’’ said Billy solemnly. Finn gave him a look, drew the pistol out of her jeans, then bent down and scuttled through the hole in the palisade. The village within the bamboo wall was re­markably neat and tidy. There were about twenty small buildings, all raised on three-foot lengths of thick bamboo, and several larger buildings that looked as though they might have some sort of communal purpose. All of them had plaited rattan walls and heavily thatched roofs, the roofs pitched very steeply. As Finn had guessed all the build­ings had small open windows on one side and open doorways. Thanks to Winchester’s efforts, the three build­ings farthest from Finn and Billy were in .ames, as was a whole section of that end of the palisade. They could see the silhouettes of people crowding around the burning structures, trying to beat out the .res with big bamboo mats. They weren’t hav­ing much success. ‘‘There!’’ Billy said, pointing. Twenty feet away, close to the palisade wall, was a large hut on stilts with its side window covered and its entrance .rmly shut. There was an awkward-looking set of steps leading up to a porchlike affair that ran around three sides. At the top of the steps was a stocky .gure dressed in an ornately designed woven tunic and carrying an astounding-looking battle-ax with a brightly gleaming blade that .ickered nastily in the rising glow of the .ames. The ax head was .tted onto a heavy length of bamboo as high as the man’s head. He looked like a wrestler with long jet-black hair and a straggly black beard that covered most of the lower part of his face. A face out of the past, the features those of an ancient Chinese warrior. As they watched a voice called out of the darkness. The guard stepped forward, called out again, and then ran down the steps and headed for the blaze at the far end of the compound. ‘‘We just got lucky,’’ whispered Finn. They waited until the man rushed by, then scuttled toward the hut. They went up the steps and threw open the door. The room was ten by ten, the .oor covered with thin woven mats. A lamp .ickered on a small table. Four men were bound hand and foot on benches at the far end of the room, their arms pinioned and trussed with bamboo poles threaded behind their elbows. ‘‘Well, I’ll be a sheep-shagging bum pot! Pogue Mahon and God save me for a braw Tumshie heid! It’s our Miss Ryan!’’ Run-Run McSeveney shook his head, beaming up at her from the bench. ‘‘Al­most gave me the skitters comin’ in like that!’’ ‘‘What’s going on out there?’’ Briney Hanson asked. ‘‘A diversion. Cut them loose,’’ Finn said to Billy. The third man on the bench was Eli Santoro, .rst mate on the Batavia Queen. He gave Billy a huge grin as he was cut loose from the cha.ng rattan ropes. The fourth man, dressed in ragged camou.age fatigues and with a native Dyak hair­cut, was silent. ‘‘Is this everyone?’’ Finn said. ‘‘I’m afraid so,’’ said Hanson, climbing to his feet, wincing as he rubbed his wrists. ‘‘We don’t have much time,’’ said Finn. She hefted the automatic in her hand. ‘‘We have a friend outside waiting for us and a hole in the palisade wall. Head for the river. We’re going to steal one of their canoes.’’ ‘‘They’ll come after us,’’ warned Hanson. ‘‘Not if our friend has done his job,’’ answered Finn. ‘‘He should have pushed all but one of the boats into the river by now.’’ ‘‘Miss Ryan,’’ began Hanson, ‘‘there’s some­thing you should know...’’ ‘‘Save it till later,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Come on!’’ Billy slashed through the last of the ropes with the machete. With Eli’s help he pushed aside the bench and started hacking a hole in the woven matting of the rear wall. The hut would provide a little cover as they made their way back to the breach in the palisade. There was the sudden sound of footsteps and Finn whirled, lifting the pistol in her hands. Standing in the doorway was a tall .gure in padded leather armor, a long, leather-wrapped bow over his shoulder, and a huge .at sword in his right hand. Like the guard at the door, he re­sembled something out of the distant past. In the center of his chest was a huge twisting dragon on a medallion the size of a dinner platter. The huge medallion glowed in the small light from the sputtering lamp on the table. He lifted the sword in his hand and took a step forward. His eyes locked with Finn’s. She stared. The face, the hair, and the Viking beard were unmistakable. ‘‘Pieter Boegart!’’ she whispered. ‘‘I know you,’’ said the warrior, stopping in his tracks. He stared at Finn, a strange expression on his face. ‘‘No, you knew my mother,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Mag­gie Ryan. Lyman Ryan’s wife.’’ ‘‘Maggie,’’ said the man. ‘‘You’re Maggie’s little girl. We met once, a long, long time ago. You’d just learned how to walk. Maggie was very proud of you.’’ There was a terrible ache of memory in the man’s voice. ‘‘I didn’t really think you’d come.’’ ‘‘They didn’t take you prisoner,’’ said Billy. The red-haired man looked confused. ‘‘Pris­oner? Why would they take me prisoner?’’ ‘‘The plane—Winchester saw it. They captured you.’’ ‘‘They rescued me. The .oat caught a deadhead when I landed.’’ The man frowned. ‘‘Who’s Win­chester?’’ ‘‘Never mind,’’ said Finn urgently. ‘‘We’re get­ting out of here.’’ The red-haired man looked over his shoulder. ‘‘They’re coming. Go now. They won’t understand why I let you escape. Hurry, before it’s too late.’’ ‘‘Come with us!’’ Finn said urgently. ‘‘I came back here to stay. This is my place, my home. These are my people.’’ ‘‘That’s insane!’’ Billy said. ‘‘Then I’m mad,’’ said Boegart. ‘‘If I don’t pro­tect them the world will reach out and destroy them. That’s why I came back.’’ ‘‘Then why did you want us to come looking for you?’’ ‘‘I thought that if you were the kind of people who could .nd me, you might be the kind of peo­ple who could understand what I’m endeavoring to do here. To save at least one small part of the past, keep it safe from your so-called civilization.’’ He turned and looked over his shoulder again, then turned back to Finn. ‘‘You must go now!’’ he pleaded. ‘‘Get off the island.’’ ‘‘And just how are we supposed to manage that?’’ Billy said. ‘‘The same way I did,’’ said Pieter Boegart. ‘‘The same way Willem Van Boegart did four hundred years ago. Fugio ab insula opes usus venti carmeni,’’ he quoted. ‘‘The motto above the door of the cabinet of curiosities,’’ said Finn. ‘‘Good girl!’’ said Boegart. ‘‘Now go!’’ Billy had chopped a big enough hole in the rear wall of the hut and everyone was dropping through it and disappearing into the darkness. Billy was the last out. He paused and turned to Finn. ‘‘It’s time to leave,’’ he said. ‘‘All right,’’ she answered. ‘‘I’ll meet you at the river.’’ She turned back to the doorway. Pieter Boegart smiled, raising the huge sword in a .nal valedictory salute. ‘‘I will see you again. I promise,’’ he said. He paused, the smile quickly turning into something else. ‘‘You look just like your mother,’’ he whispered .nally, and then he was gone, into the night, back in time. Something tugged at Finn’s heart for an instant, and then she followed Billy through the hole in the wall and disappeared. She went after the others, their .gures nothing but shifting shadows against the .ickering pali­sade. With her way lit by the roaring bon.re of the burning huts, she made her way behind the line of buildings to the opening and ducked through. There was no sign of pursuit; the villag­ers’ attention was securely .xed on the .re. At the river she saw that Winchester had done his job perfectly. A half dozen canoes were .oat­ing away on the gathering current and were swiftly being taken downstream. The others were already scrambling into the remaining dugout, while Eli held the narrow craft steady, looking anxiously for Finn as she ran toward him. Silently she scurried aboard, then felt the sud­den shift as Eli pushed them off and threw himself into the stern of the canoe. Someone in the dark­ness pushed a paddle into her hands. She cut the long, beautifully crafted blade into the dark water and felt it dig in. Tears .nally coming freely, the memory of the tall, bearded man in the ancient padded armor clear in her mind, she helped ma­neuver the dugout into the center of the hurrying river, heading toward the distant sea. They’d done it. For the moment at least, they were free. 26 T he river current, swollen by the recent rain, carried them swiftly down to the sea. On their left, foam bright and phosphorescent in the dark­ness, the never-ending breakers pounded at the distant reefs. On their right, two hundred yards inshore from where they paddled, was the loom­ing jungle, no more than a darker shadow in the perfect blackness of the total tropical night. There was no sound except for the line of glowing break­ers and the pounding of the surf on the nearby beach. Three hours had passed and still there was no sign of anyone following them. By midnight they were exhausted and the tempo of the paddling slowed. The tide was run­ning against them now and it was all they could do to keep from being swept out onto the reefs. Finally, with the sky brightening to a golden smear that turned the black expanse of jungle to a sharp-edged silhouette, they reached the keyhole cleft that marked the entrance route to the Punch-bowl deep in the center of the island. ‘‘There,’’ said Winchester from the rounded prow of the dugout, pointing toward the shore. Finn stared, bleary-eyed, into the rising dawn. At .rst she couldn’t see anything except the beach and the dense jungle beyond, but then her eyes adjusted and she could make out a narrow slice of weak daylight between the steep hills. ‘‘The tide is turning again,’’ said Billy quietly from his position midway up the narrow canoe. ‘‘If we just keep to the path of the current, it should carry us into the Punchbowl without any trouble.’’ Finn and the silent man with the native haircut put the blades of their paddles into the water on either side of the canoe, steering into the tidal sweep that steadily carried them toward the shore. In minutes they were slipping easily between the high walls of the gap and into the steep, hidden canyon that lay beyond. The water burbled along the sides of the dugout, and beyond, in the jungle growth that shrouded the ancient volcanic walls, the .rst chattering, screeching sounds of morning could be heard. ‘‘He said something in Latin,’’ murmured the man with the strange haircut, speaking for the .rst time since they’d escaped from the village. ‘‘That’s right,’’ answered Finn. ‘‘He seemed to think it answered your question about leaving this place.’’ ‘‘Yes,’’ said Finn. She’d been thinking about it herself for most of the night as they paddled along the perimeter of the island. ‘‘What did he say?’’ asked the man. The tidal rush was pulling at them even more rapidly now, swirling around them, carrying them dangerously close to the near rock wall. There was no beach here, only jagged rock, the fringe of jungle hang­ing precipitously in the thin soil. The man dug in hard with his paddle and the others did the same, carrying them back into the center of the passage to the interior. ‘‘Fugio ab insula opes usus venti carmeni,’’ said Billy, irritation in his voice. ‘‘Escape to my hidden island of treasure on winds of music,’’ he explained. ‘‘No,’’ said the man with the native haircut. ‘‘That’s not correct.’’ ‘‘What would you know about it?’’ Billy said. ‘‘It’s from Homer’s Odyssey,’’ the man answered without in.ection. ‘‘I spent a number of years in boarding school translating huge sections of it as punishment for skipping class.’’ He laughed softly. ‘‘That particular passage refers to Circe and her island. Some scholars believe Homer took his ideas from the eastern epic of Gilgamesh in which the hero escapes from the island by going through a tunnel where the sun comes into the sky.’’ ‘‘So how do you translate it?’’ Billy said. ‘‘Escape from my hidden island of treasure on winds of music. The word ‘ab’ means ‘from,’ not ‘to.’ ’’ He shrugged. ‘‘It would seem to have more relevance.’’ ‘‘He’s right, you know,’’ said Winchester. ‘‘About the Latin, I mean. Studied Homer myself. ‘Virtu­tem paret doctrina,’ and all that. ‘Let education make the all round man.’ Scot’s College.’’ ‘‘I stand corrected,’’ said Billy stif.y. ‘‘Is there a place like that here?’’ Finn asked, calling forward to Winchester, sitting in the front of the dugout. ‘‘A place like what?’’ Winchester asked, digging in with his paddle. ‘‘A tunnel where the sun appears. Something to do with wind. Music. I don’t know,’’ she said, frustrated. It wasn’t much to go on. Then, suddenly, the fjordlike con.nes of the keyhole slot leading to the Punchbowl ended and they were swept into the huge, almost perfectly circular lagoon that had once been the raging heart of a volcano. Winchester spoke. ‘‘There was a cave I saw once, during my .rst year here,’’ he said. ‘‘I didn’t think much of it at the time. A blowhole, I sup­pose you’d call it.’’ ‘‘Blowhole?’’ Run-Run McSeveney muttered. ‘‘Sounds like some bowf.ng cack erse people I’ve known in the bluidy past.’’ He dug his paddle into the water, scowling as usual. ‘‘A blowhole is a volcanic leftover,’’ explained Winchester. ‘‘A vent tunnel.’’ He paused in his paddling, looking upward to the far side of the enormous circular valley, scanning the jungle for­ests rising from the misty dawn. ‘‘I was hunting when I happened to .nd it,’’ he said. ‘‘Quite shocked me actually. At .rst there was nothing and then it was like standing next to an exploding steam pipe.’’ ‘‘There’s a place like that in your South Da­kota,’’ said Billy. ‘‘My parents took me there when I was young. Wind Cave or something.’’ ‘‘Could you call it music?’’ ‘‘I suppose,’’ said Winchester, ‘‘if you weren’t too musical. More like a bloody great whistle.’’ The incoming tide swept them into the Punch­bowl’s sinister graveyard of hulks, looking even more ghostly in the early morning half-light. They slid silently past the moldering wreck of some an­cient ironclad schooner, the masts long rotted, the hull a dark, gap-toothed wreck of barnacles and crusted sea life. The old vessel was anonymous now, the name on her upended transom long since worn away. To the right, rising out of the fog, they could see what was left of the Batavia Queen. Ahead of them were a dozen other wrecks and the shattered remains of the old single-engined aircraft that had returned Pieter Boegart to the island. ‘‘Can you remember where it was?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘Certainly,’’ said Winchester. He stopped pad­dling for a second and pointed up the side of the steeply sloping caldera. ‘‘It’s just there, where those two hills thrust up. I call them the lions.’’ Just then the sun rose fractionally higher, throw­ing the two crouching shapes into sharp relief. Winchester was right. The two hills looked exactly like crouching lions facing each other. ‘‘A tunnel where the sun comes into the sky,’’ said Khan. ‘‘That could be it,’’ said Billy, excitement rising in his voice. ‘‘It .ts.’’ ‘‘We’re going too fast,’’ said Briney Hanson, looking out over the water. There were ripples and eddies everywhere marking unseen hidden obstructions; the remains of vessels captured by the deadly wrecker’s island. ‘‘We should warp up to the lee side of one of these old wrecks and wait for the tide to slack. It’s too dangerous to go on like this. We could hit something.’’ ‘‘Aye, he’s right about that,’’ cautioned McSeve­ney, peering over the side. ‘‘That’s ridiculous. I can see perfectly,’’ said Win­chester from the bow of the dugout. ‘‘It’s clear water. I can almost make out the bottom.’’ There was a sudden swirling in the water as the tide pushed them past the listing wreck of the old oil tanker, City of Almaco, the tall, rusted stack over her rear superstructure and the stumps of her der­ricks all that were visible in the mist. The sheering currents fought against each other for a moment, swinging the canoe around like a swirling leaf in a rushing gutter, and the goatskin-clad professor found himself facing back the way he’d come. Panicking, Winchester clutched the low thwarts and tried to stand. ‘‘Sit down!’’ Hanson bellowed. ‘‘You’ll tip us over!’’ ‘‘Ye numpty cludge!’’ McSeveney yelled, trying to steady the boat. ‘‘We’re tipping!’’ It was too late. Winchester’s sudden movement pushed the dugout in another direction. The .ghting currents slammed the boat against the side of the old oiler and they spun around a sec­ond time, tilting heavily to one side. Winchester lost his paddle, made a desperate grab, and then everyone was in the water. The full horror came without warning as Finn hit the water and went under. For a moment she didn’t know what was happening. Then she was aware of a lashing pain across her cheek and then another whiplash against the bare skin of her stomach where her shirt had pulled up. She gagged at the sudden pain, thrashing to the sur­face, .ghting for air. There were more excruciating lashes to her arms and legs. Through the pain she was faintly aware of Winchester’s screams that he couldn’t swim. She managed to lift one hand, sweeping whatever it was away from her face, feeling more stinging pain across her palms and cheek. She blinked and saw the horror that lay in front of her. The water all around her was a solid mass of bubbling, undulating slime. Attracted by the warm shallow water and the recent rain, a huge, roving colony of box jelly.sh had made their way on the incoming tide to the Punchbowl’s interior. The mindless nightmare now lay like some obscene, translucently pulsing blanket across the surface of the sea. Horri.ed by the sight, Finn thrashed at the water with her arms, trying to beat the pulsing creatures away from her body. A dozen burning .laments dangling beneath the oozing bubbles of jelly stroked the .esh of her legs and she screamed again, rearing up out of the water, trying to do anything in her power to get away. Spinning in the water, Finn was dimly aware that the colony had formed itself into a giant cres­cent .owing toward the shallows closer to the beach, the two outer arms of the arc spreading out on either side. Turning, choking, she tried to .nd the shape of the overturned dugout. She swam toward it, now at least .fty feet away, sur­rounded by the purple-humped monstrosities. The colony, a hundred .fty yards long and twice as deep, was a death trap, oozing all around her like some grotesque mine.eld, waiting to entangle her completely. A small patch of straggling organisms on the forward edge of the swarm lay in her path and she arched her back in a desperate attempt to avoid them. They were small, their slightly squared bubble sails still immature as they pulsed toward her, the strings of sensory eyes around the bubbles, perimeters clearly visible like black specks in the clear mucosa of the body. Their stingers swept lightly against her and she gasped with the burning pain. She cried out again, batting weakly at the creatures, just managing to keep her head above water, and then the numbing cramps began as the deadly venom reached her bloodstream. She knew that she was weakening and soon she’d be unable to swim. Dimly, at the edge of her awareness, she thought she heard Billy calling her name, but help was too late in coming now. The jelly.sh had completely surrounded her, each gentle motion of the swell and their own pulsing energy bringing the colony close around her so that the feat would be shared equally among the ever hungry crea­tures. Finn began to sink under the water, the last of her strength draining from her body as their poison took hold. Eyes open, she saw what lay beneath the surface and recoiled in unholy terror as all hope vanished. In the faint morning light, the hideous .otilla had been terrible enough; beneath the blue-green water, it was a vision straight from hell. Millions of tentacles, some light as a human hair, others thick as twisting ropes, dangled from the bellying domes above, an endless hypnotically swaying forest of deadly threads that had already wrapped themselves completely around Ben Winchester’s body in a monstrous tangle, slowly but surely pulling him upward into the very center of the swarm, his corpse slowly drained of nutrients until .nally everything that had been the man would be absorbed within the colony. Finn remembered hearing once that drowning had been called the death of dreaming, but this was a death of nightmares everlasting, and even as she sank downward her hands .uttered, some last instinct trying to push her back toward the surface. She felt a clutching pain deep within her chest as the last of the air exploded from her lungs. Vision blurring as she died, she saw the last of Winchester’s pale face in front of her, Medusa-like, his hair a mass of serpent strands like some mythical creature caught within the colony of rov­ing jelly.sh. Then the vision faded and darkened. Pain was swept away, she heard her name called one last time, and then there was only darkness and the pounding of her .nal desperate heartbeats echoing faintly and fading in her ears. 27 S he awoke in paradise. Directly above her head the dappled sun sparkled through bright green leaves and there was the .ush, rich scent of some­thing spicy and exotic in her nostrils. ‘‘Mijn kind.’’ The words were spoken softly, gen­tly. She let her head fall to one side and saw the red-bearded face of Pieter Boegart. He was kneel­ing beside her. They were in a large clearing al­most at the summit of the Punchbowl, a sloping meadow of gently waving grasses surrounded by a ring of .owering trees. ‘‘Mijn kind,’’ he said again. There were tears in his eyes and she tried to smile, but the dull pain took her for a moment and she gasped with the intensity of it. ‘‘You’ve been sleeping,’’ said the red-bearded man. She turned her head slowly in the other direction. She was lying with her head in Billy Pilgrim’s lap. He was sitting beneath a tall upas tree at the edge of the clearing. Far below, through the seeth­ing jungle, she could see the bright blue-green cir­cle of the deadly lagoon. ‘‘They gave you medicine. Sweet cane vinegar to ease the pain. You almost died.’’ ‘‘How did I get here?’’ She blinked. ‘‘We carried you,’’ said Billy, smiling down at her. There were a half dozen cruel red welts across his face where he’d been stung by the lethal jelly­.sh. Finn saw now that the others were nearby, looking exhausted, along with several of the locals who were bathing their stings with something they were ladling from rattan-wrapped pottery urns. None of them seemed to be armed. Two were women, their jet-black hair tied back with elaborate leather thongs. Everyone from the dug­out was there. Everyone except Winchester. She shivered, remembering her last sight of him. ‘‘Where are we?’’ ‘‘Winchester’s ‘lions,’ ’’ said Billy. He stroked a strand of hair back out of her eyes. ‘‘Can you stand up or do you want to rest a little longer?’’ ‘‘I’m okay,’’ she said. ‘‘I think.’’ She tried to stand up with Boegart’s and Billy’s help. She stag­gered to her feet, felt faint, and leaned on Billy. Boegart kept a careful eye on her condition. Of the others Khan was the only one who rose to his feet. Because his arms and legs had been bare when he’d gone into the water, he seemed to have received the worst of the stings. ‘‘He’s the one who got you out of the water,’’ said Billy. ‘‘He saved your life actually.’’ ‘‘You would have died,’’ said Khan simply. ‘‘The jellies were young, most of them, but you were the smallest and they would have killed you as they did your friend in the goatskin. I could not let that happen.’’ ‘‘Thank you,’’ said Finn. There was nothing else to say. ‘‘And you?’’ Finn asked, turning to Pieter Boeg­art, not sure what to think of this strange, red-bearded man who might or might not be her natu­ral father. ‘‘Why are you here?’’ ‘‘One of our scouts saw the jelly.sh. I knew you’d be in danger.’’ He paused. ‘‘I wasn’t sure if your Latin was good enough to translate Groot­vater Willem’s instructions.’’ ‘‘Mine wasn’t,’’ laughed Billy. ‘‘Come,’’ said Pieter, gently taking Finn by the arm. ‘‘I have something I must show the two of you.’’ They walked across the clearing and along a sloping path that wound up through the jungle for a hundred yards, bringing them out to a small rock outcropping that overlooked the entire cal­dera. At the far end of the outcrop was an almost invisible opening in the rock. ‘‘Step through,’’ he said. She twisted sideways and slid through the nar­row passage into a wider area beyond. It was a small, bare cave with a shadowed area of darkness on the left that marked an exit to another cave and an almost perfectly circular passage that opened at the far end of the chamber. She could hear a faint sighing sound and felt a soft, salt breeze against her face. ‘‘As the tide falls, the sound recedes,’’ explained Pieter Boegart. ‘‘When the tide comes in, the air pressure builds and the whole cave resonates, sometimes very loudly.’’ ‘‘Escape from my hidden island of treasure on winds of music,’’ said Finn. ‘‘The tunnel leads down to the sea?’’ ‘‘And another cavern. You’ll .nd a boat there. Not large, but large enough to take you all. She is old, the boat, but seaworthy.’’ He laughed. ‘‘Not so old as the one Grootvater Willem must have built for himself, mind you!’’ He twinkled. ‘‘The cave can’t really be seen from the sea unless you’re looking for it. There’s no real foreshore to land on, but the way is clear. There are no rocks or reefs or anything to hinder you.’’ He turned to Billy. ‘‘I heard you were a sailor. Can you navigate with the stars, young fellow?’’ ‘‘Yes.’’ Billy nodded. ‘‘Keep Ursa Minor at your back and Sirius and Canus Major ahead on the horizon. Sail four days and you’ll reach the coast of Sandakan, and safety. Grootvater Willem did it and so did I.’’ The red-bearded man paused. ‘‘I need your trust,’’ he said at last. ‘‘What you see can go no farther than this, the two of you.’’ He gestured, then stepped toward the dark shadows to the left. Finn and Billy followed. The shadows formed into a dark passage that led into yet another cave, this one much larger than the .rst. A crack in the spiny rock above let in a single bright beam of midday sun. It was enough. The golden treasure was piled everywhere. Suits of ancient armor made from thin gold plates threaded with gold wire clothed life-sized .gures carved from jade. Ingots were piled to the ceiling; golden plates and drinking vessels were stacked in rows. A hundred steel chests, each one the size of an old-fashioned steamer trunk, stood with their lids thrown open, gold coins and wafers piled to the rim. Ebony .gures of forgotten African kings, a crys­tal elephant the size of a watermelon that crackled and glowed with diamond brilliance in the faint light. A line of crystal skulls, a pile of javelin-length golden spears, a huge cof.n sheathed in thin sheets of the gleaming metal. Twinkling em­eralds and sapphires and rubies in golden eyes. Tall silver heads tattooed in chased gold. Inlaid plaques and small ceremonial tables of fantastic beauty. A perfect human hand, three times normal size, held in a two-.ngered sign of prayer. A strange, bearded .gure of a standing bull with human eyes, carved from lapis lazuli and clothed in golden robes. Africa, India, and everywhere in be­tween, pearls diamonds, ivory, and still more gold. The room was endless. ‘‘The treasures of an empire,’’ said Pieter Boe­gart. ‘‘Willem’s legacy.’’ ‘‘Legacy for who?’’ Billy said, his words choked, his eyes wide with the terrible beauty of the hid­den room. ‘‘This is like searching for the Maltese Falcon, then .nding out it’s real. This is too much to deal with.’’ ‘‘This is death to the people who live here,’’ said Pieter. ‘‘It marks them as certainly as though they were a target in a shooting gallery. The contents of that Japanese submarine are almost as bad. Three tons of bullion bound for the Nazi coffers in the Reichsbank in Berlin or, worse, to secret vaults in Berne and Geneva for the future. There is enough treasure here to drive men mad. Who claims this place? Borneo, Malaysia, the Philip­pines? Muslims, Christians, your companion out there with the Dyak haircut and hard features?’’ He paused again. ‘‘Do you know who he is?’’ ‘‘The man behind the people who tried to kid­nap us in London. The people who blew up my boat.’’ Finn paused. ‘‘The man who came here hoping to .nd this.’’ ‘‘His name is Khan. El Piligroso, Tim-timan, the Faithful One, the Philippinos call him. The next Fidel Castro or Che Guevara. A man of principle whose only way of doing good is committing vio­lence. An honest fanatic. An insane seeker for truth. With this wealth he would start a war, and perhaps win it.’’ Pieter spread his arms and slowly turned around. ‘‘And in the process the people on this island would all die, either sacri.ced to his cause, or to other people’s greed. Subject for a reality television show or a National Geographic special. A ride at Euro Disney.’’ ‘‘Then why are you showing us this?’’ asked Billy. ‘‘Why are you telling us these things?’’ ‘‘So you will know the consequences of telling anyone of its existence. So you will not be tempted to return to search for it.’’ He gave Finn with a look of excruciating .nality. ‘‘So you will never come back.’’ ‘‘We’ve lost everything,’’ said Billy. ‘‘The Batavia Queen, my boat . . .’’ The young man’s eyes trailed across the immense heaps of glittering treasure. Pieter Boegart smiled. ‘‘You still have my house on the Herengracht,’’ he said. ‘‘Willem’s cabinet of curiosities. There’s more than enough there for ev­eryone.’’ His smile broadened. ‘‘You said it your­self, my boy: like the Maltese Falcon, only real. It is an apt comparison, I think.’’ From outside the cave there was a sudden, strange thundering sound, a familiar beating at the air that Finn recognized instantly. ‘‘That’s a helicopter!’’ The three people rushed out of the cave and out onto the little rocky outcropping. The helicopter was clearly visible, arcing in across the breadth of the Punchbowl, coming directly toward the pla­teau where the others were gathered. It .ew with­out any hesitating motion in a perfectly straight line, losing altitude steadily as though it knew ex­actly where to look. In the meadow below, Khan watched the ap­proaching aircraft. It was a Westland Gazelle with its familiar elongated teardrop fuselage and en­closed ‘‘.n-in-the-fan’’ tail rotor. It was painted in the blue and gold of the Singapore Air Force, complete with the big gold lion’s head on the side, but Khan knew the livery of the approaching chopper was a lie. The helicopter could hold four or .ve heavily armed troops and carried every­thing from miniguns to HOT missiles and twenty-millimeter cannons. They were tank killers and sub chasers and they were deadly. ‘‘Aragas,’’ said the dark-haired freighter captain who’d been a prisoner with him in the village. ‘‘You know him?’’ said Khan, keeping his eyes on the helicopter. Less than .ve hundred yards and closing steadily. If they were going to run it had to be now. The middle-aged ship captain didn’t move. ‘‘He followed me here,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘Looking for you.’’ ‘‘For me?’’ The ship captain nodded absently, watching the helicopter approach. The others had struggled to their feet and were watching as well. The natives had melted into the surrounding forest. ‘‘He gave me a satellite phone. Blackmailed me. It’s some­where on the wreck of my ship. No doubt it was .tted with a GPS transponder and led them right to us. I’m sorry.’’ ‘‘I’m not,’’ said Khan. ‘‘In fact I’m thankful for the confrontation. It’s been a long time coming. I’ll be glad to see it over.’’ Hanson looked at him. Or glad to die? he thought. Not that it mattered to him now anyway. With the Batavia Queen gone, he had nothing and not much reason to do more than survive. And he was damned if he was going to run from a sadistic little maniac like Senor Lazlo Aragas, the chubby policeman with the Dracula smile. ‘‘Is it really you he’s coming for?’’ ‘‘Me, and the gold he thinks is here. There’s always been a rumor of a Japanese submarine full of bullion that disappeared in this area.’’ ‘‘I wouldn’t be surprised,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘Look at that lagoon down there. It’s possible.’’ ‘‘It’s a dream,’’ said Khan. ‘‘A fool’s dream. A dreamer’s dream. The Isle of Storms.’’ As the helicopter roared overhead, it made a swinging turn to land upwind, the rotors chewing up the air in angry jet-fueled screams, .attening the jungle canopy as it slid to earth like some enormous bubble-headed insect. Finn, Billy, and the red-haired native leader appeared along the track leading from above. The helicopter .nally dropped its skids to the ground and the rotors began to slow. The big Turbomeca turbine wound down in a noisy blur of sound. For a moment nothing moved as the rotors whickered slowly to a stop. The side hatch in the canopy opened and Aragas appeared in his white suit and sunglasses, his Borsalino hat gripped in one hand. He looked wildly out of place in the jungle clearing. Behind him four men slid out of the helicopter in the black suit and full-face-mask balaclava uniforms of the Singapore Special Tac­tics and Rescue, or STAR, Team. Each of the four men carried either an SAR21 Assault Ri.e or an MP5 machine gun. On their belts they wore Glock 17 automatics in quick-release holsters. ‘‘So nice of all of you to come out to greet me,’’ said the dapper man in his blindingly white suit. As the rotor came to a complete stop, Aragas dropped the Borsalino onto his head. ‘‘You would be Miss Ryan,’’ he said, bowing slightly as he stopped in front of her. He held out a well-manicured fore.nger and waved it in the direction of her cheek. ‘‘Not pleasant,’’ he mur­mured solicitously. ‘‘Most painful by all ap­pearances.’’ ‘‘Who are you?’’ Finn asked. ‘‘A thug,’’ said Hanson. ‘‘A blackmailer.’’ ‘‘You know him?’’ Billy asked, turning to Hanson. ‘‘We’ve met once or twice.’’ ‘‘A Judas should be more ingratiating to his new master,’’ said Aragas. He made a little noise under his breath. ‘‘I’ll have to teach you manners.’’ He moved slowly along the line and stopped in front of Pieter Boegart. ‘‘Ah,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘The proverbial prodigal son. The heir to a fortune living like some sort of new white rajah in the back of beyond.’’ Aragas shook his head. ‘‘The colonial mind never ceases to amaze me.’’ He paused, reaching out with one hand, trailing his .ngers across Pieter’s ancient, padded armor. ‘‘An interesting costume.’’ He smiled. ‘‘I’d like to see the treasure that goes with it.’’ ‘‘Zwijn,’’ said Pieter. Aragas let out a little hoot of delight. ‘‘You call me a pig? I’ll have you know I’m a devout Mus­lim. I pray six times a day.’’ ‘‘Your only god is your greed,’’ said Khan, standing at Pieter’s side. ‘‘As your only god is war.’’ ‘‘Revolution,’’ corrected Khan. ‘‘Rhetoric,’’ replied Aragas, sneering as he turned away. He went back to Finn and smiled widely. ‘‘Tell your uncle or whoever he is to tell me where the treasure is or the four men you see behind me will kill all your friends and then rape you.’’ ‘‘Touch her and you die,’’ said Pieter. His voice was frosted with authority. Aragas reached into his suit jacket and took a small snub-nosed revolver out of his clamshell shoulder harness. ‘‘I have helicopters. I have men with machine guns. I have people in London who do my bidding. In Holland too. You are no match for me, I’m afraid, Mr. Boegart.’’ ‘‘It was your people,’’ said Finn, suddenly un­derstanding. ‘‘Outside the Courtauld.’’ ‘‘You blew up my boat!’’ Billy said. ‘‘Of course,’’ said Aragas. ‘‘I had Khan’s con­tacts abroad under surveillance. They led me to you. I thought you would lead me to your wan­dering uncle here and to the treasure I’ve been searching for all these years. My gold.’’ ‘‘You’re insane,’’ said Hanson grimly. ‘‘Who cares?’’ Aragas replied. ‘‘I’m the one who is about to blow off the top of Miss Ryan’s charm­ing little head unless her relative speaks up.’’ He lifted the barrel of the pistol and pulled back the hammer. He half turned his head and barked a terse order to the men ten feet behind him. ‘‘If anyone interferes, kill them.’’ With unbelievable speed, Khan swept the heavy automatic out from under his shirt. The automatic Finn had been carrying when he pulled her from the colony of jelly.sh. His swift hand squeezed the trigger once and the right lens of Aragas’s sun­glasses shattered into sun-twinkled powder. The front of the policeman’s suit turned pink in the haze of blood that erupted from the rotund man’s head. The Borsalino .ew off and huffed into the bright blue sky. Pieter Boegart yelled loudly. ‘‘Down! Every­one, down!’’ One of the four soldiers standing behind Ara­gas’s slumping corpse managed to get out his Glock and .re a stream of bullets that stitched across Khan’s chest, killing him instantly, but that was all. Everyone else did as Pieter Boegart or­dered and dropped to the .oor of the clearing. The gonne, a primitive hand-cannon, was being used by Chinese infantry as early as A.D. 1300 and perhaps even earlier. Together with technological developments, like the invention of the repeating crossbow, it changed the face of modern warfare forever. The .rst gonnes used bamboo tubes but they were quickly replaced with iron and bronze bar­rels roughly eighteen inches long and .tted with heavy wooden stocks that could be braced in the fork of a tree or some other stable object, including specially made rest cradles. Filled with black powder, tamped and wadded, the gonne .red an iron ball weighing between six and sixteen ounces, .red by applying a slow match to a touchhole at the rear of the barrel. The gonne was generally accurate over a range of a hundred meters or slightly more than three hun­dred feet. Roughly half the distance from the screening trees at the edge of the clearing. Six hundred years before the four elite soldiers from the Singapore STAR unit set foot on the is­land, such weapons were capable of blowing a hole the size of a human .st through polished steel armor and chain mail. The thin Kevlar vests worn by the four men offered absolutely no protection at all as the twenty men .red off their gonnes in a grisly volleying progression that rattled across the clearing and sent up huge clouds of reeking yellow smoke. Within the cloud of smoke and .ying iron, the four men were eviscerated, .ayed, and turned in­side out, transformed from living human beings to scattered bloody offal on the ground in a matter of seconds. More than half the round shot tore into the soldiers, but the gonne, not being the most accurate of weapons, totally missed what was left of the soldiers and several scattered pounds of red-hot metal skipped through the smoke and struck the waiting helicopter. The canopy disintegrated, along with the pilot, and after a split second, a thousand pounds of high-octane jet fuel exploded, vaporizing what was left of the machine in a white-hot instant. The earsplitting explosion carried off across the huge echo chamber of the caldera, the aircraft’s dying moments repeating themselves again and again in a fading roar. The smoke was carried away, and coughing in the sulfurous haze, the survivors climbed to their feet as the score of hidden soldiers came out of the surrounding forest to stand by their leader. The Island of Storms had claimed one more wreck and a half dozen new victims. ‘‘Dear God,’’ said Briney Hanson, looking at the spot where the four men had been. There was nothing but a huge red smear and behind it the scorched pyre of the burning helicopter’s shat­tered remains. ‘‘It’s time for you to go,’’ said Boegart, helping Finn rise to her feet. She stared down at the torn body of Khan, the automatic still in his dead hand. ‘‘What about him?’’ she said. ‘‘He saved my life.’’ ‘‘We’ll take care of him,’’ said the red-bearded man gently. ‘‘Come with me.’’ With the ancient, silent soldiers .anking them in two lines the little group of survivors went back up the path and slipped into the narrow mouth of the cave. Looking straight ahead, Pieter led them to the blowhole and down the long sloping vent tunnel to the sea. As promised the boat was there, an old-fashioned clinker-built design with eight oars, two sails, and a mast that was easily raised into place. It waited for them on the rising tide that .lled a broad low-ceilinged cave that looked out to the open sea, moored to a natural stone bollard that rose out of a long, narrow ledge. There was water for ten days in tall jars and food for twice that long. ‘‘Which one of us takes the helm?’’ Billy asked Briney Hanson. ‘‘We’ll take turns,’’ answered the older man, smiling. ‘‘You remember my directions?’’ Pieter said. Billy nodded. ‘‘Small bear behind, Sirius and the big dog ahead.’’ ‘‘Second star to the right and straight on till morning,’’ said Finn. She leaned over and kissed the red-bearded man on the cheek. As the tide rose higher, the wind began to sigh and Finn felt the salt breeze stinging her eyes. Old Willem’s music. ‘‘There wasn’t enough time,’’ she said to him as the others clambered into the longboat. ‘‘There never is, child. That’s just the way of the world, I’m afraid.’’ ‘‘It isn’t fair,’’ she said, the tears coming freely. ‘‘Life isn’t fair. But it’s precious, so hold on to it as long as you can, right to the end of the adven­ture.’’ He kissed her softly, then smiled. ‘‘Tell my nephew he was right about the bird.’’ He touched her cheek. ‘‘Good-bye.’’ ‘‘Good-bye,’’ she answered, but he was al­ready gone. Epilogue I t was raining in Amsterdam—a hard rain, tap­ping with bony, insistent .ngers at windows and roofs and doors. An unhappy downpour of the kind that might lead some people to spend the afternoon alone in a bar, thinking dangerous thoughts. Finn and Billy stood in Willem Van Boegart’s cabinet of curiosities, the room that he’d asked the great Dutch master Rembrandt to disguise for him when he painted the merchant’s portrait. The por­trait that in the end had sent them halfway round the world. True to Pieter’s word, four days of sailing with Sirius over the bow had brought them to the northern coast of Sandakan, and from there, after enduring a few days of notoriety in the news, that had been the end of it. Hanson, Tomi, and Run-Run McSeveney were beached in Jakarta, looking for another ship with little hope of .nding one, while Finn and Billy had returned to Amsterdam to wrap up Pieter Boegart’s affairs and sell the Herengracht house to recoup the losses Billy had suffered when his sailboat was blown up. Derla­gen was on his way to the house with documents for them to sign. Neither Finn nor Billy had said a word about the island or the vast treasure hid­den there. Billy wandered around the little room, idly picking up items and putting them down again. He hefted a gigantic leathery egg that supposedly belonged to some extinct bird, then put it down again. Finn stood by the secret doorway into the room, watching her friend and thinking about the recent past. ‘‘I had a fantasy, you know,’’ said Billy with a wistful note in his voice. ‘‘From the moment your friend at the Courtauld . . .’’ He searched his mem­ory for the name. ‘‘Professor Shneegarten,’’ prompted Finn. ‘‘That’s the fellow!’’ Billy said. ‘‘Shneegarten!’’ He picked up the bell jar with the mummi.ed head inside and peered through the glass. He put it back down on the display table and moved on. ‘‘A fantasy,’’ Finn reminded him. ‘‘That’s right,’’ said Billy, nodding. ‘‘Ever since your professor peeled back that dodgy canvas and revealed the real Rembrandt underneath, I had this fantasy that we’d .nd old Willem Van Boe­gart’s fortune, then go off and buy some wonder­ful salvage ship and sail the seven seas looking for buried doubloons and pieces of eight and high adventure. I even had a name. We’d call ourselves the Treasure Seekers and make television docu­mentaries about our voyages. We’d have sponsors like your American race car drivers. A French wine company to give us a lifetime supply. En­dorsements for hair gel and tooth powder and fast cars, that sort of thing. Buy a parrot and call it Captain Flint. Johnny Depp would go deep-sea .shing with us.’’ ‘‘A little more treasure and a little less adven­ture,’’ laughed Finn. ‘‘I’d take the hair gel. Forget the parrot. They make too much mess.’’ ‘‘It was such a lovely dream,’’ sighed Billy. Finn’s gaze traveled around the room. She frowned. ‘‘He mentioned it twice,’’ she said .nally. ‘‘What?’’ ‘‘On the island. You said it was like the Maltese Falcon, only real. And then just before we left he said, ‘Tell my nephew he was right about the bird.’ ’’ ‘‘I don’t get it,’’ said Billy ‘‘In The Maltese Falcon, everyone runs around looking for a bird they think is really a thinly disguised treasure, paint over solid gold or dia­monds or something. They’re all willing to kill to get it, and in the end, it turns out to be a phony. The fat man starts hacking away at it with a pock­etknife but it’s just lead.’’ ‘‘Sidney Greenstreet. He plays the fat guy, Kaspar Gutman.’’ ‘‘You said the treasure in the cave was like the Maltese Falcon, only real.’’ ‘‘I still don’t see,’’ said Billy, looking at her quiz­zically. ‘‘You’re talking in circles.’’ ‘‘Not circles,’’ said Finn, excitement rising in her voice. ‘‘Layers. Like ghosting the Rembrandt with a cheap phony...’’ Billy stared. He looked around the room at the ornate, heavily plastered ceiling and the walls. Vines, birds, all sort of creatures, large and small. ‘‘A jungle,’’ he whispered. ‘‘A treasure in the jungle.’’ Finn grinned. ‘‘He told us. He said we still had the Herengracht house, that the cabinet of curiosities should be more than enough for everyone.’’ Finn found a long midship­man’s dirk that might have been used by young Willem Van Boegart on his .rst voyage. She took the slender knife to the wall and dug down through the plaster. The powder spilled. She dug away at a large plaster gem, scraping deeply. Sud­denly a deep ruby slash appeared against the white surface of the wall. Working cautiously now she scraped carefully down revealing a bloodred gem the size of a rob­in’s egg. A fortune by itself, and there were a hun­dred, no, a thousand more. She dug the needle blade into a .at piece of the wall between orna­ments and scraped away a six-inch square. It gleamed bright gold beneath the plaster covering. ‘‘This was what Rembrandt hid,’’ said Finn, staring. ‘‘It’s the room itself! The whole room is the treasure!’’ She scraped harder with the dirk. The six-inch square became a foot. Somewhere in the distance, a doorbell rang. ‘‘That must be Derlagen,’’ said Finn. ‘‘I’ll tell him to go away,’’ said Billy. ‘‘We’ve got some renovating to do.’’ He paused at the secret doorway. ‘‘I wonder what time it is in Jakarta.’’